
Book- 



,H53 



_Xh U-H^^ 



^OCX-djOL.. -i^u-.'-'^^i, 



STATE PROPERTY 

THIS BOOK 

To be delivered to Successor 

in Office or School 



/^</ 

/7^^ 



STATE OF NEVADA 

THE SCHOOL 
CODE=1921 

AS AMENDED 



Compiled and Issued by 

Superintendent of Public Instruction 

April 1921 



Printed at the 
State Printing Office, Carson City 

Joe Farnsworth, Superintendent 

1921 



■ J 

■u 
STATE SCHOOL OFFICERS, 1921 



SUPEEINTENDENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 

W. J. Hunting Carson City 

Charles Priest, Office Deputy Carson City 

STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 

Emmet D. Boyle, Governor of Nevada, President Carson City 

Walter E. Clark, President of the University of Nevada Eeno 

W. J. Hunting, Superintendent of Public Instruction, Secretary ...Carson City 

EEGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF NEVADA 

Hon. B. F. Curler (1923) Reno 

Hon. Walter E. Pratt (1925)... '. Reno 

Hon. Mrs. W. H. Hood (1927) - Reno 

Hon. Miles E. North (1929) : Reno 

Hon. G. F. Talbot (1931) Elko 

DEPUTY SUPERINTENDENTS OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 

First Supervision District — Elko County 

E. E. Franklin Elko 

Second Supervision District — Eureka, Lander, and White Pine Counties 
George A. Whiteley Ely 

Third Supervision District — Churchill, Humboldt, and Pershing Counties 
Chauncey W. Smith Fallon 

Fourth Supervision District — Douglas, Lyon, Mineral, Ormsby, 

Storey, and Washoe Counties 

Merrill J. Burr Carson City 

Fifth Supervision District — Clark, Esmeralda, Lincoln and Nye Counties 
T. W. Chapman Las Vegas 

STATE BOARD FOR A^OCATIONAL EDUCATION 

W. J. Hunting, Secretary Carson City 

Homer Derr, State Director and Supervisor Agricultural Education. ...Carson City 

Sylvia Campiglia, Supervisor Home Economics Education Carson City 

Benj. H. Morrison, Supervisor Trade and Industrial Education Carson City 



p'^ftva/mttt.^ 



LIBRARY OF CpNG?<FSS 

rJECEIveo 
DOCUMeNTS D V . 



INTRODUCTION 



The laws concerning school matters in Nevada are embodied in this 
revision made as required by law through the office of the State Super- 
intendent of Public Instruction. The constitutional provisions, the 
general revision made in 1911 as the School Code, and the further 
enactments of the Legislatures of 1911, 1913, 1915, 1917, 1919, and 
1921 are all included, together with the Smith-Hughes Act governing 
federal aid for vocational education. 

Until such time as all laws on the same subject of school legislation 
shall be gathered into a unified and simplified code the index must bear 
an especial burden in making all parts of the law available for those 
who use this pamphlet as a reference. The index has therefore been 
carefully revised to make its use as simple and helpful as possible. 

Acts having only an indirect bearing on general school regulations 
have been referred to only, giving location in the Nevada Statutes of 
the different years to avoid needless overloading of this pamphlet. 

Superintendent of PiiMic Instruction. 



CONSTITUTIONAL PROVISIONS 



ARTICLE XI 

EDUCATION 
Superintendent, When Elected — Term of Office. 

Section 1. The legislature shall encourage, by all suitable means, 
the promotion of intellectual, literary, scientific, mining, mechanical, 
agricultural, and moral improvements ; and also provide for the elec- 
tion by the people, at the general election, of a superintendent of public 
instruction, whose term of office shall be two years from the first Mon- 
day of January, A. D. eighteen hundred and sixty-five, and until the 
election and qualification of his successor, and whose duties shall be 
prescribed by law. 

[Elected for four years in 1866 and thereafter. Stats. 1864-65, 413; Stats. 
1911, 184.] 

System To Be Uniform. 

Sec. 2. The legislature shall provide for a uniform system of com- 
mon schools, by which a school shall be established and maintained in 
each school district for at least six months in every year; and any 
school district neglecting to establish and maintain such a school, or 
which shall allow instruction of a sectarian character therein, may be 
deprived of its proportion of the interest of the public school fund dur- 
ing such neglect or infraction ; and the legislature may pass such laws 
as will tend to secure a general attendance of the children in each school 
district upon such public schools. 

Lands and Funds Pledged to Educational Purposes — Escheated Estates and 
Fines Pledged to Educational Purposes — Interest Only To Be Used — May 
Be Appropriated for State University. 
Sec. 3. All lands, including the sixteenth and thirty-sixth sections 
in any township donated for the benefit of public schools in the act of 
the Thirtj^-eighth Congress, to enable the people of Nevada Territory to 
form a state government, the thirty thousand acres of public lands 
granted by an act of Congress, approved July second, A. D. eighteen 
hundred and sixty-two, for each senator and representative in Congress, 
and all proceeds of lands that have been or may hereafter be granted or 
appropriated by the United States to this state, and also the five hun- 
dred thousand acres of land granted to the new states under the act of 
Congress distributing the proceeds of the public lands among the sev- 
eral states of the Union, approved A. D. eighteen hundred and f ortj'^-one ; 
provided, that Congress make provision for or authorize such diversion 
to be made for the purpose herein contained; all estates that may 
escheat to the state ; all of such per centum as may be granted by 
Congress on the sale of lands ; all fines collected under the penal laws 
of the state ; all property given or bequeathed to the state for educa- 
tional purposes, and all proceeds derived from any or all of said 
sources, shall be, and the same hereby are, solemnly pledged for educa- 
tional purposes, and shall not be transferred to any other funds for 
other uses ; and the interest thereon shall, from time to time, be appor- 
tioned among the several counties as the legislature may provide by 



6 School Laws of Nevada 

law; and the legislature shall provide for the sale of floating land 
warrants to cover the aforesaid lands, and for the investment of all 
proceeds derived from the above-mentioned sources in United States 
bonds or the bonds of this state, or the bonds of other states of the 
Union, or the bonds of any county in the State of Nevada ; or in loans 
at a rate of interest of not less than six per cent per annum, secured by 
mortgage on agricultural lands in this state of not less than three times 
the value of the amovmt loaned, exclusive of perishable improvements, 
of unexceptional title and free from all encumbrances, said loans to be 
under such further restrictions and regulations as may be provided by 
law ; provided, that the interest only of the aforesaid proceeds shall be 
used for educational purposes and any surplus interest shall be added 
to the principal sum ; and provided further, that such portion of said 
interest as may be necessary may be appropriated for the support of the 
state university. As amended in 1916 hy the people. 

University. 

Sec. 4. The legislature shall provide for the establishment of a state 
university, which shall embrace departments for agriculture, mechanic 
arts and mining, to be controlled by a board of regents, whose duties 
shall be prescribed by law. 

Normal Schools. 

Sec. 5. The legislature shall have power to establish normal schools, 
and such different grades of schools, from the primary department to 
the university, as in their discretion they may deem necessary, and all 
professors in said university, or teachers in said schools, of whatever 
grade, shall be required to take and subscribe to the oath as prescribed 
in article XV of this constitution. No professor or teacher who fails to 
comply with the provisions of this section shall be entitled to receive 
any portion of the public moneys set apart for school purposes. 

Special Tax Provided for Educational Purposes. 

Sec. 6. The legislature shall provide a special tax, which shall not 
exceed two mills on the dollar of all taxable property in the state, in 
addition to the other means provided for the support and maintenance 
of said university and common schools. As amended — Sixth Amend- 
ment. 

Board of Regents. 

Sec. 7. The governor, secretary of state, and superintendent of 
public instruction shall, for the first four years, and until their suc- 
cessors are elected and qualified, constitute a board of regents, to con- 
trol and manage the affairs of the university and the funds of the same, 
under such regulations as may be provided by law. But the legislature 
shall, at its regular session next preceding the expiration of the term 
of office of said board of regents, provide for the election of a new board 
of regents, and define their duties. 

Duties of Regents. 

Sec. 8. The board of regents shall, from the interest accruing from 
the first funds which come under their control, immediately organize 
and maintain the said mining department in such manner as to make it 
the most effective and useful ; provided, that all the proceeds of the pub- 
lic lands donated by act of Congress, approved July second, A. D. eigh- 



School Laws of Nevada 7 

teen hundred and sixty-two, for a college for the benefit of agriculture, 
the mechanic arts, and including military tactics, shall be invested by 
the said board of regents in a separate fund, to be appropriated exclu- 
sively for the benefit of the first-named departments of the university, 
as set forth in section four above, and the legislature shall provide that, 
if through neglect or any other contingency, any portion of the fund so 
set apart shall be lost or misappropriated, the State of Nevada shall 
replace said amount so lost or misappropriated in said fund, so that the 
principal of said fund shall remain forever undiminished. 

Sectarianism Prohibited. 

Sec. 9. No sectarian instruction shall be imparted or tolerated in 
any school or university that may be established under this constitution. 

No Funds for Sectarian Purposes. 

Sec. 10. No public funds of any kind or character whatever, state, 
county, or municipal, shall be used for sectarian purposes. Added hy 
Second Amendment. 

ARTICLE XIII 

PUBLIC INSTITUTIONS 
Benevolent Institutions Fostered. 

Section 1. Institutions for the benefit of the insane, blind, and deaf 
and dumb, and such other benevolent institutions as the public good 
may require, shall be fostered and supported by the state, subject to 
such regulations as may be prescribed by law. 

State Prison — House of Refuge for Juvenile Offenders. 

Sec. 2. A state prison shall be established and maintained in such a 
manner as may be prescribed by law ; and provision may be made by 
law for the establishment and maintenance of a house of refuge for 
juvenile offenders. 

Care of the Aged, Infirm, and Unfortunate. 

Sec. 3. The respective counties of the state shall provide, as may be 
prescribed by law, for those inhabitants who, by reason of age and 
infirmity, or misfortunes, may have claim upon the sympathy and the 
aid of society. 

ARTICLE XV 

elegibilitt to office 
Sec. 3. No person shall be eligible to any office who is not a quali- 
fied elector under this constitution. No person who, while a citizen of 
this state, has, since the adoption of this constitution, fought a duel with 
a deadly weapon, sent or accepted a challenge to fight a duel with a 
deadly weapon, either within or beyond the boundaries of this state, or 
who has acted as second, or knowingly conveyed a challenge, or aided or 
assisted in any manner in fighting a duel, shall be allowed to hold any 
office of honor, profit, or trust; or enjoy the right of suffrage under 
this constituion. The legislature shall provide by law for giving force 
and effect to the foregoing provision of this section; provided, that 
females over the age of twenty-one years, who have resided in this state 
one year, and in the county or district six months next preceding any 
election to fill either of said offices, or the making of such appointment, 



6 



8 School Laws of Nevada 

shall be eligible to the office of superintendent of public instruction, 
deputy superintendent of public instruction, school trustee, and notary 
public. As amended, 1912. 

ARTICLE II 

RIGHT OF SUFFRAGE 

Section 1. All citizens of the United States (not laboring under the 
disabilities named in this constitution) of the age of twenty-one years 
and upwards, who shall have actually, and not constructively, resided 
in the state six months, and in the district or county thirty days next 
preceding any election, shall be entitled to vote for all officers that 
now or hereafter may be elected by the people, and upon all questions 
submitted to the electors at such election ; provided, that no person who 
has been or may be convicted of treason or felony in any state or terri- 
tory of the United States, unless restored to civil rights, and no idiot or 
insane person shall be entitled to the privilege of an elector. There 
shall be no denial of the elective franchise at any election on account 
of sex. As amended, 1914. 

RECALL of public OFFICER 

Sec. 9. Every public officer in the State of Nevada is subject, as 
herein provided, to recall from office by the qualified electors of the 
state, or of the county, district, or municipality, from which he was 
elected. For this purpose not less than twenty-five per cent (25%) of 
the qualified electors who vote in the state or in the county, district, or 
municipality electing said officer, at the preceding election, for justice 
of the supreme court, shall file their petition in the manner herein pro- 
vided, demanding his recall by the people ; they shall set forth in said 
petition, in not exceeding two hundred (200) words, the reasons why said 
recall is demanded. If he shall offer his resignation it shall be accepted 
and take effect on the day it is offered, and the vacancy thereby caused 
shall be filled in the manner provided by law. If he shall not resign 
within five (5) days after the petition is filed, a special election shall 
be ordered to be held within twenty (20) days after the issuance of the 
call therefor, in the state or county, district, or municipality electing 
said officer, to determine whether the people will recall said officer. On 
the ballot at said election shall be printed verbatim as set forth in 
the recall petition, the reasons for demanding the recall of said officer, 
and in not more than two hundred (200) words, the officer's justifica- 
tion of his course in office. He shall continue to perform the duties of 
his office until the result of said election shall be finally declared. 
Other candidates for the office may be nominated to be voted for at 
said special election. The candidate who shall receive the highest 
number of votes at said special election shall be deemed elected for the 
remainder of the term, whether it be the person against whom the 
recall petition was filed, or another. The recall petition shall be filed 
with the officer with whom the petition for nomination to such office 
shall be filed, and the same officer shall order the special election when 
it is required. No such petition shall be circulated or filed against any 
officer until he has actually held his office six (6) months, save and 
except that it may be filed against a senator or assemblyman in the 
legislature at any time after ten (10) days from the beginning of the 



School Laws of Nevada 9 

first session after his election. After one such petition and special 
election, no further recall petition shall be filed against the same officer 
during the term for which he was elected, unless such further peti- 
tioners shall pay into the public treasury from which the expenses of 
said special election have been paid, the whole amount paid out of said 
public treasury as expenses for the preceding special election. Such 
additional legislation as may aid the operation of this section shall be 
provided by law. As amended, 1912. 



SCHOOL LAWS OF NEVADA 



An Act concerning public schools, and repealing certain acts 
relating thereto. 

Approved March 20, 1911 

Chapter 1 

state board of education 
Of Whom to Consist. 

Section 1. The state board of education shall consist of the gover- 
nor, the superintendent of public instruction, and the president of the 
university. 

Oflacers of Board. 

Sec. 2. The governor shall be the president, and the superintendent 
of public instruction the secretary of the board. 

Time of Meeting. 

Sec. 3. The board shall meet at the call of the secretary, but shall 
hold at least two meetings a year. 

Powers and Duties of Board. 

Sec. 4. The powers and duties of the board shall be as follows : 

1. To prescribe and cause to be enforced the courses of study for the 
public schools, such courses to contain in the seventh and eighth grades, 
among other things, business forms and elementary bookkeeping or 
some features of industrial work ; and in the high-school grades, provi- 
sion for full commercial work and industrial work suitable for boys and 
girls ; provided, that schools of the first class may have modified 
courses of study, subject to the approval of the state board of education. 

2. To adopt list of books for district libraries ; provided, that boards 
of trustees in districts of the first class may make additional adoptions ; 
and provided further, that such books shall not contain or include 
stories in prose or poetry whose tendency would be to influence the 
minds of children in the formation of ideals not in harmony with truth 
and morality. 

3. To revoke or suspend for immoral or unprofessional conduct, evi- 
dent unfitness for teaching, or persistent defiance of and refusal to 
obey the laws of the state, or the rules and regulations of the state 
board, or of the state superintendent defining and governing the duties 
of teachers, any state diploma or any state certificate. 

4. To have done by the state printer any printing required by the 
state board, such as state courses of study, the proceedings of the 
teachers' institutes, blank forms, and such other matter as the state 
board may require ; provided, that text-books are not included in such 
courses of study. 

5. To adopt and use in authentication of its acts an official seal. 

6. To keep a record of its proceedings which shall be published 
biennially in the report of the superintendent of public instruction. 

7. To designate some monthly school journal as the official organ of 
the department of education. The publishers of such journal shall mail 



12 School Laws of Nevada 

one copy of every number of such journal to the clerk of every school 
district in the state and shall file an affidavit with the superintendent of 
public instruction showing that such copies have been so mailed. The 
county treasurer of every county, before notifying the superintendent 
of public instruction of the county fund to be apportioned in the July 
apportionment, shall set aside an amount equal to one dollar for each 
and every school district of the county, and this fund shall be known as 
the school journal fund. The amount certified to the superintendent of 
public instruction for apportionment shall not include the school 
journal fund so set aside. The superintendent of public instruction 
shall draw his orders annually in favor of the publishers of such school 
journal for an amount equal to one dollar for each and every school 
district in each county to which the school journal has been sent in 
accordance with this section, to be paid out of the school journal fund, 
and the county auditor shall immediately draw his warrant in favor of 
the publishers of such journal for an amount equal to that named in 
aforesaid order, to be paid out of the school journal fund. As amended, 
Stats. 1913, 103, 104. 

Chapter 2 
superintendent of public instruction 
Election and Qualifications. 

Sec. 5. The superintendent of public instruction shall be elected 
quadrennially by the qualified electors of the state at the same time 
and in the same manner as the governor is elected, and shall hold office 
for the term of four years from the first Monday in January next 
after the election, and until his successor is elected and qualified. He 
shall be a graduate of a standard college or university, shall hold a 
Nevada teacher's certificate of the high-school grade, and shall have 
had at the time of his election not less than forty-five months of suc- 
cessful teaching experience, at least twenty months of which shall have 
been in the State of Nevada. As amended, Stats. 1921, 298. 

Duties of Said Officer — Visit Schools — Apportion School Funds — Report Bienni- 
ally — Rules — Teachers' Institutes — County Institutes — Meetings of State 
Board of Education — Nominate Deputies — Other Duties — Printing — Reports 
of Deputies — Forms, etc. — Deliver State Property. 
Sec. 6. The superintendent of public instruction shall have power 

and it shall be his duty : 

1. To visit each county in the state at least once each year for the 
purpose of conducting institutes, visiting schools, consulting with school 
officers, and addressing public assemblies on subjects pertaining to the 
schools ; and the necessary traveling expenses incurred by the superin- 
tendent in performance of such duties, such traveling expenses to 
include the cost of transportation and board while absent from his 
place of residence, shall be allowed, audited, and paid out of the general 
fund, in the same manner as claims upon said fund are now allowed, 
audited, and paid ; provided, that the sum so expended in anj- one year 
shall not exceed one thousand dollars ; 

2. To apportion the state distributive school fund ; 

3. To apportion the county school fund of each county among its 
various districts ; 

4. To report to the governor biennially, on or before the first day of 



School Laws of Nevada 13 

December of the years preceding the regular session of the legislature. 
The governor shall transmit said report to the legislature ; and when- . 
ever it is ordered published the state printer shall deliver a sufficient 
number of copies to the superintendent who shall distribute the same 
among school officers of the state and of the United States. Said 
report shall contain a full statement of the condition of public instruc- 
tion in the state ; a statement of the condition and amount of all funds 
and property appropriated to the purpose of education; the number 
and grade of schools in each county ; the number of children in each 
county between the ages of six and eighteen years of age ; the number 
of such attending public schools ; the number attending private schools ; 
the number attending no schools ; the number under six years of age ; 
the number between eighteen and twenty-one years of age ; the amount 
of public school moneys apportioned to each county; the amount of 
money raised by county taxation, district tax, subscription or other- 
wise, by any city, town, district, or county, for the support of schools 
therein; the amount of money raised for building schoolhouses ; a 
statement of plans for the management and improvement of public 
schools ; and such other information relative to the educational interests 
of the state as he may think of importance ; 

5. To prescribe suitable rules and regulations for making all reports 
and conducting all necessary proceedings under this act and to furnish 
suitable blank forms for the same ; to cause the same, with such instruc- 
tions as he shall deem necessary and proper for the organization and 
government of schools, to be transmitted to the local school officers, who 
shall be governed in accordance therewith. He shall prepare a con- 
venient form of school register for the purpose of securing accurate 
returns from the teachers of public schools, and shall furnish each 
school district in the state with such registers. He shall prepare 
pamphlet copies of the school law and all amendments thereto, and shall 
transmit a copy thereof to each school trustee, school-census marshal, 
and school teacher in the state ; 

6. To convene a state teachers' institute biennially in the even- 
numbered years in such place and at such times as he may deem advis- 
able : It shall be his further duty to convene five district teachers ' 
institutes in the various sections of the state biennially in the odd- 
numbered years in such places and at such times as he may deem 
advisable. He shall engage such institute lecturers and teachers as he 
shall deem advisable, and shall preside over and regulate the exercises 
of all state and district institutes. No institute shall continue less than 
four nor more than ten days. The expenses incurred in holding such 
institutes shall be paid out of the state distributive school fund; pro- 
vided, that the. amount for the state institute shall not exceed five hun- 
dred dollars nor the amount of any one district institute two hundred 
and fifty dollars, and the state controller is hereby authorized and 
directed to draw his warrants for the same upon the order of the 
superintendent of public instruction. All teachers shall be required to 
attend the district institutes held in the supervision districts in which 
they may be teaching respectively, unless they shall be excused for 
good cause by the superintendent of public instruction, and without 
loss of salary for the time thus employed; 

7. To call, with the approval of the board of county commissioners,. 
a county teachers' institute in any county at such time and place as ia 



14 School Laws of Nevada 

his judgment will best subserve the educational interests of the county, 
and preside over and regulate the exercises of the same. The expenses 
of such institute .shall be paid out of the county general fund of the 
county in which such institute is held ; provided, that the board of 
county commissioners shall authorize such institute upon the applica- 
tion of the superintendent of public instruction ; and provided, that 
such expenses shall not exceed the sum of one hundred dollars. All 
teachers shall be required to attend any county institute held in the 
counties in which they shall be teaching respectively, unless excused 
for good cause by the superintendent of public instruction, and without 
loss of salary for the time thus employed ; 

8. To call meetings of the state board of education in Januaiy and 
June of each year, and at such other times as he shall deem proper, or 
when two members of said board shall request a meeting ; 

9. To perform such other duties relative to the public schools as may 
be prescribed by law ; 

10. To have done at the state printing office any printing required 
in the performance of his duties ; 

11. To require a written report from each deputy superintendent on 
the first day of October, the first day of January, the first day of April, 
and the first day of July of each school year. Such reports shall con- 
tain any information or facts that the superintendent of public instruc- 
tion may require ; 

12. To arrange blank forms, including school registers for teachers' 
contracts, and supply the same to school trustees and teachers ; 

13. The superintendent of public instruction shall, at the expiration 
of his term of office, deliver to his successor all property and effects 
belonging to his office, and take a receipt for same. As amended, Stats. 
1921, 298. 

Chapter 3 
deputy superintendent of public instruction 
Office of County Superintendent Abolished. 

Sec. 7. The office of county superintendent of public schools either 
as a separate office or as an ex officio office shall be, and hereby is, abol- 
ished for all counties in this state on and after the thirty-first day of 
August, 1907 ; provided, that the ex officio county superintendent shall 
make the reports for the school year ending on the thirty-first day of 
August, 1907. Stats. 1907, 381. 

Educational Districts Established — Proviso. 

Sec. 8. Five educational supervision districts are hereby established 
as follows : District number 1, comprising Elko County ; District 
•* number 2, comprising White Pine, Lander, and Eureka Counties ; 
District number 3, comprising Humboldt, Pershing, and Churchill 
Counties; District number 4, comprising Washoe, Storey, Ormsby, 
Douglas, Lyon, and Mineral Counties; District number 5, comprising 
Lincoln, Nj^e, Clark, and Esmeralda Counties ; provided, that the state 
board of education may, with the approval of the deputy superinten- 
dents concerned, make such changes in the .boundaries of these super- 
visional districts as may be found in their judgment to be better 
adapted to the needs of the several supervisional districts. As amended. 
Stats. 1921, 232. 



School Laws of Nevada 15 

Supervision Districts. 

Sec. 9. The state board of education shall on or before the first 
Monday in May, 1911, and each fourth year thereafter, appoint one 
deputy superintendent of public instruction for each supervision dis- 
trict as herein provided for, and such appointee shall, at the time of 
his appointment and during his term of office be a bona-fide resident of 
the district for which he is appointed. Such appointee shall take office 
on the first Monday in September and shall serve for a period of four 
years, or until his successor shall have been appointed and shall have 
qualified. In case a vacancy shall occur in the office of deputy super- 
intendent of public instruction, the state board of education shall, in 
like manner, make an appointment for the unexpired term. The 
deputy superintendents of public instruction shall devote their entire 
time to school supervision and shall not engage in any other work while 
holding this office. As amended, Stats. 1915, 510. 

Qualifications of .Deputies. 

Sec. 10. Any person holding a teachers' certificate of high-school 
grade and who shall have had not less than forty-five months successful 
experience in teaching, at least twenty months of which shall have been 
in the State of Nevada, shall be eligible to appointment as deputy super- 
intendent of public instruction, and no others shall be eligible to such 
appointment. . 

Duties of Deputies. 

Sec. 11. It shall be the duty of each deputy superintendent to visit- 
each school in his district at least twice a year, to examine the records 
and observe the work of each school carefully, to advise with teachers as 
to organization, management and teaching, to inspect school buildings, 
libraries and apparatus, to confer with trustees and county officers as to 
the condition and needs of their schools, to hold teachers' meetings, to 
assist at state, district and county institutes, and otherwise advance the 
educational interests of his district. The deputy superintendent of 
public instruction shall act as deputy examiner at teachers' examina- 
tions, as member of the board of educational examiners, and shall assist 
the state board of education in preparing courses of study. He shall 
attend the meetings of the state board of education to furnish informa- 
tion pertaining to the schools of his district when said board shall so 
order. 

Powers and Duties of Deputies. 

Sec. 12. Within his supervision district each deputy superintendent 
shall have power, and it shall be his duty : 

1. To file with the county auditor of each county a directory of all 
teachers who shall be entitled to draw salary from the state or the 
county funds, and to advise the county auditor from time to time of 
any changes or additions to such directory, and to file with the county 
auditor a directory of all qualified school trustees of each county. The 
county auditor shall not draw any warrant in favor of any teacher 
until he shall be officially informed by the deputy superintendent that 
such teacher is legally entitled to receive salary from the state or county 
school funds; 

2. To investigate any claim against any school fund whenever a writ- 
ten protest against the drawing of a warrant in payment of said claim 



16 School Laws of Nevada 

against any school fund shall be filed with the county auditor. If, upon 
investigation, the deputy superintendent of public instruction shall find 
that any claim against any school fund is illegal or unreasonably exces- 
sive, he shall notify the county auditor and the clerk of the board of 
trustees who drew the order for such illegal claim, stating the reasons 
in writing why such order is illegal or excessive, and the county 
auditor, if so notified, shall not draw his warrant in payment of such 
claim. If the deputy superintendent of public instruction shall find 
that any protested claim is legal and actually due the claimant, he shall 
authorize the county auditor to draw his warrant for such claim, and 
the county auditor shall immediately draw his warrant in payment of 
the claim ; 

3. To suspend the certificate of any teacher for a time not to exceed 
one year, who fails to attend any district or county institute unless 
excused for nonattendance by the superintendent of public instruction ; 

4. To suspend the certificate of any teacher for any of the causes for 
which a certificate may be revoked by the state board of education ; 

5. To inspect the record books and accounts of boards of trustees, and 
to authorize and enforce an efficient method of keeping the financial 
records and accounts of the school district ; 

6. To inspect the school fund accounts of the county auditors of the 
several counties, and report the condition of the funds of any school 
district to the trustees thereof ; 

7. To grade the schools in his supervision district, in the month of 
July of each year, designating which schools are high schools, and 
which are elementary schools, and to keep record of such gradation in 
his office ; 

8. To appoint school trustees in all districts in which the qualified 
voters failed to elect. As amended, Stats. 1921, 301. 

Compensation of Deputies. 

Sec. 13. The compensation of each deputy superintendent of public 
instruction, including the office deputy for the superintendent of public 
instruction, is herebj^ fixed at twenty-four hundred dollars per annum, 
and shall be paid out of the state distributive school fund in the same 
manner as the salaries of other state officers are paid. All claims for 
the traveling expenses, including the cost of transportation and cost of 
living of each deputy superintendent of public instruction and of the 
office deputy for the superintendent of public instruction while absent 
from his or her place of residence, together with necessary office 
expenses, shall be paid from the state distributive school fund of the 
state, whenever such claims shall be allowed by the state board of 
examiners ; provided, that not more than nine hundred dollars shall be 
paid from the state distributive school fund of the state in settlement 
of claims for such traveling expenses of any deputy superintendent of 
public instruction, nor more than five hundred dollars for such travel- 
ing expenses of the office deputy for the superintendent of public 
instruction during any one year, and not more than five hundred 
dollars shall be paid from the state distributive school fund of the state 
in settlement of claims for such office expenses of any deputy superin- 
tendent of public instruction for any one year. As amended. Stats. 
1921, 232. 



School Laws of Nevada 17 

Powers of Deputies. 

Sec. 14. The superintendent of public instruction shall confer upon 
the deputy superintendents such power and authority to act in his 
name as he shall deem proper; provided, such power and authority 
shall be in accordance with the laws of this state. 

Rules for Deputies. 

Sec. 15. The state board of education shall adopt such rules and 
reflations further defining the powers and duties of the deputy super- 
intendents of public instruction as shall, in its judgment, be needful to 
secure efficiency and coordination ; provided, that such rules and regu- 
lations shall be in accordance with the laws of this state. 

Removal of Deputies. 

Sec. 16. The state board of education shall, upon the recommenda- 
tion of the superintendent of public instruction, have power to remove 
deputy superintendents of public instruction from office for evident 
unfitness or for conspicuous failure to perform the duties of said office. 

Chapter 4 

teachers' certificates 
Certification of Teachers. 

Section 1. All teachers' certificates and life diplomas shall be 
granted by the state board of education, and said board shall grant only 
those classes and grades described in this act; provided, that deputy 
superintendents of public instruction may issue temporary certificates 
in accordance with the regulations of the board and on conditions here- 
inafter named; and provided further, that all teachers' certificates 
previously issued by legally constituted authorities shall remain valid 
for the time and under the conditions of the original issue unless 
revoked in accordance with law. In case of the renewal of any 
grammar-grade certificate now in force, an elementary certificate of 
the first grade shall be issued instead of said grammar-grade certificate. 
As amended, Stats. 1913, 156. 

Examinations, When Held. 

Sec. 18. Examinations for teachers' certificates shall be held in the 
several counties of this state semiannually, during the months of June 
and December of each year ; provided, that the interest of the schools 
shall require such examinations. The state board of education shall 
give at least sixty days' notice of the time and places of holding the 
examinations ; provided, that the dates of Jiolding the regular semi- 
annual examinations shall be uniform throughout the state and no 
examination shall continue for more than four days. The state board of 
education shall make provision for such other examinations at such 
times and places as in its judgment the public interest may require. 

Deputy Examiners — Compensation. 

Sec. 19. All examinations for teachers' certificates shall be con- 
ducted by deputy examiners who shall act under the authority of the 
state board of education. It shall be the duty of the deputy examiners 
to send all examination papers to the superintendent of public instruc- 
tion without grading them. The deputy superintendents of public 



18 School Laws op Nevada 

instruction shall act as deputy examiners in sucli counties in their 
respective districts as shall be designated by the superintendent of 
public instruction, and the deputy superintendent of public instruction 
shall appoint in addition a sufficient number of deputy examiners to 
provide for all the counties of the state ; provided, that there shall not 
be more than two such deputy examiners in any one county. Deputy 
examiners other than the deputy superintendents of public instruction 
shall receive a compensation of five dollars a da}^, to be paid as other 
claims out of the state distributive school fund. The state board of 
education shall prescribe such rules and regulations governing exami- 
nations as may be needful to secure uniformity and justice. As 
amended, Stats. 1921, 301. 

Regulations Regarding Questions. 

Sec. 20. The questions used for written work in teachers' examina- 
tions shall be prepared by the state board of education, and shall be 
uniform throughout the state. Such examination questions shall be 
forwarded to the various deputy examiners throughout the state by the 
superintendent of public instruction, so as to reach their destination 
immediately before the date set for the examination. Such questions 
shall be sent under the seal of the state board of education, the ques- 
tions on each subject being under separate seal, and no questions shall 
be opened by any deputy examiner or other person until the day and 
the hour set for the use of such questions, and this time shall be plainly 
specified under each seal. 

Unlawful Use of Questions. 

Sec. 21. It shall be unlawful for any person to sell or oifer for sale, 
or buy or offer to buy, or to distribute, or to have in his or her posses- 
sion, except as authorized by this act, any printed or written examina- 
tion questions prepared for any examination to be held for the purpose 
of testing the qualifications of persons desiring to be admitted to the 
practice of any of the professions in this state in which it is required 
that such persons be examined as to their qualifications, or any printed 
or written examination questions prepared for teachers' examinations 
for certification of teachers in this state, or for any printed or written 
examination questions prepared for the final examination of students in 
any of the schools of this state prior to the time for holding such exami- 
nation. 

Penalty for Unlawful Use of Questions. 

Sec. 22. Any person selling or ofi^ering to sell, buying or offering to 
buy, distributing or having in his or her possession any such examina- 
tion questions contrary to section 21 of this act, shall be deemed guilty 
of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof shall be fined in the sum 
of not less than $25 nor more than $100, or imprisonment in the county 
jail for not less than ten days nor more than six months ; provided, that 
the provisions of this act shall not be construed to prevent the proper 
officials or instructors whose duty it is to conduct the said examination 
referred to in section 21 of this act from having in their possession 
printed or written copies of such examination questions ; provided fur- 
ther, that the state printer shall have the care and custody of such 
examination questions while they are in process of being printed. 



School Laws op Nevada 19 

Grades of Certificates. 

Sec. 23. Teachers' certificates in this state shall be: 

1. High school, authorizing the holder thereof to teach in any high 
school or elementary school in the state ; provided, that after Septem- 
ber 1, 1916, no one shall be entitled to teach the regular elementary- 
school subjects unless he holds an elementarj^ certificate ; 

2. Elementary, authorizing the holder thereof to teach in any elemen- 
tary school in the state ; provided, that no teacher shall be eligible to 
act as principal of an elementary school unless he or she holds an 
elementary certificate of the first grade ; 

3. Special, authorizing the holder to teach such special branches of 
learning, and in such grades, as are named in the certificate ; 

4. Temporary, authorizing the holder to teach such branches of 
learning, and in such grades and school districts, as are named in the 
certificate. As amended. Stats. 1915, 377. 

High-School Certificates on Examination. 

Sec. 24. The high-school certificate shall be valid for four years from 
the date of issuance and shall be issued on examination in the follow- 
ing subjects: (a) English grammar, spelling, arithmetic, geography, 
English literature, general history, history of the United States, civil , 
government, current events, algebra, plane geometry, physics, and his- 
tory and methods of teaching; (b) Any one of the following foreign 
languages: Latin, French, German, Spanish; (c) and any three of the 
following additional subjects: Rhetoric, English history, solid geometry, 
physical geograph}^ chemistry, botany, and zoology ; provided, that no 
high-school certificate on examination shall be issued to any person 
whose general average is less than ninety per cent; and provided fur- 
ther, that such certificate shall not be issued to any person under 
twenty years of age. Credit may be allowed to applicants for any 
subject in the above list satisfactorily completed in a standard college, 
or to applicants holding a Nevada elementary certificate of first grade 
for a standing of ninety or more made in any of the above subjects as 
shown on such elementary certificate and record thereof on file in 
the state superintendent's office. The high-school certificate may be 
renewed by the state board of education according to such rules and 
regulations as the board may prescribe. As amended, Stats. 1913, 156, 
157. 

Elementary Certificate, First Grade, on Examination. 

Sec. 25. The elementary school certificate, first grade, shall be valid 
for three years from the date of issuance, and shall be issued upon 
examination in the following subjects: Spelling, reading, writing, 
English grammar, mental arithmetic, written arithmetic, physiology 
and hygiene, history of the United States, geography, general history, 
drawing, music, business forms, civics, current events, and theory and 
methods of teaching, and the rudiments of Nevada school law ; pro- 
vided, that such certificate shall not be issued on examination to any 
person whose general average is less than eighty-five per cent or whose 
grade is less than sixty-five per cent in any one subject. The elemen- 
tary certificate, first grade, shall not be issued to any person under 
twenty years of age nor to any person who has had less than sixteen 
months of successful experience in teaching. Such certificate may be 



20 School Laws of Nevada 

renewed by the state board of education according to such rules and 
regulations as the board may prescribe. Any person who shall at any 
regular examination make a grade of eighty-five per cent or more in 
any subject or subjects shall receive credit for such subject or subjects 
toward a first-grade elementary certificate ; provided, that such hold- 
over grade of eighty-five per cent or more shall not be valid for more 
than three years from the date of such examinations. The state board 
of education may allow credits for satisfactory work done by appli- 
cants for certificates on examination, in a standard summer school, 
normal school, or college, in determining their per cent standing in any 
subject. As amended, Stats. 1921, 302. 

Elementary Certificate, Second Grade, on Examination. 

Sec. 26. The elementary certificate, second grade, shall be valid 
for two years from the date of issuance, and shall be issued upon exami- 
nation in all subjects required for the first-grade elementary certificate ; 
provided, that a second-grade elementary certificate shall not be issued 
to any person whose general average is less than seventy-five per. cent or 
whose grade is less than sixty per cent in any one subject; and pro- 
vided further, that county normal elementary certificates of the second 
grade shall be issued to graduates of the county normal-training school 
without examination therefor. In no case shall an elementary certificate 
of the second grade be renewed. As amended, Stats. 1913, 157, 158. 

Elementary Certificate, Third Grade. 

Sec. 27. The state board of education shall have power, after the 
regular teachers' examination in December, and before the next regu- 
lar examination is held, to grant third-grade elementary certificates to 
applicants who took the December examination, and who are actively 
engaged in teaching in Nevada ; provided, that a third-grade elemen- 
tary certificate shall entitle the holder to teach in the school in which 
she was engaged as a teacher at the time of the December examination, 
and in no other school, for a period not longer than until the next 
regular examination of teachers ; provided further, that but one third- 
grade elementary certificate shall be granted to the same person. 

Life Diplomas. 

Sec. 28. The state board of education may grant a life diploma to 
any resident of the State of Nevada who shall present evidence of hav- 
ing taught successfully and continuously for a period of sixty months, 
twenty-four of which shall have been in the State of Nevada ; provided, 
that in the discretion of the state board of education the exact contin- 
uity of teaching experience may be waived. Such life diploma may be 
granted to any resident of Nevada who shall have taught the required 
number of months and who shall hold a renewable Nevada certificate, 
or who shall hold a special certificate that has been the applicant's only 
license to teach for a period of at least sixty months previous to the 
application for such life diploma ; provided, that, when a teacher is a 
graduate of a standard normal college and has taught successfully and 
continuously in public schools outside the State of Nevada for a period 
of not less than fifty months, such teacher may, in the discretion of the 
state board of education, be granted a life diploma after having success- 
fully taught in private schools in the State of Nevada for a period of 
not less than thirty months, and who shall have possessed, while teach- 



School Laws of Nevada 21 

ing in such private schools, a legal Nevada certificate of renewable 
grade. A life diploma granted under this section shall be of the same 
grade and of the same name as the certificate held by the applicant at 
the time of the application for the life diploma, and shall entitle the 
holder thereof to teach in any school in the State of Nevada of the 
grade of the certificate upon which the life diploma was granted, or to 
teach those subjects in any school which the special certificate entitled 
the holder to teach at the time of the application for the life diploma. 
As amended, 1917, 175, 176. 

Different Certificates to Certain Graduates of Nevada State Normal College. 

Sec. 29. High-school certificates, good for five years, shall be issued 
to graduates of the Nevada State Normal School, advanced course. 
First-grade elementary certificates, good for five years, shall be issued 
to graduates of the Nevada State Normal School, elementary course. 
To the graduates of the Nevada State Normal School who hold high- 
school certificates, the state board of education shall grant a life diploma 
of high-school grade when said graduates shall have completed at least 
forty-five months of successful teaching in public schools. To all 
graduates of the Nevada State Normal School who hold a grammar- 
school certificate, the state board of education shall grant a life diploma 
of the grammar grade when said graduates shall have completed at 
least forty-five months of successful instruction in public schools. 

Graduates of Other Institutions May Be Certificated. 

Sec. 30. Graduates of universities, colleges, and normal schools sup- 
ported by state appropriations, approved by the state board of educa- 
, tion, shall be permitted to submit their credentials from such institu- 
tions, and to the extent that these credentials give evidence of scholar- 
ship and professional preparation they shall be accepted in lieu of 
examination ; provided, that no certificate of the elementary grade 
shall be granted upon any credentials not equivalent to a diploma of 
graduation from the Nevada State Normal School; and provided fur- 
ther, that no high-school certificate shall be granted upon any creden- 
tial not equivalent to a diploma of graduation from a science course or 
the liberal arts course of the University of Nevada, together with the 
required training in educational subjects. 

Life Certificates of Other States. 

Sec. 31. Any teacher holding a life certificate from another state 
shall be permitted to submit such certificate as evidence of his or her 
fitness for teaching, and if the state board of education shall be satisfied 
that the state which issued such certificate maintains a high professional 
standard, said board may issue a certificate for teaching in this state of 
such grade as it shall deem proper. Such credentials should be for- 
warded to the superintendent of public instruction, Carson City, 
Nevada. , 

All Papers Graded by Board of Educational Examiners. 

Sec. 32. All examination papers for teachers' certificates shall be 
examined and graded under the authority of the state board of educa- 
tion by the board of educational examiners, which shall consist of at 
least one member of the state board of education, the deputy superin- 
tendents of public instruction, and such other persons, not to exceed 



22 School Laws of Nevada 

three in number, as may be appointed by the superintendent of public 
instruction. The board of educational examiners shall certify the 
grade of each applicant in each subject to the state board of education. 
Persons appointed by the superintendent of public instruction as mem- 
bers of the board of educational examiners shall receive compensation 
at the rate of five dollars a day for the time actually employed in such 
service, to be paid out of the state distributive school fund in the usual 
manner. As amended, Stats. 1921, 302. 

Special Certificates. 

Sec. 33. The state board of education shall grant special certificates 
valid for teaching music, drawing, manual training, penmanship, com- 
mercial subjects, kindergarten work, or any specified foreign language, 
provided that it shall be satisfied that the applicant is qualified to teach 
such special subject. The board shall determine as to the fitness of the 
applicant by whatever method shall appear to be most appropriate. 
Such certificate shall be valid for two years. A special certificate shall 
entitle the holder to teach only the subject or subjects mentioned in the 
certificate. 

Temporary Certificates — Restriction. 

Sec. 34. The deputy superintendent of public instruction may, at his 
discretion, issue temporary certificates without examination ; provided, 
that such certificate shall be issued upon request of the board of school 
trustees of a school district in this state, and that such certificate shall 
be valid only in the district from which the request is made, and such 
certificate shall be valid only until the next teachers' examination held 
in the county in which such person shall be teaching. If any member 
of the board of school trustees making the above-mentioned request is a 
member of the family or a near relative of the applicant, the certificate 
shall not be granted. Not more than one temporary certificate shall be 
granted to any one person. 

Age Limit. 

Sec. 35. No certificate authorized by this act shall be issued to any 
person under eighteen years of age. 

Chapter 5 
powers and duties of teachers 
Teachers Must Be Legally Employed. 

Sec. 36. No teacher shall be entitled to receive any portion of the 
public school moneys as compensation for services rendered unless such 
teacher shall have been legally employed by the board of trustees, nor 
unless such teacher shall have a certificate issued in accordance with 
law, in full force and effect at the time such service is rendered, nor 
unless such teacher shall have made a full and correct report, in the 
form and manner prescribed by law, to the superintendent of public 
instruction and to the board of school trustees. 

School Officer May Administer Oath. 

Sec 37. The superintendent of public instruction and the deputy 
superintendents of public instruction are hereby authorized to adminis- 
ter the oath (or affirmation) to teachers and all other oaths (or affirma- 
tions) relating to public schools. 



School Laws of Nevada 23 

Teachers to Take OflBLcial Oath — Form of Oath. 

Sec. 38. Bach and every teacher employed in this state, whose com- 
pensation is payable out of the public funds, shall take and subscribe to 
the oath as prescribed by the fifteenth article of the state constitution 
before entering upon the discharge of the dvities of such teacher. Such 
oath, when so taken and subscribed to, shall, if that of a teacher in the 
state university, be filed in the office of the board of regents ; if of any 
other class of teachers, the same shall be filed in the office of the deputy 
superintendent of public instruction. 

The oath is as follows : 

I, , do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will support 

protect and defend the constitution and government of the United 
States, and the constitution and government of the State of Nevada, 
against all enemies, whether domestic or foreign, and that I will bear 
true faith, allegiance, and loyalty to the same, any ordinance, reso- 
lution or law of anj^ state convention or legislature to the contrary not- 
withstanding. And further, that I will well and faithfully perform 
all the duties of teacher on which I am about to enter (if an oath) "so 
help me God"; (if an affirmation) "under the pains and penalties of 
perjury." 

Sworn and subscribed to before me a of the county 

of - and State of Nevada, this day of , 

Anno Domini 19 As amended, Stats. 1921, 303. 

Duties of Teachers Enumerated. 

Sec. 39. Every teacher in the public schools shall : 

1. Upon opening school in any school district, file with the deputy 
superintendent of public instruction, a Nevada teachers' certificate enti-- 
tling the holder to teach the school in the district in which he shall 
be hired, together with the oath of office, and any other report that 
the superintendent of public instruction shall require. The deputy 
superintendent shall acknowledge the receipt of each teacher's cer- 
tificate and shall make proper record of the same in his office. The 
teacher's certificate shall remain on file in the office of the deputy 
superintendent until the teacher's final report shall be received in his 
office ; 

2. One week before closing the school, make a final report in the man- 
ner and on the blank forms prescribed by the superintendent of public 
instruction. The final report shall include all required statistics and 
information for the entire school year, notwithstanding any previous 
report for a part of the year. The teacher shall make estimates of the 
statistics and information of the last week in order to close the final 
report. Upon receipt of the teacher's final report, the deput}^ superin- 
tendent shall, if he approve such report, notify the clerk of the school 
district from which the report comes that the teacher's final report has 
been received, and the clerk of the board shall then draw the trustees' 
order in payment for the teacher 's last month 's salary. Any trustees ' 
orders drawn in violation of the provisions of this act shall be illegal ; 

3. Keep record of all scholars attending school in accordance with the 
registers prescribed by the superintendent of public instruction, and 
teachers shall make reports of such records at such times and to such 
persons as the superintendent of public instruction shall designate. All 
school registers shall be delivered to the board of trustees at the close of 
every school term ; 



24 School Laws of Nevada 

4. Enforce the state course of study, or the city course of study (as 
the case may be), the use of the legally authorized text-books, and the 
rules and regulations prescribed for teachers and schools ; 

5. Hold pupils to a strict account of their conduct on the way to and 
from school, on the plaj^ground and during an^^ intermission ; provided, 
however, that no school teacher or principal, or board of trustees, shall 
expel or suspend any pupil under the age of fourteen j^ears for any 
cause without first securing the consent of the deputy superintendent 
of public instruction. 

Chapter 6 
school trustees 
Board of Trustees a Body Corporate. 

Sec. 40. The trustees of a school district shall constitute a board for 
such district, and such board is hereby created a bod}^ corporate. 

Property Held by Trustees as Corporation. 

Sec. 41. All property which is now vested in, or shall hereafter be 
transferred to the trustees of a district, for the use of schools in the dis- 
trict, shall be held by them as a corporation. 

Number of Trustees. 

Sec. 42. School districts having fifteen hundred or more school chil- 
dren as shown by the last preceding school census, shall have five trus- 
tees; other districts shall have three trustees. 

Election of Trustees. 

Sec. 43. An election of school trustees shall be held in each school 
district of the state on the first Saturday in April, nineteen hundred 
and ten, and on the same day every two j^ears thereafter. At such 
elections three trustees shall be elected in anj^ district having fifteen 
hundred or more school-census children, as shown by the last preceding 
census, two for four years and one for two years ; and two trustees shall 
be elected in every other district, one for four years and one for two 
years. 

Number of Trustees, How Determined. 

Sec. 44. In any school district having for the first time fifteen hun- 
dred school-census children, as determined after the election of trustees 
in any year, there shall be elected at the next ensuing school -trustee 
election two trustees for four years and two trustees for two years, to 
bring such district to the five-trustee basis ; and, in any district falling 
below such number, as determined after a school-trustee election, there 
shall be elected at the next ensuing trustee election one trustee for four 
years, to bring such district to the three-trustee basis. 

Election Officers, How Appointed. 

Sec. 45. Three inspectors of election, and such other officers as may 
be necessary, shall be appointed by the school trustees in each district ; 
provided, that respecting all questions that come before said election 
boards, the inspectors only shall determine the same. If the trustees 
fail to appoint the election officers, or if they are not present at the 
time of opening the polls, the electors present may appoint them. All 
such officers shall serve without compensation; provided, that in dis- 
tricts of the first class, the inspectors and a clerk of election may be 



School Laws of Nevada 25 

allowed compensation not to exceed four dollars each for services at 
such election, said compensation to be paid from the district school 
funds. 

If two or more polling places are kept open in districts of the first 
class, three inspectors and one clerk shall be appointed for each polling 
place, and each such officer shall be allowed compensation not to exceed 
four dollars. 
Notice of Election To Be Posted — Hours of Election. 

Sec. 46. Not less than ten days before the election held under the 
provisions of this act, the trustees in each district shall post notices in 
three public places in the district, which notices shall specif^^ that there 
will be an election held at the schoolhouse in such district and the hours 
between which the polls will be kept open. In districts of the first 
class the polls shall be kept open between the hours specified by the 
board of trustees and in districts of the second class the polls shall be 
kept open between the hours of 1 o'clock p. m. and 5 o'clock p. m. _ If 
the trustees shall have failed to post notices as required by this section, 
then any three electors of the district may, within five days of the day 
of election, give notice of such election, which notices shall be sufficient 
for the election required by this act, and in such case no registration 
shall be necessarj^, but all the other provisions of this act shall be 
enforced ; provided, that in districts of the first class as many different 
polling places may be kept open as there are schoolhouses in the district, 
and the trustees may decide in what buildings the election shall be held ; 
but in such cases, the trustees must specify, in the election notice, the 
particular buildings in which polling places will be held. 

Qualification for Voting. 

Sec. 47. No person shall be allowed to vote at any school election 
unless he is a resident of the district and his name appears upon the 
official registry list of the voting precinct or precincts including the dis- 
trict for the last preceding general election ; provided, that any citizen 
of the United States who shall have resided in this state six months, and 
in the school district thirty days next preceding the day of election, and 
whose name is not upon the said official registry list, may apply to the 
clerk of the board of school trustees, or to a person authorized by the 
trustees of the district to act as a registry agent, not more than eight 
nor less than five days prior to the day of election, to have his name 
registered. 
Registration Regulations — Form of Oath. 

Sec. 48. It shall be the duty of the clerk of the board of school trus- 
tees, or the person appointed by the board of school trustees, as the case 
may be, to register any qualified voter of the school district who may 
apply to be registered under the provisions of the preceding section; 
provided, that if the person applying to be registered be unknown to 
the registry agent, or his qualifications for voting be unknown, he shall, 
before having his name registered, be required to subscribe to the fol- 
lowing oath: "You do solemnly swear that you are a citizen of the 
United States ; that you are twenty-one years of age ; that you will 
have resided in the state six months and this school district thirty da^^s 
next preceding the day of the school election." False swearing under 
the provisions of this section shall be deemed perjury and punished as 
now provided by law. 



26 School Laws of Nevada 

List of Voters. 

Sec. 49. No person shall be entitled to vote under the provisions of 
this act except he be registered as herein provided. The board of school 
trustees shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, or obtain a list, certified 
or sworn to as being correct, of the names of all persons entitled to vote 
at the school election as herein provided, which said list shall be com- 
pleted at least three days prior to the day of election, and shall be under 
the charge of the clerk of the board of school trustees and subject to the 
inspection of any qualified voter in the district. 

Preparation of List of Voters — Compensation. 

Sec. 50. The board of school trustees in all districts having a voting 
population of fifty or more, are authorized to employ a competent per- 
son to prepare' said list of qualified voters and to pay for the work out 
of the school fund of the district, in a manner as other claims against 
the district are allowed and paid, a reasonable sum, not exceeding five 
cents a name for each qualified voter, providing that the total amount 
to be allowed shall not exceed fifty dollars. The list so prepared shall 
be sworn to by the person making the same as correct according to his 
best knowledge, information, and belief. 

List Delivered to Inspectors. 

Sec. 51. The list of qualified voters, as hereinbefore described, shall 
be delivered to the inspectors of election prior to the time of opening the 
polls on the day of election, and no person shall be entitled to vote at 
the election whose name is not on said list ; provided, that any person 
whose name is left off said list by mistake, design, accident, or other- 
wise, may have his name placed thereon by the inspectors of election 
upon satisfactory proofs being presented of his having previously been 
registered in accordance with the provisions of this act. 

Voting Shall Be by Ballot. 

Sec. 52. The voting shall be by ballot, either written or printed, and 
when two or more trustees are to be elected for different terms, the 
ballot shall designate such term as "long term" and "short term," 
respectively. 

Ballots, Number of — What to Contain. 

Sec. 53. In all school districts having a voting population of one 
hundred or over, the board of school trustees shall have printed ballots 
of uniform size containing the names in alphabetical order of all per- 
sons candidates for the office of school trustee. There shall be at least 
as many ballots printed as there are voters in the district, and no bal- 
lots other than those furnished by the board of school trustees shall be 
voted. As amended, Stats. 1921, 303. 

How to Vote. 

Sec. 54. A person desiring to vote shall, if his name be upon the 
registry list as herein provided, receive from the board of election or 
some member thereof, and from no other person, a ballot upon which he 
shall designate his choice for trustee or trustees to be elected in the dis- 
trict, by placing a cross, thus : X, opposite and to the right of the name 
of the person for whom he intends to vote. 

Instructions as to Voting. 

Sec. 55. There shall be placed on the ballots, in addition to the names 



School Laws of Nevada 27 

of the candidates, such information as the board of trustees may deem 
necessary to inform the voter how to mark his ballot, such as "Place a 
cross thus : X, opposite and to the right of the name of the candidate 
for whom you wish to vote," "vote for one," "vote for two," etc. 

Not Allowed at Polls — Misdemeanor. 

Sec. 56. No person, other than the board of election or a police 
officer in the discharge of his duty, shall be allowed within one hundred 
feet of the polls, except when actually engaged in voting or in going to 
or from the polls for the purpose of voting or of challenging the vote of 
another, and excepting all persons in attendance upon any school which 
may be in session in the building. No person shall show his ballot to 
another while marking it or after marking it so as to disclose for whom 
he has voted, but he shall, as soon as possible after marking it, fold it 
so that the marking will be on the inside and return it to the board of 
election to be counted. Wilful violation of any of the provisions of 
this section shall constitute a misdemeanor, punishable by a fine not 
exceeding fifty dollars, or imprisonment in the county jail not exceed- 
ing twenty -five days, or by both such fine and imprisonment. 

Assistance in Marking Ballots, When Allowed. 

Sec. 57. No person shall receive assistance in marking his ballot 
unless physically unable to mark it and then only by permission of the 
board of election. A voter spoiling his ballot may procure another by 
delivering the spoiled ballot to the board of election. 

Challenge — Illegal Voting Punished. 

Sec. 58. Any registered person offering to vote may be challenged 
by any elector of the district, and the judges of election must there- 
upon administer to the person challenged an oath in substance as fol- 
lows: "You do swear that you are a citizen of the United States ; that 
you are twenty-one years of age ; that you have resided in the state six 
months, and in this school district thirty days next preceding this 
election, and that you have not voted before this day." If he takes the 
oath prescribed in this section, his vote shall be received ; otherwise 
his vote must be rejected. Illegally voting under the provisions of this 
act shall be punished the same as the law now provides for punishing 
offenses of this character. 

Candidates to File Names with County Clerk; Recall Election in Districts- 
Having Less Than One Hundred Electors. 
Sec. 59. In school districts having a voting population of one hun- 
dred (100) or over, candidates for the office of school trustee shall, not 
later than five days before the day of election, have their names filed 
with the county clerk of said county, with designation of the term of 
office for which they are candidates, and no names shall be placed upon 
the ballot unless filed within the time herein provided. In case of a 
recall election in districts having a voting population of less than one 
hundred (100), candidates for the office of school trustee shall, not 
later than three days before said election, have their names filed with 
the clerk of the school board in the district, with the designation of the 
term of office for which they are candidates, and no names shall be 
voted on unless filed within the time and in the manner herein provided. 
As amended, Stats. 1921, 303. 



28 School Laws op Nevada 

Duty of Election Board on Completion of Count. 

Sec. 60. The board of election in districts of the first class shall keep 
a poll list and tall}^ sheet, which, together with the registry list and all 
ballots cast, shall be delivered to the county clerk upon the count being 
completed, and such returns shall be kept as the law now provides for 
keeping returns of general elections ; but in districts of the second 
class, said poll list, tally sheet, registry list, and all ballots cast, upon 
the count being completed, shall be delivered to the deputy superin- 
tendent of public instruction and kept on file in his office. After the 
completion of the count at each polling place in districts of the first 
class using more than one polling place, the election board of each 
polling place shall meet at a place designated by the board of trustees 
and there summarize all votes cast in the district and make out the 
election certificates. ' 

Certificates of Election. 

Sec. 61. The election board shall issue certificates of election to those 
receiving the greatest number of votes cast in accordance with pro- 
visions of this act, specifying the number of years for which each is 
elected ; and the election board shall immediately send by mail a copy 
of each election • certificate to the deputy superintendent of public 
instruction. 

Terms of Office. 

Sec. 62. Trustees elected under this act shall take office on the first 
Monday in May following their election. 

Vacancies, How Filled. 

Sec. 63. On the fourth Saturday after the occurrence of any vacancy 
or vacancies in any board of school trustees, an election may be held to 
elect a trustee or trustees for the remainder of the unexpired term or 
terms. Such elections shall be conducted in accordance with the law 
now in effect for the election of public-school trustees ; provided, that 
the remaining members or member of the board may serve as a full 
board for the purpose of making all required preliminar}" arrangements 
for conducting said elections to fill said vacancies. 

Deputy to Fill Vacancies. 

Sec. 64. In case the voters fail to elect, or in case no election is held 
as provided in the preceding section, the deputy superintendent shall 
fill all vacancies occurring in said board of trustees. 

Note — The Attorney-General has decided that this section does not apply to 
vacancies occasioned by neglect of voters to elect trustees at the regular school 
election in April of the even-numbered years. Such A^acancies are subject to 
filling by the Deputy Superintendent on the first Monday in May thereafter. 

Meetings of Trustees — Duties of Clerk — Compensation. 

Sec. 65. It shall be the dut}' of the board of trustees a majority of 
whom shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, to 
meet on the first Monday in May following their election, or as soon as 
practicable thereafter, after taking the oath of office, at such place as 
may be most convenient in the district, and to organize by electing one 
of their number president of the board and another as clerk. It shall 
be the duty of the president to preside at the meetings of the board. 
It shall be the duty of the clerk to record the proceedings of the board 
in a book to be provided for the purpose, and all such proceedings when 



School Laws of Nevada 29 

so recorded shall be signed by such clerk. Said book shall at all times be 
subject to the inspection of the deputy superintendent of public instruc- 
tion and of any taxpayer in the district. In districts having a school- 
census population of three hundred or more and not exceeding one 
thousand, the clerk of the board of trustees may receive such salary 
as said board may alloAv; provided, that such salary shall not exceed 
twenty-five dollars per month; provided, that in districts having a 
school-census population of one thousand or more, the clerk of the 
board of trustees shall receive a salary not to exceed fifty dollars per 
month. As amended, Stats. 1917, 183. 

Majority Vote to Legalize Action. 

Sec. 66. No action of the board of school trustees in any school dis- 
trict shall be valid unless such action shall receive the approval of a 
majority of the members of such board at a regularly called meeting. 
The clerk of the board shall give notice of each meeting to each member 
of the board of school trustees, specifying the time, place and purpose 
of each meeting ; provided, that if all members of such board are pres- 
ent at such meeting the lack of such notification shall not invalidate its 
proceedings. 

In all school districts in which there are not less than three hundred 
school-census children, as shown by the last preceding school-census 
report, the board of school trustees shall hold a regular meeting at least 
once each month, at such time and place as it shall determine, and 
public notice of such meeting shall be given in one or more newspapers 
published in such district ; provided, that such notices can be published 
without cost to the district. 
Powers and Duties of School Trustees. 

Sec. 67. School trustees shall have the power and it shall be their 
duty: 
To Buy or Sell Schoolhouses or Sites. 

1. To buy or sell any schoolhouse or schoolhouse site directed to be 
bought or sold by a vote of the heads of families of the district ; pro- 
vided, that in districts in which there shall be fewer than ten such heads 
of families, no schoolhouse or schoolhouse site shall be sold without the 
approval of the deputy superintendent of public instruction ; 

To Build, Purchase, Rent or Repair Schoolhouses, When — Plans To Be Approved 
by Deputy Superintendent. 

2. To build, purchase, or rent schoolhouses when directed to do so by 
a vote of the heads of families, and to equip and supply the same with 
all things necessary for the successful operation of the schools of the dis- 
trict. The trustees, without such vote, shall make necessary repairs in 
any school buildings Avhen the expense of suclr repairs will not exceed 
five hundred dollars; provided, that in districts of the first class the 
trustees may make all necessary repairs without a vote of the electors. 
No public schoolhouse shall be erected in any school district until the 
plan of the same has been submitted to and approved by the deputy 
superintendent of public instruction. The county auditor shall draw 
no warrant in payment of any bill for the erection of such new school- 
house until notified by the deputy superintendent of public instruction 
that the plans for the said new schoolhouse have received his approval ; 

[See section 194, as amended, Stats. 1913, 298.] 



30 School Laws of Nevada 

Location May Be Changed, When. 

3. To change tlie location of schools or schoolhouse sites; provided, 
that in districts in which there shall be fewer than ten heads of families, 
no school or schoolhouse site shall be changed without the approval of 
the deputy superintendent of public instruction ; 

Meetings of Heads of Families To Be Called, When and How. 

4. To call meetings of the heads of families' of the school district in 
order to secure by vote the authority to procure or sell schoolhouse 
sites, or to erect, purchase, sell, hire, or rent schoolhouses for the use of 
the district. Whenever the trustees shall decide to hold such meeting, 
they shall give at least ten days-' notice by posting at least three notices 
of such meeting in three conspicuous places within the district. One of 
such notices shall be posted on the school grounds. The notices shall 
contain the time, place, and purpose of the meeting. The president of 
the board shall call such meeting to order and shall preside over the 
deliberations of the same. The clerk of the board shall keep a record 
of the proceedings of such meeting in a book kept especially for that 
purpose. In case of the absence of either the president or the clerk 
of the board at such meeting, the heads of families assembled shall 
proceed to elect a president pro tem and a temporary clerk. All ques- 
tions placed before the meeting shall be determined by ballot or by 
taking the "ayes" and "noes" as the meeting shall decide; 

[See section 194, as amended, Stats. 1913, 298.] 

Control of Property and Payment of Money. 

5. To manage and control the school property within their districts, 
and pay all moneys collected by them, from any source whatever, for 
school purposes, into the county treasury, to be placed to the credit of 
the county fund of their district ; 

Privies To Be Built. 

6. To cause to be erected at least two suitable convenient privies 
for each of the schools under their charge, which shall be entirely 
separate each from the other, and have separate means of access and 
approach thereto. In case of failure or neglect on the part of the 
trustees to provide privies in accordance with the provisions of this 
section, the deputy superintendent of public instruction shall have 
power, and it shall be his duty to cause such privies to be built, and to 
pay for the same by drawing his order on the county auditor on the 
funds of the district, and the auditor shall draw his warrant upon the 
county treasurer in payment of the same ; 

To Prescribe and Enforce Rules and Transact Business. 

7. To prescribe and ejiforce rules, not inconsistent with law or those 
prescribed by the state board of education, for their own government 
and government of schools, and to transact their business at regular 
or special meetings, called for such purpose, notice of which shall be 
given each member ; 

Buildings To Be Kept in Repair — Action of Deputy Superintendent When This Is 
Not Done. 

8. To keep the public school buildings in their charge in such repair 
as is necessary for the comfort and health of pupils and teachers, and in 
case of neglect to do so, the deputy superintendent of public instruction 



School Laws of Nevada 31 

shall have power, and it shall be his duty, to cause such needed repairs 
to be made, and to pay for the same by drawing his order upon the 
county auditor on the funds of the district, andthe auditor shall draw a 
warrant upon the county treasurer in payment of the same ; provided, 
that the cost of such repairs shall not exceed fifty dollars ; 

Custody of School District Property. 

9. To have the custody and safe keeping of the district schoolhouses, 
their sites and appurtenances ; 

Insurance. 

10. To insure the schoolhouses, furniture and school apparatus in 
some company authorized by law to transact business in the State of 
Nevada, and to comply with the conditions of the policy ; 

Employment of Teachers and Matters Properly Relating Thereto. 

11. To employ legally qualified teachers, to determine the salary to be 

paid and the length of the term of school for which teachers shall be 

employed, embodying these conditions in a written contract to be signed 

by the president and the clerk of the board or by a majority of the 

trustees and the teacher, and a copy of the said contract properly 

written shall be delivered to each teacher at the opening of the term of 

school ; provided, that the trustees shall not have the right to employ 

teachers for any term of service commencing after the time for which 

any member of the board of trustees was elected. The salaries of 

teachers shall be determined by the character of the service required, 

and in no district shall there be any discrimination in the matter of 

salary as against female teachers ; provided, that it shall be unlawful 

for the board of trustees of any school district to employ any teacher 

not legally qualified to teach all the grades of the school for which such 

teacher is engaged to teach ; 

./ 
Teachers To Be Paid by Order on County Auditor. 

12. To pay toward the salaries of legally qualified teachers the public 
moneys apportioned to districts for such purpose, by giving them 
orders therefor on the countj^ auditor ; 

Minimum Term of School — Course To Be Pursued by Deputy Superintendent, 
Trustees, and County Commissioners when School Money Shall Be 
Insufficient for Completion of Such Term. 

13. To provide at least six months of free school in the district 
under their charge. If at any time the deputy superintendent of public 
instruction shall find that the state and county moneys to which any dis- 
trict is entitled are not sufficient for the completion of the term of school 
of at least six months during the current school year, he shall immedi- 
ately certify that fact and information to the clerk of the board of the 
s^id district. Upon the receipt of such information, the clerk shall 
immediately notify the other members of the board, and they shall, as 
soon as possible thereafter, meet and levy a district tax upon the taxable 
property of such district sufficient to raise an amount of money which 
will insure the completion of at least six months of school in that school 
year. Immediately after the trustees shall have made the levy provided 
herein, the clerk of the board shall notify the county commissioners and 
the deputy superintendent of public instruction of its action. The said 
notice shall contain the statement of the amount of money to be raised 



32 School Laws of Nevada 

by such district tax. The county commissioners shall ascertain the 
necessary percentage on the property of said, district, as shown by the 
last assessment made thereof after equalization, to raise the amount of 
money voted, and they shall add it to the next county tax to be collected 
on the property aforesaid, and the same shall be paid into the county 
treasury and shall be added to and become a part of the county fund of 
that district, and shall be drawn in the same manner as other school 
moneys ; 

The tax provided herein shall be assessed, equalized, and collected in 
the same manner prescribed for assessing, equalizing, and collecting the 
taxes voted for furnishing additional school facilities in section 141 of 
this act ; 

If for any reason the trustees shall fail to provide the necessary funds 
to insure the completion of at least six months of school in any school 
year, when notified by the deputy superintendent of public instruction 
that such action is necessary on their part, as provided in this act, then 
the deputy superintendent of public instruction shall himself notify the 
county commissioners and the county auditor of the deficiency in funds 
for the district in question, and he shall make an estimate of the amount 
of money necessary to be raised, and the commissioners shall proceed to 
assess, equalize, and collect this amount as though the trustees them- 
selves had made the levy as provided in this act ; 

Term To Be at Least Eight Months, When — ^^Deputy Superintendent to Act if 
Trustees Do Not. 

14. To maintain at least eight months of school in the school district 
during each and every school year ; provided, there is sufficient money 
to the credit of the district to pay the expense of maintaining the said 
eight months of school ; 

Whenever there shall be sufficient money 'to the credit of any school 
district to pay the expenses of maintaining a school for eight months in 
any school year, and the trustees shall for any reason neglect to provide 
for the said eight months of school, the deputy superintendent of public 
instruction shall take such steps as may be necessary to prolong and 
maintain the said school for at least eight months. He shall draw his 
order on the county auditor and the county auditor shall draw his war- 
rant on the county treasurer in payment of all expenses incurred in 
prolonging school as provided in this section ; 

Administration of Oaths. 

15. To administer all oaths pertaining to teachers, census marshals, 
and school trustees, whether of the same school district or of any other 
school district in the State of Nevada ; provided, that in districts of 
the first class the city superintendent may administer the oath of office 
to teachers in their respective districts ; ^ 

16. [This paragraph as originally enacted was later repealed by the 
Free Text-Book Act of 1911. — State Superintendent.] 

Division of Schools Into Grades. 

17. To divide the public schools within their district into kinder- 
garten, primary, grammar, and high-school departments, and to employ 
competent and legally qualified teachers for the instruction of the 
different departments whenever they shall deem such division into 
departments necessary ; provided, that such division into departments 



School Laws of Nevada 33 

shall be in accordance with the state courses of study and all rules and 
regulations of the department of education ; and provided further, that 
there shall be means for all such departments, and if not, then the 
division shall be in the order in which they are herein named, excepting 
the kindergarten department, which shall not be considered as taking 
precedence over any other department; and provided also, that the 
kindergarten department shall not be established in any school dis- 
trict having a school-census population of less than one hundred ; 

May Expel Pupils or Exclude Children, When. 

18. To suspend or expel from any public school within their district, 
with the advice of the teachers and deputy superintendent of public 
instruction, any pupil who will not submit to reasonable and ordinary 
rules of order and discipline therein, and to exclude from school all 
children under six years of age when the interests of the school require 
it to be done ; provided, however, that under no circumstances shall any 
school teacher or principal or board of trustees be authorized to expel 
any pupil under the age of fourteen years for any cause without first 
securing the consent of the deputy superintendent of public instruc- 
tion ; 

Courses of Study and Use of Prescribed Text-Books To Be Enforced. 

19. To enforce in schools the courses of study and the use of text- 
books prescribed and adopted by the proper authority ; 

Transfers of Children and Funds. 

20. [The provisions heretofore in this clause of section 67 were virtu- 
ally repealed by "An Act to provide for the transfer of children from 
one school district to an adjoining school district in the same county 
and other matters properly related thereto," approved March 24, 1913. 
Stats. 1913, 305. See in index "Transfer of pupils and school funds." — 
State Superintendent.] 

Each Trustee to Visit Every School in the District. 

21. To visit every school in their district at least once in each term, 
and examine carefully into its management, condition, and wants. 
This clause to apply to each and every member of the board of trustees ; 

School Supplies To Be Furnished. 

22. To furnish writing and drawing paper, pens, inks, blackboard 
erasers, crayons and lead and slate pencils, and other necessary sup- 
plies for the use of the schools, and charges therefor must be audited 
and paid as other claims against the county school fund of their dis- 
tricts are audited and paid. 

[See "Free Text-Books," catalogued in index.] 

Reports To Be Made, When and to Whom. 

23. To make an annual report, on or before the first day of July, to 
the deputy- superintendent of public instruction, in the manner and 
form and on the blanks prescribed by the superintendent of public 
instruction ; 

To Enforce Sanitary Regulations. 

24. To enforce needful sanitary regulations, to make and enforce 
such rules for preventing the spread of contagious and infectious dis- 
eases as they may deem necessary, and to pay out of the public school 



34 School Laws of Nevada 

funds any expenses incurred by them in enforcing such regulations 
and rules among indigent children. 

No School Improvement Over $5,000 Without Popular Election — Additional, 
Registration. 

Sec. 67|. Notwithstanding the provisions of the last preceding 
section, no school site shall be purchased or sold nor any schoolhouse 
erected or repaired, at a greater expense to be paid or received therefor, 
as the case may be, than four thousand dollars, unless the same is first 
authorized by a majority vote of the school district cast at a school 
election called and held as provided by law ; at which said election no 
person shall be allowed to vote unless he or she is a resident of the 
district and his or her name appears upon the official registry list of 
the voting precinct or precincts including the district for the last pre- 
ceding general election, or for the last preceding town or city election ; 
provided, that any citizen of the United States who shall have resided 
in this state six months, and in the school district thirty days next pre- 
ceding the day of election, and whose name is not upon the said official 
registry list, may apply to the clerk of the board of school trustees, or 
to a person authorized by the trustees of the district to act as registry 
agent, not more than ten nor less than five days prior to the day of 
election, to have his or her name registered. Added, Stats. 1921, 275. 

Schools To Be Maintained with Equal Rights and Privileges. 

Sec. 68. The boards of school trustees and county boards of educa- 
tion must maintain all the schools established by them for an equal 
length of time during the year and, as far as practicable, with equal 
rights and privileges ; 

2. When in any district it is necessary for the convenience of the 
residents of said district that the school therein should be maintained a 
part of the year in one portion of the district, and a part of the year in 
another portion of the district, the aggregate of the time the school has 
been maintained in the different portions of the district shall be con- 
sidered in estimating the time for which a school has been maintained 
in the district during the school year. 

Clerk to Issue Orders — Limitation, When. 

Sec. 69. It shall be the duty of the clerk of the board of school 
trustees in each district, subject to the direction of said board, to draw 
all orders for the payment of the moneys belonging- to his district, and 
such orders, when signed by the president and clerk of the board or by 
a majority of the board of trustees, shall be valid vouchers in the hands 
of the county auditor for warrants on the county treasurer, to be paid 
out of the funds belonging to such district ; provided, that in school dis- 
tricts having fewer than five trustees, no warrant for the payment of 
money for a new school building or for repairs or furniture in excess of 
five hundred dollars shall be issued unless the order shall be approved 
by the deputy superintendent of public instruction. 

Note — There is no legal authority for dramng an order in favor of the school 
board or of any member thereof except for services as clerk or census marshal, 
in certain districts. — State Superintendent. 

Itemized Statement of Bills — Penalty, When. 

Sec. 70. All such orders shall be accompanied by an itemized state- 
ment of the purpose or purposes for which the order is issued, and 



School Laws of Nevada 35 

such statement shall be kept on file in the office of the county auditor, 
subject to inspection by the deputy superintendent of public instruc- 
tion, until ordered to be destroyed by the state board of education. No 
order for the payment of the money of any district shall be issued by 
the clerk of such district unless there shall be in the county treasury, 
credited to such district, a sum of money equal to the amount for which 
the order is issued, and available for the purpose of such order. If the 
clerk of the board of school trustees of any district shall draw any 
order for the payment of school moneys in violation of the laws of this 
state, the members of the board of school trustees of such district shall 
be jointly and severally liable for the amount of such order. 

Trustees to Have No Interest in Contracts. 

Sec. 71. No trustee shall be pecuniarily interested in any contract 
made by the board of trustees of which he is a member. 

To Enforce Discipline. 

Sec. 72. The school trustees, principals and teachers are hereby 
given concurrent power with the peace officers for the protection of 
children in school and on the way to and from school, and for the 
enforcement of order and discipline among them. 

Trustees Vested with Necessary Powers. 

Sec. 73. The board of school trustees of the respective school dis- 
tricts of the State of Nevada are hereby given such reasonable and 
necessary powers, not conflicting with the constitution and laws of the 
State of Nevada, as may be requisite to attain the ends for which the 
public schools are estal3lished, and to promote the welfare of school 
children. 

Teachers, Powers Of. 

Sec. 74. The school trustees may direct the principals and teachers 
employed by them to exercise such powers and authority in the schools 
as the trustees are invested Avith under this act. 

County Boards of Education Have Same Power and Duties as Trustees. 

Sec. 75. Under the provisions of this act, county boards of educa- 
tion in control of high schools shall have the same powers and duties 
as are prescribed by law for school trustees. As amended, Stats. 1921, 
304. 

Chapter 7 
school districts 
One District Only in Town or City. 

Sec. 75a. Every village, town, or incorporated city of this state shall 
constitute but one school district ; and the public schools therein shall 
be under the supervision and control of the trustees thereof. 

Classes of School Districts — City Superintendent. 

Sec. 76. All school districts in Nevada are hereby divided into two 
classes. Districts employing ten or more regular grade teachers shall be 
known as districts of the first class, and districts employing less than 
ten teachers shall be known as districts of the second class. The board 
of school trustees of any district of the first class is hereby authorized 
to create the office of city superintendent of schools for such district, to 
define the powers and duties of such superintendent, to elect to said 



36 School Laws of Nevada 

office any person entitled to teach in the high schools of this state, and to 
fix the salary; provided, that no city superintendent shall be elected 
for more than one year, unless said city superintendent shall have first 
served one year acceptablj' in the district, when said board of trustees is 
empowered to elect said superintendent for a term not to exceed four 
years ; provided, further, that said superintendent may be dismissed at 
any time for cause. 

New Districts, When — Changes in Boundaries. 

Sec. 77. The boards of county commissioners of the several counties 
of the state are hereby authorized and empowered to create new school 
districts from unorganized territory when there shall have been pre- 
sented to them from the parents or guardians of five-school-census chil- 
dren a certified petition which shall accurately describe the boundaries 
of the proposed district, such boundaries to conform, when practicable, 
with the lines of the government surveys, and the names and ages of 
all children residing in such proposed district at the date of such 
petition. The boards of county commissioners may create new districts 
from a portion or portions of one or more established districts upon the 
presentation of a similar petition signed by not less than three-fifths 
of the heads of families and taxpayers of the districts from which the 
proposed new district is to be taken. They may make changes in the 
boundaries of districts upon petition of three-fifths of the heads of 
families and taxpayers of the district or districts to be affected by the 
change, or they may make changes in said boundaries so as to place one 
or more families having school children, residing in a school district 
much nearer the schoolhouse of an adjoining district than that of their 
own, in the district most convenient for them to attend ; provided, that 
this may be done only on written petition of the family or families 
desiring such change and that said petition shall be accompanied by the 
recommendation of the deputy or district superintendent ; a7id pro- 
vided further, that before decisive action in the premises by the board 
of county commissioners, due notice shall be given to the two school 
districts to be affected by the proposed change, that parents and others 
who may be opposed thereto can appear before the board of county 
commissioners at the next regular meeting thereof, or at a later desig- 
nated date, to show cause why the aforesaid petition should not be 
granted. 

New District Lapses, When. 

When a new school district is organized, school shall be commenced 
therein within one hundred twenty days from the date of action of the 
board of county commissioners creating such district, and if school shall 
not be commenced within such time within said district, then such 
action shall become void and no such district shall exist. 

Size Limited. 

No district organized under this act shall exceed in size sixteen miles 
square. As amended, Stats. 1917, 389-390. 

But One School, When. 

Sec. 78. In any neighborhood or community containing not more 
than twenty school-census children, in which a schoolhouse may be 
located so that the most distant school-census child resides not to exceed 



School Laws of Nevada 37 

three miles therefrom, but one school district shall be created or shall 
exist, and, in any neighborhood or community in which more than one 
school district is now organized, not in conformity with this act, such 
districts shall be consolidated, and it shall be the duty of the board of 
county commissioners of the county in which said neighborhood or com- 
munity is located to organize the territory comprised in said districts 
into one school district. It shall be the duty of the county auditor and 
county treasurer to place the funds of the several districts to the credit 
of the newly organized district, and the deputy superintendent of 
public instruction shall appoint trustees for said district. In any such 
neighborhood or community no school district shall receive an appor- 
tionment from the school funds until consolidated as herein provided. 
The deputy superintendent of public instruction shall decide where the 
school shall be held, and if school is held in any other place in the dis- 
trict than that designated by the deputy superintendent of public 
instruction, the county auditor shall draw no warrants upon the funds 
of the district in payment of claims for the maintenance of said school. 

Restriction in Apportionment. 

Sec. 79. [Repealed, Stats. 1921, 267. Effective September 1, 1921.] 
Certain Districts Not to Receive School Money, When — Division of District. 

Sec. 80. From and after September first, nineteen hundred and 
eleven, no school district, except when newly organized, in which there 
was not taught, by a legally qualified teacher, a public school for a 
term of at least six months of the school year ending the last day of June 
preceding, with at least three children of school age in actual attendance 
for one hundred days, shall receive any portion of the public school 
moneys. When a new district is formed by the division of an old 
one, it shall be entitled to a just share of the school moneys to the 
credit of the old district, after the payment of all outstanding debts at 
the time when a school was actualh^ commenced in such new district ; 
and the superintendent of public instruction shall divide and appor- 
tion such remaining money according to the number of census children 
resident in each district, for which purpose he may order a census 
to be taken, the expenses of which shall be met as provided in section 
133 of this act. As amended, Stats. 1921, 267. 

Joint School District. 

Sec. 81. A joint school district may be formed of parts of two or 
more counties, provided a majority of the qualified voters in that part 
of each county which it is proposed to include in such joint district 
shall petition for the creation of such joint district, such petition to 
contain a description of the boundaries of the proposed joint district. 
When such petition is presented to the board of county commissioners 
in each county iji which any part of the territory of said proposed joint 
district is located, such board shall, if they favor the establishment of 
a joint district, provide for such establishment, and the superintendent 
of public instruction shall appoint the members of the board of school 
trustees, who shall serve until their successors are elected and qualified 
according to law. 

Sec. 82. [Repealed hy sec. 152(d), c. 88, Stats. 1919, as amended, p. 
156.] See 1921 School Code, sec. 152(d). 



38 School Laws of Nevada 

Union School, How Established. 

Sec. 83. On the recommendation of the deputy superintendent of 
public instruction, the boards of school trustees of any contiguous 
school districts in the same county or in adjoining counties may, in joint 
meeting of the two boards, unite two districts and establish a union 
school to be supported out of the funds belonging to the respective 
districts. 

Joint Board to Govern — More Than One School, When. 

Sec. 84. The school thus established shall be under the immediate 
control of the board of school trustees in whose district the school is 
held and shall be maintained according to the terms of agreement 
made between the two boards concerned in the union school ; provided, 
that school may be maintained at more than one point in the union 
district thus formed, if found necessary or advisable ; and provided 
further, that the classes and grades in the two districts shall be 
arranged with reference to the convenience of the children and the 
efficient and economical management of the school. In case of a dis- 
agreement of the two boards as to the arrangement and distribution of 
the various classes and grades in the two districts, the deputy superin- 
tendent of schools shall determine the same. As amended, Stats. 1919, 
147. 

Expenses of Union District, How Paid. 

Sec. 85. Vouchers shall be made out on the separate district fvinds 
for the pro rata of monthlj" expenses, as agreed upon by the two boards 
in forming the union school, and these vouchers shall be signed by the 
president and the clerk of the school board in the district on whose 
funds the vouchers are drawn. As amended, Stats. 1919, 147. 

Union District Dissolved, When. 

Sec. 86. The union school or district, herein provided for, may be 
dissolved in June of any year by mutual consent or action of the 
boards of school trustees in the district interested, or by the unanimous 
action of the school board of either district ; provided, that no indebt- 
edness incurred in maintaining the union school exists ; and provided 
further, that in case of dissolution by action of only one of the two dis- 
tricts as herein prescribed, at least thirty days notice of intention to 
dissolved shall have been given to the other board. As amended. Stats. 
1919, 147. 

Numerically Weak Districts Enlarged or Consolidated, When. 

Sec. 87. The board of county commissioners in any county, on the 
recommendation of the deputy superintendent of public instruction and 
without formal petition, may enlarge the boundaries of any school dis- 
trict, wherein there may be uncertainty of maintaining the minimum 
requirement of five census children, sufficiently beyond the sixteen-mile- 
square limit to include five or more census school children actually 
residing, and not temporarily living, therein, or the board, upon the 
recommendation of the deputy superintendent, may consolidate two or 
more such districts or parts of districts into a single district. 

Property of Enlarged or Consolidated Districts. 

Sec. 88. In case of the consolidation of two or more districts as 
herein provided for, the property of the separate districts shall become 



School Laws of Nevada 39 

the property of the district thus formed, and any money in the fund of 
a district consolidated with another shall, on notice given by the deputy 
superintendent of public instruction, be transferred by the county 
auditor and the county treasurer to the credit of the district so formed. 

Board for Enlarged or Consolidated District. 

Sec. 89. When a district is formed by consolidation as herein pro- 
vided, the deputy superintendent of public instruction shall appoint a 
board of school trustees therefor ; he shall determine the points therein 
where instruction is to be given, and shall aid the trustees in making 
necessary provision for carrying out the purposes of this act. 

Emergency Fund Created. 

Sec. 90. At the time of the apportionment of money in the state dis- 
tributive school fund in January and July of each year, the superinten- 
dent of public instruction, before making such apportionment, shall set 
aside from said fund the sum of three thousand dollars, the same to 
constitute and be known as the emergency school fund ; and he shall at 
once notify the state controller and the state treasurer of his action. 

For Districts Formed After Regular Apportionment. 

Sec. 91. The emergency school fund, or such portion thereof as the 
state board of education shall deem advisable, shall be used as herein- 
after provided for payment of a teacher's salary in any legally consti- 
tuted school district formed after the regular apportionment in January 
and July of any year and not consisting mainly or wholly of census chil- 
dren and territory theretofore included in an established school district. 

Note — The phrase "after the regular apportionment" is construed to mean at 
any time between two successive apportionments. — State Superintendent. 

Conditions Before Money Is Distributed. 

Sec. 92. Before any portion of the emergency school fund is dis- 
tributed to any school district that may be entitled thereto under the 
provisions of this act, the superintendent of public instruction shall 
cause a census to be taken and shall satisfy himself that a competent 
teacher has been employed and that a suitable building has been 
provided. 

Basis of Distribution — $250 from State; $100 from County. 

Sec. 93. The money in the emergenc^^ school fund, or such part 
thereof as may be necessary, shall be distributed to the various districts 
entitled thereto on the basis of teachers — one teacher to every fifty 
census children or fraction thereof ; and not more than two hundred 
and tifty dollars shall be allowed for any one teacher. The money thus 
distributed shall be used only in payment of salaries of teachers. The 
superintendent of public instruction shall submit to the state board of 
education lists of school districts entitled to money under the provi- 
sions of this act, and estimates of the amount of money necessary for 
each district. Upon notice from the superintendent of public instruc- 
tion that an emergency apportionment has been made to any school 
district as herein provided, the board of county commissioners shall 
transfer from the county general fund to the credit of such district the 
sum of one hundred dollars. As amended, Stats. 1921, 268. 

But One Apportionment to Any District from Emergency Fund. 

Sec. 94. No more than one apportionment shall be made to any one 



40 School Laws of Nevada 

school district from the emergency school fund. But at the general 
apportionments thereafter such district shall be entitled to its share of 
the state distributive school fund and of the general school fund of the 
county in which the district is located, the census provided for in sec- 
tion 92 of this act serving as the basis of apportionment until the 
general school census is available therefor. 

State Board of Education to Approve. 

Sec. 95. Upon approval by the state board of education of the 
amounts to be distributed, the superintendent of public instruction 
shall draw his order on the state controller for the sum to be sent from 
the emergency school fund to any county, and the state controller shall 
thereupon draw his warrant on the state treasurer therefor, and the 
state treasurer shall pay over the money to the county treasurer, or 
any treasurer named. The superintendent of public instruction shall 
inform the county auditor and the county treasurer of any county to 
which money is thus sent, of the amount set aside for any school dis- 
trict or districts in that county ; and such money shall be applied by 
the board or boards of school trustees thereof for the purpose named in 
this act, and disbursed in the manner prescribed by law. 

Residue to Revert. 

Sec. 96. Any money remaining in the emergency school fund on the 
thirtieth day of June and the thirty-first day of December of any year 
shall revert to the state distributive school fund. 

District Abolished, When — Proviso. 

Sec. 97. Upon notice from the deputy superintendent of public 
instruction that a district has fewer than three resident children in 
actual school attendance, the board of county commissioners shall 
abolish such school district ; provided, hoivever, that where there are at 
least two resident children in actual school attendance, and there is 
sufficient funds to the credit of the district, or in its treasury, to meet 
the actual expense attendant on the continuation of the school, the 
district shall be continued and the school maintained so long as such 
funds so exist. As amended, Stats. 1917, 391. 

Funds to Revert. 

Sec. 98. All moneys remaining to the credit- of any school district 
which has been legally abolished, by action of the board of county com- 
missioners of the county in which the district is situated, shall revert to 
the county school fund of said county. 

Property of Abolished .District To Be Sold. 

Sec. 99. All property, real and personal, of any abolished school dis- 
trict shall revert to the county in which the said district is situated, 
and the board of county commissioners are hereby authorized to control 
and manage, rent or sell such reverted school property in the manner 
prescribed for the sale of county property ; provided, that in case the 
said board of county commissioners shall find all of the real and per- 
sonal property of any abolished district to be of a value less than one 
hundred dollars, the same may be sold without publication of notice 
and to the highest bidder for cash at private sale. 



School Laws of Nevada 41 

Disposal of Proceeds. 

Sec. 100. All the moneys derived from the sale or rent of reverted 
school property shall be paid into the county school fund. 

Chapter 8 

general provisions 
Public Schools Defined. 

Sec. 101. Public schools within the meaning of this act shall include 
all elementary schools, and all districts and county high schools. 

Elementary Schools Defined. 

Sec. 102. An elementary school within the meaning of this act shall 
be one in which no grade work above that included in the eighth grade 
according to the regularly adopted state course of study shall be given. 

High School Defined. 

A high school within the meaning of this act shall be a school in 
which subjects above the eighth grade according to the state course of 
study may be taught. 

School Year. 

Sec. 103. The public-school year shall commence on the first day of 
July and shall end on the last day of June. 

School Month — Teacher Not to Forfeit Salary, When. 

Sec. 104. A school month shall consist of four weeks of five days 
each, and teachers shall be paid only for the time in which they are 
actually engaged in teaching; provided, that when an intermission of 
less than six days is ordered by the trustees no deduction of salary shall 
be made therefor ; and provided further, that when on account of sick- 
ness or epidemic a longer intermission is ordered by the board of school 
trustees or by a duly constituted board of health, and such intermission 
or closing does not exceed thirty days at any one time, there shall be 
no deduction or discontinuance of salary or salaries therefor. The 
term "teacher," as used in this act, shall be understood to mean teach- 
ers, principals and superintendents of the elementary and secondary 
schools of this state. As amended. Stats. 1917, 398, 399. 

Sectarian Literature Prohibited. 

Sec. 105. No books, tracts, or papers of a sectarian or denomina- 
tional character shall be used or introduced in any schools established 
under the provisions of this act ; nor shall any sectarian or denomina- 
tional doctrines be taught therein ; nor shall any school whatever 
receive any of the public school funds which has not been taught in 
accordance with the provisions of this section. 

School Property Exempt from Taxation. 

Sec. 106. All lots, buildings, or other school property, owned by any 
district, town, or city, and devoted to public school purposes, shall be, 
and the same are hereby, exempted from taxation and from sale on any 
execution or other writ or order in the nature of an execution. 

Hygiene To Be Taught. 

Sec. 107. Physiology and hygiene shall be taught in the public 



42 School Laws of Nevada 

schools of this state, and especial attention shall be given to the effects 
of stimulants and narcotics upon the human system. 

Duties of Teachexs as to Fish and Game, and Song-Birds. 

Sec. 108. It is hereby made the duty of each and every teacher in 
the public schools of this state to give oral instruction at least once a 
month to all children attending such schools, relative to the preserva- 
tion of song-birds, fish, and game ; and to explain to such children of 
suitable ages, at least twice each school year, the fish and game laws of 
the State of Nevada. 

Note — See "Fish and Game Laws, 1921," in separate pamphlet. 

Sec. 109. [Repealed, Stats. 1915, 18.] 
Arbor Day Not Legal Holiday. 

Sec. 110. Arbor Day is hereby established in the State of Nevada, 
and shall be fixed each year by proclamation of the governor at least 
one month before the fixing of such date, and it shall be observed as a 
holiday by the public schools of this state ; provided, that nothing in 
this act shall be construed as making this a legal holiday, so far as 
the courts and civil contracts are concerned. 

Arbor Day — Governor's Proclamation. 

Sec. 111. His excellency the governor is requested to make procla- 
mation setting forth the provisions of the preceding section of this 
statute, and recommending that Arbor Day so established be observed by 
the people of the state in the planting of trees, shrubs, and vines, in the 
promotion of forest growth and culture, in the adornment of public 
and private grounds, places, and ways, and in such other efforts and 
undertakings as shall be in harmony with the character of the day so 
established. 

Holidays — Schools Closed. 

Sec. 112. No school shall be kept open on the first day of January, 
the thirtieth day of May, the fourth day of July, the first Monday of 
September, Thanksgiving Day, and the twenty-fifth day of December of 
each year, nor any day appointed by the president of the United States 
or the governor of this state for public fast, thanksgiving, or holiday. 

Semiholidays — Schools Open. 

All schools shall be kept open and shall observe with appropriate 
exercises the twelfth day of February, the twent,y-second day of Febru- 
ary, Arbor Day, and the thirty-first day of October of each year, if 
such days occur on regular school days. 

Election Day — No School Shall Be Closed. 

No school shall be closed on the date of any primary or general elec- 
tion, except in cases of school elections when the school building is 
needed as a polling place. 

The National Flag — Duty of Trustees and Deputy Superintendent. 

Sec. 113. Boards of school trustees in all school districts throughout 
the state shall provide for their respective schoolhouses a suitable flag 
of the United States, which shall be hoisted on the respective school- 
houses on all suitable occasions. The respective boards of trustees are 
hereby authorized and directed to cause said flags to be paid for out of 



School Laws of Nevada , 43 

any county school money in their respective school district funds not 
required for regular expenses. If the trustees in any school district 
fail or neglect to provide such flag, the deputy superintendent of pub- 
lic instruction shall himself provide the school with a flag and shall 
install the same upon the schoolhouse, and shall pay the expenses 
incurred in such action by drawing his order on the county auditor, 
and the county auditor shall draw his warrant on the county treasurer 
in payment of same. 

Note — Section 3 of "An act to promote Americanization in the schools of the 
State of Nevada" (Stats. 1921, p. 29) requires that the American flag shall be 
flown "on every schoolhouse in the State of Nevada during every school day» 
weather permitting." 

The State Flag. 

Sec. 114. The official flag of the State of Nevada is hereby created, 
to be designed of the following colors, with the following lettering and 
devices thereon, to wit : The body of the flag shall be of solid blue. On 
the blue field, and in the center thereof, shall be placed the great seal 
of the State of Nevada, as the same is designed and created by section 
4402, Revised Laws, 1912 ; the design of said seal to be in scroll border, 
and the words "The Great Seal of the State of Nevada" to be omitted. 
Immediately above the seal shall be the word "Nevada," in silver- 
colored block Roman capital letters. Immediately below the seal, and 
in the form of a scroll, shall be the words "All For Our Country," in 
gold-colored block Roman capital letters. Above the word "Nevada" 
there shall be placed a row of eighteen gold-colored stars and below 
the words "All For Our Country" there shall be placed a row of 
eighteen silver-colored stars. Each star shall have five points, and 
shall be placed with one point up. As enacted, Stats. 1915, 251, 252. 

District Attorney to Advise Trustees. 

Sec. 115. The district attorneys of the several counties of Nevada 
must give, when required, and without fee, his opinion in writing to 
school trustees, on matters relating to the duties of their offices. 

Attorney-General Advisor of Deputy Superintendents. 

Sec. 116. The state attorney-general shall give, when required, and 
without fee, his opinion in writing to deputy superintendents of public 
instruction on matters relating to the duties of their offices. 

Teachers Exempt from Jury Duty, When. 

Sec. 117. Teachers actually engaged in teaching in the public schools 
of the state and members of the faculty of the state university shall be 
exempt from jury duty during the session of the public schools or uni- 
versitj^ but nothing in this act shall be construed as to excuse said 
teachers from liability to jury duty during a vacation. 

Sec. 118. [Repealed hy sec. 152(e), as amended, Stats. 1919, p. 157.] 

Sec. 119. [Repealed hy sec. 152(e), as amended. Stats. 1919, p. 157.] 
See 1921 School Code, Section 152 (e). 

Penalty for Nonfulfilment of Contract. 

Sec. 120. Should any teacher employed by a board of school trustees 
for a specified time, leave the school before the expiration of such time, 
without the consent of the trustees, in writing, said teacher shall be 
deemed guilty of unprofessional conduct, and the deputy superinten- 



44 School Laws of Nevada 

dent of public instruction is authorized, upon receiving notice of such 
fact, to suspend the certificate of such teacher for the period of one 
year. 

Appeal, How Made. ' 

Sec. 121. From any decision made by a deputy superintendent 
affecting* adversely the rights, powers, or duties of any teacher or school 
board as fixed by law, in any case in which no appeal is allowed to the 
board of education, an appeal may be taken to the superintendent of 
public instruction, and his decision in the premises shall be final. 

Chapter 9 
census marshals 
Schools Classified for Census Purposes. 

Sec 122. For the purpose of securing the school census each year 
in the State of Nevada, the school districts of the state are hereby classi- 
fied as follows : All school districts having thirty or more school-census 
children at the last preceding school census shall be known as districts 
of the first class. All school districts having fewer than thirty census 
school children at the last preceding school census shall be known as 
districts of the second class. 

Teacher Ex Officio Census Marshal, When. 

In all school districts of the second class as described in this section 
the regularly appointed and qualified teachers shall be ex officio school- 
census marshals, and shall serve without compensation for such services 
as census marshals ; provided, that if there shall not be any regular 
teachers employed and engaged in teaching in any school district of the 
second class as described in this section on the first day of March of 
each year, then it shall be the duty of the trustees of such districts to 
appoint on the said first day of March of each year a competent person 
over twenty-one years of age as census marshal for the district in the 
same manner as provided herein for appointment of census marshals in 
school districts of the first class, and in case a census marshal is 
appointed in such school district of the second class because there is 
no teacher therein, then the said marshal shall be paid for his services 
in the same manner as marshals in the districts of the first class are 
paid. 

Women May Serve as Census Marshals. 

It shall be the duty of the board of trustees of each school district of 
the first class as described in this section to appoint a competent person 
over twenty-one years of age as school-census marshal before the first 
day of March of each year, and to notify the deputy superintendent of 
public instruction of such appointment immediatel}' after it is made. 
This section shall not be construed in such a way as to prevent the 
appointment of a member of the board of school trustees or of a woman 
as school-census marshal. 

Deputy Superintendent Appoints Census Marshals, When. 

If the board of school trustees shall fail to appoint a school-census 
marshal in any district of the first class as described in this section, or 
in any district of the second class when necessary, as provided in this 



School Laws of Nevada 45 

section, before the fifteenth day of March of each year, the deputy 
superintendent of public instruction shall appoint the census marshal 
for such school district, such appointee to proceed in like manner as 
if appointed by the school trustees, and any appointment of census 
marshal made by the trustees subsequent to that time shall be void. 
As amended, Stats. 1913, 153, 154. 

Blanks for Marshal. 

Sec. 123. The superintendent of public instruction shall supply each 
school-census marshal with printed instructions as to his duty and with 
all blank forms required for taking and reporting the census. 

Duties of School-Census Marshals. 

Sec. 124. The board of trustees shall designate to each census mar- 
shal the portion of the school district in which the said marshal shall 
take the census, and each census marshal shall be responsible for a 
correct census in the the territory to which he is appointed, and he shall 
return his census reports to the clerk of the board of trustees. The 
board of trustees shall, in case of two marshals in the same district, 
designate which marshal shall compile the final report for the deputy 
superintendent of public instruction and the board of trustees. 

Before the school-census marshal shall enter upon the performance 
of his duties, he shall take and subscribe to the oath of office, and such 
oath shall be filed in the office of the deputy superintendent of public 
instruction. 

It shall be the duty of the school-census marshals to take annually 
in the month of April a census of the resident children of the districts 
for which they shall be appointed, and to report the same to the deputy 
superintendent of public instruction. The term "resident children," as 
used in this section, shall be defined in such a way as to include : 

1. Children residing with their parents or guardians in such district. 

2. Children temporarily residing outside of said district for the pur- 
pose of attending institutions of learning or benevolent institutions, 
except those children who shall be residents of a state orphans' home, 
in which case the said residents of a state orphans ' home shall be taken 
in the district in which the state orphans ' home shall be located ; pro- 
vided, that the parents of resident children of any district must have 
resided in the district on the first day of April ; and provided further, 
that the resident children must themselves have been actual residents 
of the district immediately previous to such outside residence. 

3. All Indian children of school age not enrolled on any government 
reservation. 

The term "resident children" is further defined in such a way as to 
exclude : 

1. Children temporarily visiting in or passing through said district. 

2. Children who have never actually resided within the district, even 
though their parents or guardians shall reside within the district. 

3. Children who are residing within the district for the purpose of 
attending institutions of learning or benevolent institutions, except the 
children of a state orphans' home, whose census shall be taken in the 
district in which the state orphans' home shall be located. 

4. All children who may properly be included in the census of some- 
other district. 

5. Indian children (entered on the roll of any government reserva- 



46 School Laws of Nevada 

tion) who shall not have attended public schools at least eighty days 
in the twelve months preceding the date of taking the census during 
the last preceding year. As amended, Stats. 1919, 146, 147. 

Census Marshal Must Visit Each Home. 

Sec. 125. The school-census marshal shall visit each home, habita- 
tion, residence, domicile, or place of abode in his district and require 
the necessary information of parents or others competent to give accu- 
rate information, supplementing and correcting this by actual observa- 
tion when necessary. The school-census marshal shall have power to 
administer the legal oath to parents, guardians, and other persons 
furnishing such information. 

What Report Shall Contain. 

Sec. 126. The reports of the school-census marshals shall be made 
upon blank forms to be furnished by the superintendent of public 
instruction, and shall show the following facts : 

1. The full names of all children less than eighteen years of age and 
residing in the district on the first day of April, such names to be given 
by families under the name of the parents or guardian. 

2. The year, month, and day on which each child was born, and the 
age in years, counting to the first day of April. 

3. The sex and race of each child. 

4. The place of birth of each child and of each parent. 

5. The total number of children .less than six years of age ; the total 
number of children not less than six years of age nor over eighteen 
years of age. Only those children who are not less than six years of 
age nor more than eighteen years of age shall be considered as school- 
census children. 

6. Such other facts as the superintendent of public instruction may 
require. As amended, Stats. 1913, 155, 156. 

Special Report in General Election Years on Males Between Ages of 18 and 21. 

It shall be the duty of each person taking the school census during the 
year in which a general election is to be held, before receiving compen- 
sation, to send to the county clerk by mail the name, age, and postoffice 
address of every male between the ages of eighteen and twenty-one 
years residing within his district. Revised Laws of Nevada, 1912, sec. 
3981. 
Districts in Two Counties. 

Sec. 127. In the case of districts lying partly in two or more coun- 
ties, the school-census marshal shall report separately the children of 
each county. 
Clerk to Examine Marshal's Report. 

Sec. 128. Immediately after the school-census marshal shall have 
completed the work of taking the census, he shall submit a report of the 
same, according to a form to be prescribed by the superintendent of 
public instruction, to the clerk of the board of school trustees, and if 
the clerk finds the report to be correct, according to the best of his 
knowledge, he shall approve the same and certify to its correctness, 
after Mdiich the census marshal shall transmit it to the deputy superin- 
tendent of public instruction with a sworn statement to the effect that 
reasonable diligence and care have been exercised and that, to the best 
of his knowledge, all parts of the report are correct. 



School Laws op Nevada 47 

Dates for Completing Reports. 

Sec. 129. In the case of districts having a school-census population 
of less than three hundred the report shall be sent to the deputy super- 
intendent of public instruction before the fifteenth day of May. In the 
ease of districts having over three hundred census children the report 
shall be sent to the deputy superintendent of public instruction before 
the first day of June. 

Deputy Superintendents to Compare Reports of Marshals. 

Sec. 130. The deputy superintendent of public instruction shall com- 
pare the census reports submitted to him b.y the various school-census 
marshals so far as he shall consider needful, and he shall strike from 
them the names of any children whose names are, according to his best 
knowledge, wrongfully included in the reports, and it shall be his duty 
to correct all manifest errors in such reports. In all cases he shall make 
sufficient investigation to confirm him in his action before correcting 
any report. 

Special Census Marshal, When. 

Sec. 131. If at any time the deputy superintendent shall have rea- 
son to believe that a report contains errors which he is unable to correct, 
or if at any time the report of the school-census marshal is not trans- 
mitted as provided by section 129 of this act, he may appoint a special 
school-census marshal who shall retake the census as soon as practicable 
and not later than the thirtieth day of June, conforming otherwise to 
the rules governing the original census. 

Special Census for Increase in School Population. 

Sec. 131a. If any board of school trustees have ascertained that 
since the last regular school-census report there has been an increase 
of thirt}^ or more census children in the district under their jurisdic- 
tion, they may cause a census of such increase to be taken in the same 
manner as is prescribed for the regular school census; provided, that 
the cost of such census shall be a legal charge against the said district 
and shall be paid as other school expenditures are paid. 

Whenever a correct report of such increase shall be presented to 
the superintendent of public instruction on or before June 1 or Decem- 
ber 1 of any year, with a showing that there is a necessity for the 
employment of one or more additional teachers because of such 
increased school census, he shall include such increase in the school 
census of the district and shall take the revised school-census report as 
the basis of the next semiannual apportionment or apportionments. 
Added, Stats. 1921, 198. 

Negligence of Marshal — Punishment. 

Sec. 132. If the school-census marshal of any district neglects or 
refuses to make his report at the time and in the manner prescribed by 
law, or if he, with intention to defraud the state, or through failure to 
exercise reasonable care, includes the names of children in violation of 
law, or if he reports their names, ages, or number falsely, he shall be 
deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and on conviction thereof shall be 
punished by a fine in any amount not less than five nor more than one 
hundred dollars, or by imprisonment in the county jail not less than 
five nor more than thirty days, and it shall be the duty of the various, 



48 School Laws of Nevada 

district attorneys to cause the arrest and prosecution of such persons 
upon information furnished by the superintendent of public instruc- 
tion, other school officers, or by other persons. 

County Pays Marshals in Census Districts of First Class. 

Sec. 133. Every bill for the compensation of a school-census marshal 
shall be presented to the board of county commissioners of the county 
in which the district for which he shall have been appointed lies, and 
upon the order of said board shall be paid as other claims out of 
the general fund of the county. No bill for the compensation of any 
school-census marshal shall be ordered paid unless the bill shall be 
accompanied by a statement from the deputy superintendent of public 
instruction to the effect that a satisfactory census report has been 
returned as provided by law. In any school district containing* ten or 
less school-census children the compensation for taking the school cen- 
sus shall not exceed eight dollars. In school districts having more than 
ten school-census children there may be allowed not more than twenty- 
five cents additional for the name of each school-census child above the 
said ten names ; provided, that in districts in which there are less than 
three families having school-census children, the compensation shall 
not exceed five dollars. 

Chapter 10 

school funds 
state Permanent School Fund. 

Sec. 134. All moneys accruing to this state from the sale of lands 
heretofore given or bequeathed, or that may hereafter be given or 
bequeathed, for public school purposes ; all fines collected under the 
penal laws of the state ; two per cent of the gross proceeds of all toll- 
roads and bridges, and all estates that may escheat to the state, shall 
be and the same are hereby solemnly pledged for educational purposes, 
and shall not be transferred to any other fund for other uses, but shall 
constitute an irreducible and indivisible fund, to be known as the state 
permanent school fund, which shall be invested as provided in section 
148 of this act. 
Ad Valorem State School Tax. 

Sec. 135. [Repealed, Stats. Special Session 1912, 10.] 
state Distributive School Fund. 

Sec. 136. All moneys derived from interest on the state permanent 
school fund, together with all moneys derived from the state school 
tax, shall be placed in and constitute a fund to be known as the state 
distributive school fund, and be apportioned semiannually among the 
several school districts of the state in the manner provided in this act 
for the apportionment of the state distributive school fund to the 
several school districts of the state. 

Use of State Distributive School Fund Restricted. 

Sec. 137. [Repealed hij sec. 152(e), Stats. 1919, as amended. See 
this section, 1921 School Code.] 

AH Nonpublic School and Sectarian Use Prohibited. 

Sec. 138. No portion of the public school funds, nor of the moneys 
raised by the state tax, or specially appropriated for the support of 
public schools, shall be devoted to any other object or purpose ; nor 



School Laws of Nevada 49 

shall any portion of the public school funds, nor of money raised by 
state tax for the support of public schools, be in any way segregated, 
divided, or set apart for the use or benefit of any sectarian or secular 
society or association. 

County School Tax. 

Sec. 139. The board of county commissioners of each county shall, 
annually, at the time of levying other county taxes, levy a county school 
tax, not to- exceed fifty cents on each one hundred dollars valuation of 
taxable property, which tax shall be added to the county tax and col- 
lected in the same manner, and paid into the county treasurj^ as a 
special deposit, to be drawn in the same manner as other public school 
moneys ; and should said county commissioners fail or neglect to lev.y 
said tax as required, it shall be the duty of the county auditor to add 
such tax as the superintendent of public instruction may deem suf- 
ficient, not exceeding fifty cents on each one hundred dollars valuation 
of taxable property in the county, to the assessment roll, to be collected 
as specified in this section. As amended, Stats. 1915, 402. 

Special School Tax, When. 

Sec. 140. When, in the judgment of the board of school trustees of 
any district, the school moneys to which such district shall be entitled 
for the coming school year will not be sufficient to maintain the school 
properly and for a sufficient number of months, said board shall have 
power to direct that a tax of not more than twenty-five cents on the one 
hundred dollars of assessed valuation of such district shall be levied, 
and, upon notification by the clerk of the board of school trustees of 
such district that such action has been taken, the board of county com- 
missioners shall levy and cause to be collected such tax upon the taxable 
property of such district. 

Popixlar Election to Decide Whether Tax Shall Be Levied, When — Tax Due, 
When — Tax Payable. 
Sec. 141. The board of trustees of any school district may, when in 
their judgment it is advisable, call an election and submit to the quali- 
fied electors of the district the question whether a tax shall be raised to 
furnish additional school facilities for said district, or to keep any 
school or schools in such district open for a longer period than the 
ordinary funds will allow or for building an additional schoolhouse or 
houses, or for any two or for all of these purposes. Such election shall 
be called by posting notices in three of the most public places in the 
district for twenty days, and also if there be a newspaper in the county 
by advertisement therein once a week for three weeks. Said notice 
shall contain time and place of holding an election, the amount of 
money proposed to be raised, and the purpose or purposes for which it 
is intended to be used. The trustees shall appoint three judges to 
conduct the election, and it shall be held in all other respects as nearly 
as practicable in conformity with the general election law. At such elec- 
tion the ballot shall contain the words: "Tax — Yes," or "Tax — No." 
If a majority of the votes cast are "Tax — Yes," the officers of the elec- 
tion shall certify the fact to the county commissioners, together with 
a statement of the amount of money proposed to be raised, who shall 
ascertain the necessary percentage on the property of said district, as 
shown by the last assessment made thereof after equalization, to raise 



50 School Laws of Nevada 

the amount of money voted, and shall add it to the next county tax to 
be collected on the property aforesaid ; and the same shall be paid into 
the county treasury as a special deposit in favor of said school district, 
to be drawn in the same manner as other school moneys ; provided, if 
in any school district the school trustees shall certify to the county 
commissioners that the state and county money to which any district 
is entitled is not sufficient to keep school open in such district up to the 
date when state and county taxes shall become due, the tax provided 
for in this section shall be due and payable to the assessor of such county 
in which the tax is levied immediately after he shall make the assess- 
ment and demand for payment of the tax ; provided, the owner of the 
property shall, if he deem the assessment too high, have the privilege 
of submitting the assessment to the board of county commissioners, for 
equalization within ten days after demand made for the payment of the 
tax, and the county commissioners, within five days after complaint 
made to them, shall meet and determine the correct valuation of the 
property assessed, and may change the same by adding to or deducting 
from the sum fixed either by the owner or assessor, and upon notice to 
the owner of the result of their equalization the tax shall be immedi- 
ately payable to the assessor, and if not paid shall become delinquent ; 
and all the taxes so assessed shall constitute a lien on the property 
charged therewith, from the date of the levy thereof by the county 
commissioners, or entry thereof on the assessment roll by the county 
auditor, until the same are paid, and thereafter if allowed to become 
delinquent shall be enforced in the same manner as provided by law 
for the collection of state and county taxes. If for any reason said tax 
is not added to the county tax by the county commissioners, the county 
auditor shall enter it upon the assessment roll to be charged against the 
property of that district, on application from the trustees of that 
district. 

County School Funds for Various Purposes, Including Transportation of Pupils. 
Sec. 142. The board of trustees, or board of education, of each city, 
town, and district, may use the moneys from the county school funds to 
purchase sites, build, or rent schoolhouses, to purchase libraries, and to 
pay teachers or contingent expenses as they may deem proper, or for 
transportation of pupils to and from school. 

State Permanent School Fund. 

Sec. 143. The state controller shall keep a separate and distinct 
account of the state permanent school fund, of the interest and income 
thereof, of such moneys as shall be raised by the state school tax, and 
of all moneys derived from special appropriations or otherwise for the 
support of public schools. 

State Controller to Report School Securities. 

Sec. 144. The state controller shall, on or before the tenth day of 
April and the tenth day of October of each year, make to the state 
board of education a statement of the securities belonging to the state 
permanent school fund. He shall also, on or before the tenth day of 
January and the tenth day of July of each year, render to the superin- 
tendent of public instruction a statement of the moneys in the treasury 
subject to distribution to the several districts of the state, as provided 
in section 151 of this act. 



School Laws of Nevada 51 

state Treasurer Custodian of School Securities. 

Sec. 145. The state treasurer shall be the legal custodian of all state 
and national securities in which the moneys of the state permanent 
school fund of the State of Nevada are or may hereafter be invested, 
and for their safe keeping he shall be liable on his official bond. It 
shall be the duty of the state treasurer to pay over all public school 
moneys received by him only on warrants of the state controller issued 
upon the orders of the superintendent of public instruction, under the 
seal of the board of education, in favor of county treasurers, or on 
orders of the state board of education, for purposes of investment, as 
provided in section 148 of this act, which orders, duly endorsed, shall 
be valid vouchers in the hands of the state controller for the disburse- 
ment of public school moneys. 

[See Stats. 1913, 252, 253; catalogued in index: "State Board of Investment." 
and "Investment of State Permanent School Fund."] 

County Treasurers to Receive State Moneys Semiannually. 

Sec. 146. All school moneys due each county in the state shall be 
paid over by the state treasurer to the county treasurers on the tenth 
day of January and the tenth day of July of each year or as soon there- 
after as the county treasurer may apply for the same upon the warrant 
of the state controller drawn in conformity with the apportionment of 
the superintendent of public instruction, as provided in section 151 of 
this act. 

State Treasurer to Turn Interest into State Distributive School Fund. 

Sec. 147. When the interest on any securities belonging to the state 
permanent school fund is due, the state treasurer shall, upon the war- 
rant of the state controller and in the presence of a majority of the 
members of the state board of education, cut off and pay the coupon on 
such securities, and place the money so paid into the state distributive 
school fund, and keep a correct account thereof in his books. 

Sec. 148. [Repealed, Stats. 1913, 252, 253; catalogued in index: 
"State Board of Investment" and "Investment of State Permanent 
School Fund."] 

Duties of County Treasurer. 

Sec. 149. It shall be the duty of the county treasurer of each county : 

1. To receive and hold as a special deposit all public-school moneys, 
whether received by him from the state treasurer or raised by the 
county for the benefit of the public schools, or from any other source, 
and to keep separate accounts thereof and of their disbursements ; 

2. On the second Monday of June and on the second Monday of 
December of each year to notify the superintendent of public instruc- 
tion and the district deputy superintendent of the amount of money 
received since the last semiannual report for the following funds : 
(a) the county school fund, showing the amount subject to apportion- 
ment and indicating the amount in this received from forest reserve 
payments; (b) for the support of high schools in the county; (c) 
special district taxes in the several school districts in the county; (d) 
for the payment of emergency loans; (e) for school bond redemptions 
and interest on school bonds; and (f) any other special funds a record 
of which may be needed for the reports of the superintendent of pub- 
lic instruction ; 



52 School Laws of Nevada 

3. To pay over all public-school moneys received by him only on 
warrants of the connty auditor, issued upon orders of the board of 
school trustees for their respective school districts. All orders issued 
in accordance with law by the said trustees shall be valid vouchers in 
the hands of the county auditors for warrants drawn upon such orders. 

Duties of County Auditor. 

It shall be the duty of the county auditor of each county, on or 
before the tenth day of July, annually, to make full report to the 
superintendent of public instruction of the public-school moneys 
received into the several school funds during the year ending June 30 
next previous thereto, as called for in the semiannual reports of the 
county treasurer to the superintendent of public instruction, together 
with a particular statement of the disbursements of said school moneys 
and any balances remaining in the several funds, in such form as the 
reports of the superintendent of public instruction may require. 

Penalty for Failure to Report. 

In case of the failure and neglect of any county treasurer or any 
count}^ auditor to perform the duties required of him in this section, 
such county treasurer or such county auditor shall forfeit for the 
benefit of the county school fund of the county the sum of one hundred 
dollars from his official compensation ; and it is hereby made the 
duty of the board of covinty commissioners, upon notification by the 
superintendent of public instruction of such failure or neglect on the 
part of said county treasurer or county auditor, to deduct one hundred 
dollars from the official compensation of such county treasurer or 
county auditor and to place the same to the credit of the county 
school fund of the county. As amended, Stats. 1921, 304. 

No Fees for Handling School Moneys. 

Sec. 150. No tax collector or county treasurer shall receive any fees 
or compensation whatever for collecting, receiving, keeping, transport- 
ing, or disbursing any school monej^s mentioned in the preceding sec- 
tions of this act. In case of a special school tax for any school district, 
as provided in sections 140 and 141 of this act. the board of county 
commissioners may allow a reasonable compensation for assessing and 
collecting if such taxes are assessed and collected independently and 
separately from the regular taxes, such compensation to be paid out of 
the special taxes thus collected. 

Apportionment of State Distributive School Fund. 

Sec. 151. It shall be the duty of the superintendent of public 
instruction, immediately after the state controller shall have made his 
semiannual report, to apportion the state distributive school fund, sub- 
ject to apportionment at such time. He shall apportion the moneys of 
said fund among the several counties of the state in the following 
manner : 

Methods of Apportioning State School Moneys. 

1. He must ascertain the number of teachers to which each school 
district is entitled by calculating one teacher for every thirty school- 
census children or fractional part of thirty equal to fifteen or more; 
provided, that a school having an average attendance of twenty or 
more, as shown by the report of such district for the last preceding 



School Laws op Nevada 53 

school year, shall be allowed an extra teacher, if such school has regu- 
larly employed two teachers since the preceding semiannual school 
apportionment. 

2. He must apportion the state distributive school fund, subject to 
apportionment at the time, among the several counties of the state in 
the following manner : 

(a) For the second semiannual apportionment in 1921, he shall 
apportion $150 for each teacher to which the countj^ is entitled as pro- 
vided in paragraph 1 of this section. Thereafter at each semiannual 
apportionment he shall apportion $137.50 for each teacher to which the 
county is entitled as provided in paragraph 1 of this section ; pro- 
vided, that for districts having an average daily attendance of less than 
five pupils for the preceding school year, he shall apportion $62.50. 

(b) For the second semiannual apportionment in 1921, he must 
apportion on a per capita basis from the state distributive school fund 
$2.50 for every child between the ages of six and eighteen years in the 
county, as shown by the last preceding school census. Thereafter at 
each semiannual apportionment he must apportion on a per capita 
basis from the state distributive school fund $6.50 for every child 
between the ages of six and eighteen years in the county, as shown by 
the last preceding school census. 

State School Reserve Fund, How Distributed. 

(c) He shall set aside from the state distributive school fund then 
remaining the sum of $20,000, to be known as the state school reserve 
fund. 

(d) He shall apportion the balance of the state distributive school 
fund, after the said $20,000 has been set aside, on a per capita basis in 
proportion to the number of school-census children in each district to 
the total number of school-census children in the state, as shown by the 
last preceding school census. 

Relief for Certain Counties Having County High Schools — From State School 
Reserve Fund. 

3. (a) Whenever any county has levied 40 cents on the $100 assessed 
valuation of the county, of which at least 25 cents on the $100 is for 
elementary-school purposes, in counties where a separate levy is made 
for elementary schools and a separate levy for county high-school 
purposes, if such levy does not bring in an amount of money equal to 
that required by law of such county for all county school purposes, 
exclusive of school bonds and interest thereon, the superintendent of 
public instruction must apportion to said county from the state school 
reserve fund a sum of money such that taken with the amount raised 
by the levy of 25 cents on the $100 by the county shall be sufficient to 
make the sum required by law of such county for county school pur- 
poses ; provided, that in addition to such levy of 25 cents on the $100 
the county has levied at least 15 cents on the $100 for county high- 
school purposes, exclusive of school bonds and interest thereon. 

Relief for Certain Counties Not Having County High Schools — From State 

School Reserve Fund. 

(b) Whenever any county has levied 40 cents on the $100 of the 

assessed valuation of the county for the combined elementary and 

high-school purposes in a county having no county high school, if such 



54 School Laws of Nevada 

levy does not bring in an amount of money equal to that required by 
law of such county for county school purposes, exclusive of school 
bonds and interest thereon, the superintendent of public instruction 
must apportion to such county from the state school reserve fund a sum 
of mone}^ such that taken with the amount raised by the levy of 40 cents 
on the $100 assessed valuation by the county shall be sufficient to make 
the sum required b}' law of such county for county school purposes, 
exclusive of school bonds and interest thereon. 

Special High-School Relief Apportionment, When. 

4. (a) In addition to the apportionments already provided for in this 
act, the superintendent of public instruction shall apportion from the 
state school reserve fund to any county which shall have levied a 
county high-school tax, when this county high-school tax rate taken 
with the rate required of the county for elementary schools (any relief 
rate having been deducted) makes a rate in excess of 40 cents on the 
$100 assessed valuation of such count}", a special high-school relief 
apportionment, equal in amount to that raised bj" the county by such 
tax in excess of 40 cents on the $100 assessed valuation in the county, 
as specified above, for the county high-school fund. But in no case 
shall he apportion from the state school reserve fund at any semi- 
annual apportionment an amount in excess of $12.50 per pupil as 
determined b}" the average monthly enrollment in such county high 
school for the preceding school year. 

Special District Relief Apportionment, When — Limitation. 

(b) The superintendent of public instruction shall apportion to any 
district in the state which after receiving the regular state and county 
apportionment provided for above shall lack the necessary funds to 
maintain its school properly, a special district relief apportionment 
from the state school reserve fund whenever such district shall have 
levied (and there shall have been collected the first half of) a special 
district tax of not less than 15 cents on the $100 of assessed valuation of 
said district. If the county in which such district is located has levied 
a total tax for county school purposes, exclusive of school bonds and 
interest thereon, amounting to 40 cents on the $100 assessed valuation 
of such county, the state shall provide from said state school relief 
fund a sum of money equal to not more than $5 per census pupil for 
such relief apportionment to the district ; provided, that no district 
shall receive less than $50 relief apportionment under the provisions 
of this act. In case the county levy for school purposes in the county 
in which said district is located is less than 40 cents on the $100 assessed 
valuation for county school purposes, exclusive of school bonds and the 
interest thereon, the count}" shall provide from its county general 
fund such special relief apportionment to be made by the superinten- 
dent of public instruction. 

(c) Subdivision 4(b) shall not apply to any district having more 
than 290 census children. As amended, Stats. 1921,268. 

State Superintendent to Apportion Combined State and County Funds. 

Sec. 152. The superintendent of public instruction shall immedi- 
ately after he has apportioned the state distributive school fund, as 
provided in this act, proceed to apportion the combined state distribu- 



School Laws of Nevada 55 

tive school fund and the country school fund belonging to each county 
among its several school districts as follows : 

(a) For the second semiannual apportionment in 1921, he shall 
apportion to each district in the several counties $375 for each teacher 
to which the district is entitled as provided in section 151, paragraph 1. 
Thereafter at each semiannual apportionment he shall apportion to 
each district in the several counties $450 for each teacher to which the 
district is entitled as provided in section 151, paragraph 1 ; provided, 
that to districts having an average daily attendance of less than five 
pupils for the preceding school year, he shall apportion $375. 

(b) For the special semiannual apportionment in 1921, he must 
further apportion on a per capita basis to each district $5.50 for each 
child between the ages of six and eighteen years in the school district, 
as shown by the last preceding school census. Thereafter at each 
semiannual apportionment he must apportion on a per capita basis to 
each district $6.50 for each child between the ages of six and eighteen 
years in the school district, as shown by the last preceding school 
census. 

(c) He shall apportion the balance remaining in the combined state 
distributive school fund and county school fund, on a per capita basis 
in proportion to the number of school-census children in the county, 
as shown by the last preceding school census. As amended, Stats. 
1921, 271. 

Joint District Apportionment. 

(d) He shall apportion the amounts of money due any joint school 
district formed of parts of two or more counties, in such manner that 
the counties concerned and the state shall each contribute the regular 
amounts per census child, and the money due such district on census 
teacher shall be apportioned to each county in proportion to the num- 
ber of school-census children residing in that part of said joint school 
district. 

[Sec. 152(d) repeals sec. 82, School Code, 1911.] 

District School Fund — May Be Used for What. 

(e) The moneys appropriated to each school district under the pro- 
visons of this act together with any moneys raised by special district 
tax for school maintenance shall be known as the district school fund of 
such district, and may be used to purchase sites, build, or rent school- 
houses, to purchase libraries, to pay teachers or contingent expenses, or 
for transportation of pupils to and from school, as the school board of 
such school district may deem proper; and the county treasurers and 
the county auditors of the several counties of the state shall keep 
account of said moneys as a single fund for each school district within 
their respective counties. 

County Commissioners to Levy Sufficient School Tax. 

2. It shall be the duty of the board of county commissioners of each 
county not later than the April meeting, 1917, so as to provide funds 
under this act for the school year 1917-1918, and annually thereafter 
at the time of levying their county taxes, to levy a county school tax 
sufficient to provide the moneys required for the apportionments to be 
made under this act. And the provisions of this act shall become 



56 School Laws of Nevada 

effective for the first semiannual apportionment in the year 1918, at 
the time provided in sections 1 and 2 of this act. 

Su]T)lus Reserve Fund Moneys to Revert. 

3. Any money remaining in the state school reserve fund, and in 
any county school reserve fund on the 30th day of June and the 31st 
day of December of any year shall revert to the state distributive school 
fund and to the county school fund, respectively. 

Detailed Report of Apportionment To Be Made by State Superintendent. 

4. The superintendent of public instruction shall, by means of a 
printed report, notify the county treasurer, the county auditor, and the 
clerk of each board of school trustees of such apportionment in detail ; 

Duty of County Treasurer and County Auditor in Connection with School Insur- 
ance Fund. 

5. The county treasurer of every county, before notifying the super- 
intendent of public instruction of the county school fund to be appor- 
tioil'ed in the July apportionment for the year 1915, shall set aside an 
amount equal to one-half of one per cent of salaries paid to employees 
of each and every school district of the county during the two years 
beginning July 1, 1913, and ending June 30, 1915, and this fund shall 
be known as the "School Insurance Fund"; 

6. In January, 1916, and semiannually thereafter, the county treas- 
urer of every county shall, in like manner, set aside an amount equal 
to one-half of one per cent of salaries paid to employees of each and 
every school district of the county during the preceding six months, 
and credit the same to the school insurance fund ; 

7. The amount certified to the superintendent of public instruction 
for apportionment shall not include the school insurance fund so set 
aside ; 

8. The county auditor shall, during the month of July, 1915, and 
semiannually thereafter, draw his warrant in favor of the Nevada 
industrial commission for an amount equal to that named in the afore- 
said order to be paid out of the school insurance fund. As amended, 
Stats. 1921,271. 

Reversion of Surplus Funds — Duties of State Superintendent. 

Sec. 152^. On or before the 10th day of July of each school year 
the county auditor in each county shall report to the superintendent of 
public instruction the amount of moneys in the district school fund of 
each school district in his county. 

The superintendent of public instruction shall, upon receipt of 
such report, deduct from the total amount of money to the credit of 
each of the school districts, all amounts over and above two hundred 
fifty dollars for each teacher assigned to said district on the basis of 
one teacher for every thirty census children or fraction thereof as 
shown hj the last preceding school census. The amounts deducted as 
provided in this section shall be placed to the credit of the unappor- 
tioned county school fund of the county. 

The superintendent of public instruction shall, at the time of mak- 
ing the deductions in accordance with this act, notify each county 
auditor and county treasurer of his actions and the county auditor 
and county treasurer shall make such entries in their accounts as Avill 
show that such deductions have been made ; provided, that this section 



School Laws of Nevada 57 

shall not apply so as to remove from the funds of any school district 
any moneys derived from any source other than by apportionments 
from the state fund or the county fund. 
Concerning New Buildings and Necessary School Maintenance. 

If the trustees of any school district shall certify to the superinten- 
dent of public instruction that a new building, or repairs on an old 
school building, are necessary to the district, and that the trustees 
have been authorized by vote of the district, if a vote is required, to 
build such new school building, or to make such needed repairs, or that 
the balance in the funds of the district is necessary for the maintenance 
of school in the district, and that the trustees have estimated that the 
cost of such new school building, needed repairs, or school maintenance 

is to be dollars, the superintendent of public instruction shall 

make whatever investigation he may deem best, and if he shall become 
satisfied that such new building or repairs are necessary in the district, 
or that the balance of the funds in the district is necessary for the 
maintenance of school in the district, and that the amount estimated to 
be spent for such new building, repairs, or maintenance of school is a 
reasonable amount to be set aside for the purpose mentioned, he shall 
not make the deductions as provided in this section, but he shall make 
such deductions as will leave the funds in the district an amount equal 
to the estimated amount to be spent for such new building, repairs, or 
maintenance of school, together with two hundred and fifty dollars for 
each teacher assigned to that district upon the basis of one teacher 
for every thirty census children or fraction thereof as shown by the 
last preceding school census. As amended, 1919, 157-158. 

Chapter 11 
district-school libraries 

School Library Books To Be Bought. 

Sec. 153. The trustees of each school district shall annually expend 
for library books a sum of money not less than five dollars for each 
teacher to which the district is entitled, and shall pay for them in the 
same manner as for other school supplies. The books so purchased 
shall be such as have been approved by the superintendent of public 
instruction under such rules and regulations as the state text-book 
commission may prescribe ; provided, that districts of first class may 
purchase suitable books without such restrictions ; and provided fur- 
ther, that in case any district shall have failed to expend the required 
amount by the close of the school year for library books as prescribed 
in this act, the superintendent of public instruction may deduct from 
the next semiannual apportionment of the county school fund due such 
district such part of the required expenditures for library books as 
the trustees of such district have failed to expend as required in this 
section, and the amounts so deducted shall be returned to the county 
school fund of the county in which such district lies. As amended. 
Stats. 1919, 158. 

Teacher's Salary Always Prior Claim. 

Sec. 154. The salaries of the teachers in the several school districts 
of the state, as determined in the contract between such teachers and 
the boards of school trustees in the several districts, shall be a prior 



58 School Laws of Nevada 

claim upon the school district fund of such districts. As amended, 
Stats. 1919, 159. 

[Sees. 155-157 repealed. See Stats. 1919, 158.] 

Chapter 12 
school text-books 
Text-Book Commission, How Composed. 

Sec. 158. There shall be a state text-book commission, to consist of 
the members of the state board of education and four additional per- 
sons appointed by the governor. On or before the 15th day of January, 
]923, and every four years thereafter, the governor shall appoint four 
members of the said text-book commission, who shall hold office for 
four years from and after the first day of February succeeding their 
appointment, and who, with the members of the state board of educa- 
tion, shall constitute the state text-book commission. The appointed 
members of the text-book commission shall be persons actively engaged 
in school work, and, before entering upon the duties of their office, they 
shall take the constitutional oath and file the same in the office of the 
secretary of state. If any vacancy occur during the term of any 
appointed member, by death, resignation, or removal, the governor 
shall fill such vacancy by the appointment of some person eligible as 
provided above. As amended. Stats. 1921, 305. 

Officers of Text-Book Commission — Meetings Public. 

Sec. 159. The governor shall be ex officio president and the superin- 
tendent of public instruction ex officio secretary of said text-book com- 
mission. The commission shall adopt rules of procedure in harmony 
with the provisions of this act. Four members of the commission shall 
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but no action shall 
be taken hy the commission unless a majority of the entire commission 
shall vote in favor thereof. All meetings of the commission shall be 
public, and the secretary shall keep a full and correct record of all pro- 
ceedings, which record shall be open to the inspection of the public. 
Vote on the adoption of all text-books shall be by roll-call and the sec- 
retary shall record the name and vote of each member. 

Method of Adopting Text-Books— Regular Meetings. 

Sec. 160. The state text-book commission shall hold its meetings to 
adopt text-books in the office of the superintendent of public instruc- 
tion in Carson Cit}^ not later than the third Tuesday in April, 1923, 
and not later than the third Tuesday' in April every four years there- 
after, unless an earlier date be asked for by a majority of the commis- 
sion. The secretary, at the request or with the consent of any three 
members of the commission, may call special meetings of the state text- 
book commission whenever there may be business to transact of such 
importance as to justify the call, stating definitely the purpose of the 
meeting. At the meeting held not later than the third Tuesday in 
April, 1923, and every four years thereafter not later than the third 
Tuesday in April, the state text-book commission shall adopt a uniform 
series of text-'books for exclusive use as text-books in ail the elementary 
public schools of the state. If a contract for any text-book adopted at 
any regular meeting of the state text-book commission shall expire, 
either through the failure of the publishers of said book to fulfil the 



School Laws op Nevada 59 

conditions of the contract, or for any other reason, the state text-book 
commission may adopt another book to take the place of the one on 
which the contract has lapsed, after notifying the text-book publishers 
as hereinafter provided for in cases of regular adoption. When regu- 
lar adoptions are being made the commission may adjourn from day 
to day ; provided, that the session shall not continue beyond ten 
actual days. As amended, Stats. 1921, 305. 

Meetings of Commission — List of Text-Books — Sealed Proposals — Contracts, Etc. 
Sec. 161. Not later than the tenth day of February, 1923, and every 
four years thereafter, if the commission shall deem it advisable to make 
changes in the lists of prescribed text-books, the secretary of the com- 
mission shall notify all publishers of text-books who shall have placed 
their names and postoffice addresses on file with the said superinten- 
dent of public instruction, to be kept on file in the office of the said 
superintendent of public instruction, that the said text-book commis- 
sion, as provided in this act, will meet and will receive sealed proposals 
up to twelve o'clock noon of the first day set for the meeting of the 
state text-book commission, as herein provided, for supplying the State 
of Nevada with a series of text-books for use in all the public elemen- 
tary schools of the state, for a period of four years from and after the 
first day of September next following the said meeting, in the following 
branches, viz : Reading, grammar, arithmetic, geography, history of 
the United States, physiology and hygiene, writing, spelling, drawing, 
music, and will also approve other books for supplemental use, as per- 
mitted in this act. Said sealed proposals shall be made in accordance 
with a form to be prescribed by the commission and shall be addressed 
to the superintendent of public instruction, Carson City. Nevada, and 
shall be endorsed "Sealed proposals for supplying text-books for use 
in the State of Nevada." Said proposals shall include a statement of 
the introductory price, the exchange price for new books in the hands 
of the dealers, the exchange price for second-hand books and the retail 
price at which publishers will agree to furnish each text-book to the 
school children of Nevada at one or more places in each county as shall 
be designated by the commission. Whenever any contract shall be 
terminated by reason of the failure of any contracting publisher to 
observe the terms of the contract, or Mdien any contract shall cease to 
be in force and effect, the text-book commission shall notify publishers 
to this effect, in a manner hereinbefore prescribed, that adoptions will 
be made to fill out the unexpired term of such contract, and that sealed 
bids shall be filed with the superintendent of public instruction on or 
before a date to be determined by the commission, to be specified in the 
notification to publishers. As amended, Stats. 1921, 306. 

[See section 4, paragraphs 1 and 2, of this code, as modified by Stats. 1913, 
103, 104.1 

Geographies to Contain Special Matter for Nevada. 

Sec. 162. The publishers, contracting and agreeing to furnish books 
for use in the State of Nevada under the provisions of this act, shall 
cause to be prepared a special map and a special supplement descriptive 
of Nevada for the geography adopted by said commission. The map 
and special descriptive geography" of Nevada shall be revised every four 
years by the publishers. They shall further agree to maintain the 
mechanical excellence of the books adopted by said commission, fully 



60 School Laws of NeVxVda 

equal to the samples submitted, in binding, printing, quality of paper, 
and other essential features, and the books shall be of the latest revised 
edition. 

Commission to Adopt Text-Books. 

Sec. 163. It shall be the duty of said text-book commission to meet 
at the time and place mentioned in said notice and to open all sealed 
proposals in public, in the presence of a quorum of said commission, to 
select and adopt such text-books for use in the public schools, and to 
approve such supplemental books as in the opinion of the commission 
will best subserve the educational interests of the state ; provided, how- 
ever, that the text-book commission may, at its discretion, reject any and 
a,ll proposals, if it be deemed by it to be to the interest of the state so to 
do, and call for new proposals, stating the time when such new pro- 
posals shall be opened, which time shall not be later than thirty days 
from the rejection of the previous proposals. 

Commission's Choice the Standard for Nevada — Supplemental Books Allowed. 

Sec. 164. The series of text-books so selected and approved by said 
text-book commission shall be certified to by the president and secre- 
tary, and said certificate, with a copy of the books named therein, shall 
be placed on file in the office of the superintendent of public instruction. 
Such certificate must contain a complete list of all books adopted and 
approved by said commission, giving introductory, exchange, and retail 
prices for which each text-book will be furnished, and the names of the 
publishers agreeing to furnish the same. The said books named in said 
certificate shall, for a period of four years from and after the first day 
of September next following the date of such adoption, be used in all 
the public schools of the state to the exclusion of all others ; provided, 
however, that nothing in any part of this act shall be construed so as to 
prevent the purchase or use by the district of any supplemental or 
reference books for use in the schools of this state. 

Commission Shall Make Contracts. 

Sec. 165. The text-book commission shall have power to make such 
contracts for the purchase and use of text -books in the name of the state 
as it shall deem necessary for the interests of the public schools. Such 
contracts shall set forth the introductory, exchange, and retail price of 
each text-book, and such prices shall not be less favorable than the 
prices at which such books are sold in any other state. And the con- 
tracts shall also provide that the state or any school district may pur- 
chase its books direct from the publishers of the same. In case payment 
for said books is delayed more than sixty days after delivery thereof, 
the account shall draw interest at the rate of six per cent per annum 
from the date of delivery until paid. As amended, Stats. 1915, 352. 

Contractors to Give Bonds — Proviso. 

Sec. 166. All publishers contracting to furnish text-books adopted by 
the text-book commission shall be required to give bonds in an amount 
equal to one-half of the value of the books to be furnished during one 
school year, as estimated by the text -book commission, and such bonds 
shall be forfeited to the state distributive school fund, if such publishers 
fail to comply with the terms of the contract in any county of the 
state; provided, however, that such books shall not be forfeited through 
the unauthorized action of text-book dealers in this state if such pub- 



School Laws of Nevada 61 

lisher shall, upon notification hy the superintendent of public instruc- 
tion, promptly correct any violation of contract prices on the part of 
any local dealer. Upon information furnished by the state text-book 
commission, the attorney-general shall bring action for the recovery of 
the amount of any such bond of any publisher who shall have failed to 
comply with the terms of any contract, and the full amount named in 
such bond shall be deemed to be fixed and liquidated damages for the 
breach of such contract. 

Contracts, When in Effect. 

Sec. 167. Such contract with the publishers of text-books shall not 
take effect until such publishers shall have filed, with the secretary of 
state, their bond, with at least two sufficient sureties, or a bond from a 
bonding company authorized to do business in this state, to be approved 
by the governor, and in such sum as shall be determined by the text- 
book commission. 

Contracts Void, When. 

Sec. 168. In case the publishers of any text-books adopted by the 
text-book commission shall not, on or before the fifteenth day of July 
next following such adoption, have filed with the secretary of state a 
bond as hereinbefore provided, or in case such publishers shall at any 
time thereafter fail to comply with the terms of such contract, and if 
within reasonable time, after due notice shall have been given by the 
superintendent of public instruction, they shall have failed to comply 
with the conditions of the contract in any respect, the adoption of such 
books shall become null and void. The text-books adopted by the said 
text-book commission under this act shall, upon the compliance of the 
publishers with the aforesaid conditions, continue in use for the period 
of four years after the first day of September next following the date 
of such adoption, to the exclusion of all other text-books. 

Price of Text-Books Promulgated. 

Sec. 169. Whenever the publishers of the books adopted under the 
provisions of this act shall have filed their bond as herein provided, it 
shall be the duty of the superintendent of public instruction to cause all 
prices of text-books as guaranteed by the publishers to be printed and 
distributed among the superintendents and school trustees, and it shall 
be the duty of the school trustees in each district to cause such prices 
to be kept constantly posted in a conspicuous place in each schoolroom. 

Use of Authorized Books Compulsory — Penalty — Annual Report. 

Sec. 170. The text-books adopted by the state text-book commission 
shall be used in every public school in the state in the grades for which 
they are adopted, and no other books shall be used as text-books in such 
grades ; provided, however, that this section shall not be interpreted in 
such a manner to prohibit the use of supplemental books purchased by 
the district, nor the temporary use for try-out purposes of text-books 
submitted by text-book publishers for state adoption, upon approval of 
the state text-book commission. Any school officer or teacher who shall 
violate the provisions of this act by requiring the pupils to use text- 
books other than those adopted by the state text-book commission, or 
by permitting the use of such other books as texts, shall be deemed 
guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be punished by a fine of not less 
than twenty dollars, nor more than one hundred dollars. All superin- 



62 School Laws of Nevada 

tendents, principals, teachers, and school officers are charged with the 
execution of this law, and the superintendent of public instruction shall 
require the trustees of the several districts, or the clerks thereof, to 
report annuallv as to the text-books used in their schools. As amended. 
Stats. 1921, 307. 

Per Diem of Appointed Commissioners. 

Sec. 171. The members of the state text-book commission shall, with 
the exception of the governor, the superintendent of public instruction, 
and the president of the university, receive the sum of five dollars per 
diem for each day actually engaged in transacting the business of the 
commission, and actual traveling expenses. There is hereby appropri- 
ated the sum of five hundred dollars per year, or so much thereof as 
may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this act, from the state 
distributive school fund. Bills for such compensation shall be allowed 
and paid in the usual manner. The state text-book commission shall 
not be in session more than ten days in any one vear. As amended, 
Stats. 1921, 307. 

Penalty for Overcharge on Books. 

Sec. 172. Any person who shall sell or bargain to sell any of the 
regularly adopted text-books for any amount more than the prices 
agreed upon by the several text-book publishers and the text-book 
commission, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction 
thereof shall be punished by a fine of not less than twent}^ dollars, nor 
more than one hundred dollars ; provided, that any local dealer in the 
state may, when sending out such books by mail, include in the selling 
price the cost of the postage necessary to send such books by mail. 

Chapter 13 
county high schools 
County High Schools, When Established by Popular Vote. 

Sec. 173. There may be established in any county in this state a high 
school ; provided, that at any general or special election held in said 
county after the passage of this act, a majority of all the votes cast at 
such election, upon the proposition to establish a high school, shall be 
in favor of establishing and maintaining such high school at the expense 
of said county. 

County Commissioners to Submit Question to Popular Vote — Ballots. 

Sec. 174. The board of county commissioners at any general election 
to be held in any county after the passage of this act, upon the pres- 
entation of a petition signed by fifty or more qualified electors, tax- 
payers of said county, at any regular meeting of said board held not 
less than eight weeks before any general or special election, must make 
an order submitting the question of establishing, constructing, and 
maintaining a county high school to the qualified electors thereof. The 
board of county commissioners, upon the presentation of said petition, 
may order a special election for said purpose. Said election shall be 
conducted in the manner prescribed by law for conducting elections, 
and the ballots at such election shall have printed thereon the words 
"For a county high school" and the words "Against a county high 
school." The votes cast for and against said county high school at any 



School Laws of Nevada 63 

election therefor shall be counted and the returns thereof made and 
canvassed in the manner provided for by law for counting, making- 
returns, and canvassing the votes of a general election ; provided, that 
the election officers appointed to conduct any special election held in 
accordance with this act, as required by law, shall perform all services 
required of them by law in holding and conducting such elections, 
without any fees or pay therefor. 

Location of School, How Determined — Form of Ballot. 

Sec. 175. If a majority of the votes cast on a proposition to establish 
a county high school shall be in the affirmative, it shall be the duty of 
the board of county commissioners, within thirtj^ days after canvassing 
said vote, to locate the high school in the place in said county where the 
said board shall deem most suitable and convenient for the purpose. If 
after the county commissioners shall have located said high school, there 
shall be presented a certified petition bearing the signatures of at least 
one-fourth of the qualified voters of such county according to the last 
general' election returns, said petition requesting a vote on the question 
of the location of the county high school and specifying a desired loca- 
tion, said board of county commissioners shall submit the question of 
such location to the voters of the county at the next general election, or 
a special election called for the purpose of voting upon the question of 
locating or changing the county high school ; provided, that in all cases 
where special elections have been called by the board of county commis- 
sioners of any county of this state previous to the passage of this act to 
submit the question of location of any county high school to the voters 
in any such county wherein two thousand or more votes were cast at the 
last general election, and wherein the assessed valuation of real and per- 
sonal property is six million dollars or more, the board of county com- 
missioners may, if said board deems it to the best interest of the people 
of such county, establish two county high schools ; one at the place 
selected by the board of county commissioners and one at the place 
named in the petition presented to the said board of countj^ commis- 
sioners praying for said special election in said county, and thereupon 
the said board may revoke the order calling said special election, and in 
such cases no special election shall be held. At any general or special 
election at which the location of any county high school is submitted to 
the voters of the count.y, the form of ballot shall be : 

Shall the County High School be located at ? Yes 

Shall the County High School be located at ? No 

In any other respects the provisions of the general election law shall be 
followed. If at any such election a majority of all voters who shall vote 
on the question of such location shall vote in favor of locating the 
county high school at the place designated in the petition, it shall be 
the duty of the countj'^ board of education to cause the high school to be 
located at such place, not later than the first day of the next following 
September. While the vote on the question of changing the location 
of any count}" high school is pending, no contract for the purchase of 
grounds or for the erection of a building shall be made. When the 
location of the county high school has been finallj^ determined, the 
board of count.y commissioners shall estimate the cost of purchasing 
suitable grounds, procuring plans and specifications, erecting a build- 
ing, furnishing the same, fencing and ornamenting the grounds, and 



64 School Laws of Nevada 

the cost of running said school for the following twelve months ; pro- 
vided, that the estimate mentioned herein for purchasing suitable 
grounds, procuring plans and specifications, erecting a building, fur- 
nishing the same, and fencing and ornamenting the grounds shall not 
be made, if previous to the time when the commissioners are to make 
such estimate the legislature shall have authorized said county to issue 
bonds for such purpose. 

Tax Levy. 

Sec. 176. When such estimate shall have been made, the board of 
county commissioners shall thereupon immediately proceed to levy a 
special tax upon all the assessable property of the county, sufficient to 
raise the amount estimated. Said tax shall be computed, entered on the 
tax roll, and collected, and the amount so collected shall be deposited in 
the county treasury and be known and designated as the " Countj' High 
School Fund," and shall be drawn from the treasury in the manner now 
provided by law for drawing money from the treasury by school trus- 
tees ; provided, however, that the tax levy for purchasing suitable 
grounds, procuring plans and specifications, erecting a building, and 
furnishing the same, fencing and ornamenting the grounds, may be 
deferred as long as a sufficient number of suitable rooms in a public- 
school building can be secured for the purposes of such county high 
school at a reasonable rental. In case such levy be deferred until after 
the •election of a county board of education, the levy shall be made 
by the board of county commissioners whenever so ordered by the 
county board of education, and the board of education shall be charged 
with the duty of purchasing grounds and erecting and furnishing such 
school building. 

Temporary County Board of Education. 

Sec. 177. The board of county commissioners shall act as a county 
board of education in the performance of the duties hereinbefore men- 
tioned and shall continue to perform the duties of the county board of 
education until a county board of education shall have been elected or 
appointed and qualified as hereinafter provided, and at such time the 
board of county commissioners shall transfer all property and control 
of said school to the county board of education, who shall hold the same 
in trust for the county. 

County Board of Education Elected — Oath of Office To Be Filed with Deputy 
Superintendent. 
Sec. 178. At each general election there shall be elected a county 
board of education, to consist of three members, two of whom shall 
serve two years, and the other four years, and thereafter at each regu- 
lar biennial election there shall be elected two members of said board, 
one of whom shall serve for two years and the other for four years. 
Each person elected as herein provided shall enter upon the duties of 
his office on the first Monday in January next following his election, 
and shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified. If, at 
any time, a vacancy shall occur on said board, it shall be the duty of 
the superintendent of public instruction to appoint a member for the 
unexpired term. Each member of a countj^ board of education, 
whether elected or appointed, shall file with the deputy superintendent 



School Laws op Nevada 65 

of public instruction a copy of the official oath of office, which copy 
shall be accompanied by his statement showing the term for which the 
said member has been elected or appointed. As amended, Stats. 1921, 
307. 

Duties of Board. 

Sec. 179. It shall be the duty of the county board of education to 
furnish annually an estimate of the amount of money needed to pay all 
the necessary expenses of running said school ; to enforce the uniform 
high-school course of study adopted by the state board of education ; to 
employ teachers holding Nevada state certificates of the high-school 
grade in full force and effect; to hire janitors and other employees, 
and discharge such employees when sufficient cause therefor shall exist ; 
and to do any and all other things necessary to the proper conduct of 
the school. 

Tax Levy. 

Sec. 180. It shall be the duty of the board of county commissioners 
to include in their annual tax levy the amount estimated by the county 
board of education as needed to pay the expenses of conducting the 
county school ; and such amount, when collected and paid into the 
county treasury, shall be known as the "County High-School Fund," 
and may be drawn therefrom for the purpose of defraying the expenses 
of conducting said county high school in the manner provided by law 
for drawing money from the county treasury by school trustees. 

Eligible Pupils. 

Sec. 181. All county high schools shall be open for the admission of 
graduates holding diplomas from the eighth grade of the elementary 
schools of the state ; provided, that the examinations for the said 
diplomas shall have been given under the direction and authority of the 
state board of education ; and to such other pupils as shall pass the 
examination for admission to the county high school, which examination 
shall be conducted under the authorit}^ and direction of the state board 
of education. 

Principal May Supervise Other Schools. 

Sec. 182. Nothing in this act shall be construed so as to prevent the 
principal of the county high school from acting as principal of the 
grammar school of the district in which the county high school is 
located, if so desired by the trustees of said school district and the 
county board of education. 

County High Schools Under State Supervision. 

Sec. 183. The county high school shall be under the same general 
supervision and shall be subject to the same laws, rules, and regula- 
tions governing the other schools of the state school sj^stem. 

Dormitories and Dining-Halls. 

Sec. 184. The count}^ board of education is hereby empowered to 
provide for the rental, purchase, or erection of a suitable dormitory or 
dormitories and dining-hall for high-school students, and to provide for 
the support, maintenance, and management of the same. The said 
dormitory or dormitories shall be considered part of the regular high- 
school equipment and organization. 
3 



66 School Laws op Nevada 

Chapter 14 

normal-training schools 
How Established. 

Sec. 185. Upon notification by the county board of education in the 
counties where a county high school is in operation, or of the board of 
trustees of the school district in which the county-seat is located, in 
counties not having an established county high school, that the said 
county board of education or board of trustees, and the board of county 
commissioners of the county have decided by a majority vote of each of 
the said boards to establish a normal-training school, and that there 
are at least five bona-fide applicants for a normal-training course in 
such school, the state board of education shall, subject to the provisions 
herein named, grant permission to establish and maintain a normal- 
training school for the purpose of giving free instruction and training 
in the principles of education and methods of teaching to residents of 
this state ; provided, that no such normal-training school shall be 
established in any county having within its borders a state normal 
school or state university ; and, provided further, that but one such 
normal-training school shall be established in any county. 

Training-School Board. 

Sec. 186. The state board of education shall constitute the normal- 
training school board. 

Duties of Training-School Board. 

Sec. 187. The duties of the normal-training school board shall be as 
follows : 

1. To determine the qualifications for admission to the ^normal- 
training school ; provided, that applicants who do not hold a diploma 
from an accredited high school or a teacher's certificate of at least the 
primary grade shall be required to pass an entrance examination. And 
said examination shall include all subjects taught in the high schools 
as provided by the laws of this state ; 

2. To establish a course of studj^ to be pursued for a period of not 
less than thirt}' -six weeks ; 

3. To grant certificates of graduation to such persons as finish the 
course adopted in such form as the normal-training school board shall 
prescribe. 

Graduates' Certificates Good for Three Years. 

Sec. 188. The certificate of graduation shall entitle the holder 
thereof to a county normal second-grade elementary certificate good 
for three years and entitling the holder to teach in the elementary 
schools of the state. As amended. Stats. 1913, 158. 

Provisions for Maintaining Schools. 

Sec. 189. For the purpose of maintaining such normal-training 
schools as are herein described, it is further provided : 

1. That the county in which a normal-training school shall be estab- 
lished shall provide rooms with heating and equipment satisfactory to 
the normal-training school board for the purposes of such school ; 

2. Upon certification of the state board of education that a normal- 
training school has been established in any countj^, that the school has 
been properly equipped, and at least five bona-fide students are in actual 



School Laws of Nevada 67 

attendance, and that a competent normal-training teacher is emploj^ed, 
the state controller shall on the first day of October and the first day of 
February of each year set aside, from any money in the state general 
fund not otherwise appropriated, a sum designated by the state board 
of education not exceeding nine hundred dollars and not less than six 
hundred dollars, to be known as the normal-training school salary fund 

for County, to be used in payment of the teacher's salary and 

to be drawn from the state treasury in the usual manner. Any money 
remaining in such fund on the thirty-first day of August of each year 
shall revert to the state general fund ; 

3. In any county establishing a normal-training school the normal- 
training school board shall, previous to the first day of September in 
each year, estimate the cost of maintaining the rooms and equipment 
of the normal-training school for the ensuing year and certify the 
amount estimated to the board of county commissioners of said county ; 
provided, such estimate shall not exceed the amount of five hundred 
dollars for any one year. Claims for equipment and maintenance shall 
be just and legal charges upon the general fund of said county ; pro- 
vided, thsit not more than the amount estimated shall be allowed for 
any one year. 

Normal Training-School Board Has Entire Management. 

Sec. 190. The normal training-school board is hereby given the 
power to make and put into effect any and all rules and regulations 
necessary to the proper conduct of any normal-training school estab- 
lished under and by virtue of the provisions of this act. 

Chapter 15 

school-district bonds 
Bonds May Be Issued. 

Sec. 191. Any school district of the state, now existing or which 
may hereafter be created, is hereby authorized to borrow money for the 
purpose of erecting and furnishing a school building or buildings, 
maintaining the same, purchasing grounds on which to erect such 
building, or buildings, or for refunding floating indebtedness, or for 
any or all of these purposes, by issuing negotiable coupon bonds of the 
district in the manner by this act provided. 

The total bonded indebtedness of a school district shall at no time 
exceed ten per cent of the total last assessed valuation for county 
purposes of the taxable property situate within the school district. As 
amended, Stats. 1921, 137. 

Question of Issuing Bonds Submitted to Popular Vote. 

Sec. 192. When the board of trustees of any school district shall 
deem it necessary to incur an indebtedness authorized b}^ this act by 
issuing the negotiable coupon bonds of the district, said board of trus- 
tees shall first determine the amount of such bonds to be issued, and a 
certificate of such determination shall be made and entered in and 
upon the records of said district. Thereupon the board of school trus- 
tees shall, by resolution duly made and entered in and upon the records 
of said board, submit the question of contracting a bonded indebtedness 
for any of the purposes authorized by this act to a vote of the duly 
qualified electors of the district at the next general election of the school 



68 School Laws of Nevada 

trustees, or at a special election which the school trustees are hereby 
authorized to call for such purpose. 

Election, How Conducted — Election Notice. 

Sec. 193. The election provided in this act shall be called and held, 
and the vote canvassed and returned, in all respects as nearly as may be 
in accordance with the provisions of law now governing the election of 
school trustees ; provided, that if there is a newspaper published in the 
school district, the notice shall be published for at least once a week for 
two consecutive weeks, preceding said election. The election notice 
must contain : 

First — The time and place of holding such election. 

Second — The names of inspectors to conduct the same. 

Third — The hours during the day in which the polls will be open. 

Fourth — The amount and denomination of the bonds, the rate of 
interest and the number of years, not exceeding twenty, the bonds are 
to run. 

All persons voting on the question submitted at such election shall 
vote by separate ballots whereon is placed the words "For the Bonds" 
or "Against the Bonds." The ballots shall be deposited in a separate 
box provided by the school trustees for that purpose. 

Bonds to Run No Longer than Twenty Years — Sale of Bonds To Be Published. 

Sec. 194. If upon the official determination of the result of such 
election it appears that a majority of all the votes cast is "for the 
bonds," the board of trustees shall, regardless of any of the provisions 
of subdivisions 2 and 4 of section 67 of the act hereby amended, and as 
soon as practicable, and for the purpose stated in the notice of election, 
issue the negotiable coupon bonds of the district in such form and 
denomination as the board of trustees may direct, said bonds to run for 
a period not to exceed twenty (20) years from the date of issue, and 
bearing interest at a rate not exceeding six (6) per centum per annum, 
payable semiannually, both principal and interest payable at such place 
as the board of trustees shall direct; the said bonds not to be soM for 
less than their par value. And before said sale is made, notice of such 
proposed sale must be given by publication, in a newspaper, if there is 
a newspaper published in the district, for at least one week before said 
bonds are disposed of, inviting sealed bids to be made for said bonds, 
and said bonds are to be sold to the highest and best bidder for said 
bonds ; the board, however, may reserve the right to reject any and all 
bids and sell the bonds at not less than their par value and at private 
sale, if they deem it for the best interests of the district ; provided, if 
there is no newspaper published in said school district, the notice herein 
provided for shall be given by posting in three public places in said 
school district for at least ten days before said bonds are disposed of. 
As amended, Stats. 1913, 298. 

Bonds Signed — Seal. 

Sec. 195. All bonds issued under the provisions of this act shall be 
signed by the chairman of the board of trustees, attested by the clerk 
thereof, sealed Math the district seal, and countersigned by the county 
treasurer ; and the interest coupons to be attached thereto shall be 
signed by the original or engraved facsimile signatures of said chair- 
man, clerk, and treasurer. As amended. Stats. 1913, 298. 



School Laws of Nevada 69 

Register of Bonds. 

Sec. 196. Before any district shall issue bonds under the provisions 
of this act, all such bonds shall, by the county treasurer, be registered in 
a book kept for that purpose in his office, which register shall show the 
school district, the amount, the time of payment, and rate of interest, 
and all such bonds shall bear the certificate of the county treasurer to 
the effect that they are issued and registered under the provisions of 
this act. After such registry, the county treasurer shall cause said 
bonds to be delivered to the purchasers of the same from the board of 
trustees, upon payment being made therefor. As amended, Stats. 
1913, 298. 

Special Tax for Interest and Redemption of Bonds. 

Sec. 197. Whenever any school district shall issue any bonds under 
the provisions of this act, or shall have any bonds outstanding, it shall 
be the duty of the board of county commissioners of the county in 
which such district may be situated to levy and assess a special tax on 
all the taxable property of the district, including the net proceeds of 
mines, in an amount sufficient to paj^ the interest accruing thereon 
promptly when and as the same becomes due according to the tenor 
and effect of said bonds, and the county treasurer shall collect the 
same as other taxes are collected, in cash only, keeping the same sep- 
arate from other funds received by him, and shall cause said interest 
to be promptly paid at the place of payment specified in the bonds; 
and if there shall be any surplus after paying said interest and the 
expenses of collecting such special tax, the treasurer shall, without 
delay, pass the same to the credit of such school district, and such 
funds so passed to the credit of the district shall be subject to the dis- 
posal of the board of trustees ; and in the calendar year following the 
year in which the bonds are issued, and annually thereafter, until the 
full payment of said bonds has been made, the board of county com- 
missioners of the county in which said school district is situated shall 
levy and assess a special tax, and shall cause said special tax to be 
collected, on all the taxable property of the school district, including 
the net proceeds of mines, sufficient to raise annually a proportion of 
the principal amount of the said bonds equal to a sum produced by 
taking the whole amount of said bonds outstanding and dividing it by 
the number of years said bonds then have to run, which amount shall 
be levied, assessed, and collected by the county treasurer in the same 
manner as the tax for the payment of the interest coupons, and when 
collected shall be known as the " School District Bond Sink- 
ing Fund" and shall be used only in the payment of such bonds. The 
sinking fund thus provided may be .applied to the purchase and can- 
celation of the outstanding bonds of the district. At the maturity of 
such bonds (or prior to the maturity thereof as hereinafter in section 2 
[sec. 197a] hereof provided) and at their place of payment, the county 
treasurer shall cause such bonds and accrued interest thereon to be 
paid, and duly cancel the same, and certify his action to the board of 
trustees of the school district ; and the said county treasurer shall, if 
the tax for interest on the bonds for the first year after their date of 
issue is not collected in time for use in paying the interest coupons 
maturing during that year, pay the interest accruing on said bonds in 
said year out of the general county fund, and return, as soon as the 



70 School Laws of Nevada 

funds are realized from the taxes for interest on said bonds, and from 
said interest fund, the amount so borrowed from said general county 
fund. As amended, Stats. 1915, 59, 60. 

Redemption of School Bonds. 

Sec. 197a. In the event that there shall be in the hands of the 
county treasurer in such school district bond sinking fund, a sufficient 
sum to redeem one or more of such bonds, and to pay the accrued 
interest thereon, although before the maturity of such bonds and 
interest, he shall, if requested by the board of trustees of such school 
district so to do, post a notice in a conspicuous place in the main 
entrance to his office or the main entrance to the building in which his 
office may be situated, which notice shall state that the said county 
treasurer has on hand in the " School District Bond Sink- 
ing Fund" sufficient funds to redeem bonds of said issue, and that 

there is in the said bond interest fund sufficient funds to pay the 
accrued interest on such number of bonds, and that he will on a certain 
day and hour (w^hich shall not be sooner than thirty days from the 
date of posting such notice), at his office, receive proposals for the 
purchase of such number of bonds and paying the accrued interest 
thereon ; upon the opening of said proposals the bid of the person 
off^ering the requisite number of bonds at the lowest rate shall be 
accepted hj such treasurer ; provided, that such offer to sell said bonds 

shall not involve a premium on the same of more than per cent; 

if the entire issue of such bonds are provided to mature serially at 
different times, the treasurer shall redeem such bond or bonds at the 
lowest regular premium which matures first. If the entire issue of 
such bonds is provided to mature at one time, among equal offers 
for the sale of said bonds at the same rate of premium, the treasurer 
shall redeem such bond or bonds presented bearing the low^est serial 
number. The said treasurer shall certify all his actions hereunder to 
the board of trustees of said school district as in section 197 of this act 
provided. Amendmsnt , Stats. 1915, 60. 

Change in Boundary Not to Release Property from Taxes. 

Sec. 198. No change in the boundarj^ lines of 2,nj school district 
shall release the taxable real property of the district from assessment 
and levy of the taxes to pay the interest and principal of such bonds, 
and if there shall be any change in the boundary of such school district 
so as to leave any portion of the taxable real property of the district 
which was subject to taxation in the district at the time of the issue of 
such bonds, the assessment and levy of taxes for the payment of the 
principal and interest of such bonds shall be made on such property as 
if it were still within the district, and if there shall be any change of 
the boundary lines of such school district so as to annex or include any 
taxable or real property, after the issue of such bonds, the real prop- 
erty so included or annexed shall thereafter be subject to the assess- 
ment and levy of a tax for the paj^ment of the principal and interest 
of such bonds. 

Taxes Constitute Lien on Property. 

Sec. 199. All taxes levied and assessed as in this act provided shall 
constitute a lien on the property charged therewith, from the date of 
the levy thereof by the county commissioners, or the entry thereof on 



School Laws of Nevada 71 

the assessment roll of the county auditor, until the same are paid, and 
thereafter, if allowed to become delinquent, shall be enforced in the 
same manner as is now provided by law for the collection of state and 
county taxes. And no additional allowance, fee, or compensation 
whatever shall be paid to any officer for carrying out the provisions of 
this act.. 

Bonds for Various Purposes. 

Sec. 200. Any school district of the state is hereby authorized to 
borrow money for the purpose of purchasing grounds, erecting build- 
ings, and furnishing, equipping, and maintaining the same, for in.struc- 
tion in industrial training, manual training, domestic science, and 
agriculture, or for any one or all of these purposes, by issuing nego- 
tiable coupon bonds of the district. 

Under General Act. 

Sec. 201. Such bonds shall be determined upon, submitted to vote 
of the district interested, authorized, issued, and paid, in accordance 
with the provisions of sections 191 to 199, inclusive. 

Change in Districts Not to Release Responsibility for Bonds. 

Sec. 202. No change in the boundary lines of any school district that 
has been, or may hereafter be, bonded for school purposes shall operate 
to release any part of the property of such district, as existing prior to 
such change, from taxation for payment of the outstanding bonds 
issued prior thereto. 

Chapter 16 
compulsory education 
Valid Excuses for Nonattendance. 

Sec. 203. Each parent, guardian, or other person in the State of 
Nevada, having control or charge of any child between the ages of 
seven and eighteen years, shall be required to send such child to a public 
school during the time in which a public school shall be in session in 
the school district in which said child resides; but such attendance 
shall be excused, when satisfactory evidence is presented to the board 
of trustees of the school district in which such child resides : 

1. That the child's bodilj^ or mental condition or attitude is such as 
to prevent or render inadvisable attendance at school, or application 
to study. A certificate from any reputable physician that the child 
is not able to attend school, or that its attendance is inadvisable, must 
be taken as satisfactory evidence by any such board ; or 

2. That the student has already completed the twelve grades of the 
grade and high-school courses ; but any student between the ages of 
fourteen and eighteen years who has completed the work of the first 
eight grades may be excused from full-time school attendance and be 
permitted to enter proper employment or apprenticeship, by the author- 
ity of the board of trustees. In all such cases no employer or other 
person shall contract for the services or time of such student until the 
student presents a written permit from the attendance officer or school 
trustees. This permit must be kept on file by the employer, and on 
discharge of. the employed minor must be returned by the employer to 
the school authorities issuing the same ; or 

3. That the child is receiving under private or public tutelage, at 



72 School Laws of Nevada 

home or in school, equivalent instruction fully approved by the 
school trustees as to kind and amount ; or 

4. That a child fourteen years of age or over must labor for its own 
or its parents ' support ; or 

5. That the deputy superintendent shall determine that the child's 
residence is located at such distance from the public school as to 
render attendance impracticable or unsafe. As amended, Stats. 1921, 
233. 

Truancy Defined. 

Sec. 204. Any child shall be deemed a truant, in the meaning of this 
act, who shall have been absent from school, without valid excuse, more 
than three days ; and absence for any part of a day shall be considered 
as absence for that entire day. The teacher, attendance officer, or other 
person connected with the schools, shall send or deliver a written notice 
of such truancy to the parent, guardian, or other person, having control 
or charge of the child. After such notice has thus been furnished or 
sent to the said parent, guardian, or other person, any child who is 
absent from school thereafter, within the school year, without valid 
excuse, one or more da3^s or parts thereof, shall again be deemed a 
truant. Any child shall be declared an habitual truant who shall have 
been deemed a truant three or more times within the school year. Any 
child who has once been declared an habitual truant and who in a 
succeeding year is absent from school, without valid excuse, for one or 
more days or parts thereof, may again be declared an habitual truant. 

Punishment of Parent. 

Sec. 205. Any parent, guardian, or other person having control or 
charge of any child, to whom notice has been given of truancy, as 
provided in section 204 of this act, and who fails to prevent the child's 
subsequent truancy within that school year, shaM. be deemed guilty of a 
misdemeanor, and upon conviction shall be liable, for the first offense, 
to a fine of not more than ten dollars or imprisonment for not more 
than five days, and for each subsequent offense he shall be liable to a 
fine of not less than ten or more than fifty dollars, or to imprisonment 
for not less than five nor more than twenty-five days, or to both such 
fine and imprisonment. 

School Trustees to Make Investigation. 

Sec. 206. The board of trustees of any school district shall, on the 
complaint of any person, make a full and impartial investigation of all 
charges against parents or guardians or other persons having control or 
charge of an}^ such child, for violation of any of the provisions of this 
act. If it shall appear upon such investigation that any such parent 
or guardian or other person has violated any of the provisions of this 
act, it is hereby made the drntj of the clerk of such board of trustees 
to make and file in the proper court a criminal complaint against such 
parent, guardian, or other person, charging such violation, and to see 
that such charge is prosecuted by the proper authorities ; provided, 
that in such school districts having an attendance officer, such officer 
shall, if so directed by the board of school trustees, make and file such 
complaint, and see that such charge is prosecuted by the proper authori- 
ties. 



School Laws of Nevada 73 

Complaint Filable by State Superintendent, Deputy Superintendent, School Trus- 
tee, or Any Taxpayer. 
Any taxpayer, or any school officer or deputj^ school officer in the 
State of Nevada shall be eligible to make and file in the proper court 
a criminal complaint against any parent, guardian, or other person who 
shall violate any of the provisions of law requiring the attendance of 
children in the public schools of the state. 

Trustees May Appoint and Remove Attendance Officer. 

Sec. 207. The board of trustees of any school district may appoint 
and remove at pleasure an attendance officer and shall fix the compen- 
sation therefor, and shall prescribe the duties of such officer, not incon- 
sistent with law, and make rules and regulations for the performance 
thereof. It shall be the duty of the attendance officer or any peace 
officer, or any other school officer, to arrest, during school hours, with- 
out warrant, any child between the ages of seven and eighteen years, 
who has been reported to him by the teacher, the city superintendent, 
or other person connected with the schools, as an absentee from instruc- 
tion upon which he is lawfully required to attend within the school 
district. Such arresting officer shall forthwith deliver the child so 
arrested to the teacher, parent, guardian, or other person having con- 
trol or charge of said child. As amended, Stats. 1921, 234. 

Separate Eooms for Habitual Truants. 

Sec. 208. Boards of trustees are hereby authorized to set apart any 
school building or buildings or any room or rooms in any school build- 
ing or buildings for the establishment of special or ungraded schools, to 
provide for the instruction of habitual truants as defined in section 204 
of this act, or for pupils who have been insurbordinate or disorderlj^ 
during attendance at school. Boards of trustees are also authorized to 
purchase sites and erect buildings for such purposes, in the same man- 
ner as other school sites and school buildings may be purchased and 
erected ; or boards of trustees may rent suitable property for special 
or ungraded rooms without being so directed by vote of the district. 
Teachers of such special or ungraded schools shall have the same quali- 
fications as other teachers in the grades, and shall be paid from the 
same funds. Boards of trustees are hereby authorized to assign 
habitual truants and other pupils who have been insubordinate or 
disorderly during attendance at school to such special and ungraded 
schools for a period not to exceed the remainder of the school year. 
Such pupils, however, may be restored to their former room or grade 
when in the judgment of the board there has been sufficient improve- 
ment to warrant the belief that their example and influence will no 
longer be a detriment to the room to which they shall return. 

Persons Encouraging Truancy Punished. 

Sec. 209. Any person who induces or attempts to induce any child 
to be absent unlawfully from school, or who knowingly employs or 
harbors while school is in session any child absent unlawfully from 
school, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and on conviction 
shall be punished by a fine of not more than fifty dollars or by impris- 
onment of not more than twenty-five days, or by both such fine and 
imprisonment. The attendance officer or any other school officer is 



74 School Laws op Nevada 

hereby empowered to visit any place or establishment where minor 
children are employed to ascertain whether the provisions of this law 
are fully complied with, and may demand from all employers of such 
children a list of children employed, with their names and ages. 
Change of residence of a family having a child or children of school 
age shall be reported in writing within five daj^s to the attendance 
officer or board of school trustees by the real-estate dealers and owners 
in charge of the property. As amended, Stats. 1921, 234. 

Punishment for False Statements. 

Sec. 210. Any parent, guardian, or other person who makes a false 
statement concerning the age or school attendance of a child between 
the ages of seven and eighteen years who is under his control or charge, 
such false statement being made with intent to deceive under this act, 
or any real-estate dealer or owner who fails and refuses to report any 
change of residence as specified in section 209 hereof shall be deemed 
guilty of a misdemeanor, and, on conviction, shall be punished by a 
fine of not more than fifty dollars or by imprisonment of not more than 
twenty-five days, or by both such fine and imprisonment. As amended, 
Stats. 1921, 234. 

Disposal of Fines. 

Sec. 211. All fines collected under the provisions of this act shall be 
paid into the permanent school fund of the state. 

Chapter 17 
protection of school children 

Misdemeanor to Interfere with Pupils. 

Sec. 212. It shall be a misdemeanor for any person or persons to 
detain, beat, whip, or otherwise interfere with any pupil or pupils 
attending any public school in the State of Nevada, on his, her, or their 
way to or from such school against the w^ill of such pupil or pupils. 

Misdemeanor to Disturb School. 

Sec. 213. It shall be a misdemeanor for any person or persons to 
disturb the peace of any public school in the State of Nevada by using 
vile or indecent language, or by threatening or assaulting any pupil or 
teacher within the building or grounds of such school, and for the 
purpose of this act the grounds of every public school in the State of 
Nevada shall extend to a distance of fifty j^ards in all directions from 
the school building. 

Penalty. 

Sec. 214. Any person or persons convicted of a misdemeanor under 
either of the foregoing sections of this act shall be subject to a fine not 
exceeding three hundred dollars or imprisonment in the county jail 
not to exceed six months, or to both such fine and imprisonment. 

Chapter 18 
protection op school property 
Injure or Deface Property. 

Sec 215. It shall be a misdemeanor for any person or persons to 
wilfully and maliciously injure, mark, or deface any church edifice, 



School Laws of Nevada 75 

schoolhouse or other building, public or private, its fixtures, books, or 
appurtenances, or to commit any nuisance therein, or to purposely 
and maliciously commit any trespass upon the grounds attached 
thereto, or any fixtures placed thereon, or any enclosure or sidewalk 
about the same, or in any manner to maliciously and purposely inter- 
fere with or disturb those peaceably assembled within such building 
or buildings. 

Penalty. 

Sec. 216. Any person or persons convicted of a misdemeanor under 
the foregoing section of this act shall be subject to a fine, not exceeding 
two hundred dollars, or to imprisonment in the county jail not to 
exceed six months, or to both such fine and imprisonment. 

Chapter 19 
location of houses op ill-fame 
No Disreputable House Within 400 Yards of School Buildings or Churches. 

Sec. 217. It shall be unlawful for any owner or agent of any owner 
or any other person, to keep any house of ill-fame, or to let or rent to 
any person whomsoever, for any length of time whatever, to be kept or 
used as a house of ill-fame, or resort for the purpose of prostitution, 
any schoolhouse or schoolroom used by any public or common school in 
the State of Nevada, or within four hundred yards of any church 
edifice, building or structure erected and used for devotional services 
or religious worship in the State of Nevada. As ameiided, Revised 
Laws of Nevada, 1912, section 6510. 

Penalty. 

Sec. 218. Any person violating the provisions of section 217 of this 
act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and on conviction shall be 
fined not less than twenty-five dollars nor more than three hundred 
dollars, or to be imprisoned in the county jail not less than five nor 
more than sixty days, or by both such fine and imprisonment, in the 
discretion of the court. 

Duties of Sheriff and District Attorney. 

Sec. 219. It shall be the duty of the district attorney and sheriff of 
each county in this state to see that the provisions of this act are 
strictly enforced and carried into effect, and upon neglect so to do 
they, or either of them, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor in 
office, and may be proceeded against as provided in sections 63 to 72, 
inclusive, of an act entitled "An act relating to elections," approved 
March 12, 1873. 

Chapter 20 
Provisions Construed. 

Sec. 220. The provisions of this act, so far as they are substantially 
the same as those of existing statutes, shall be construed as a continua- 
tion thereof, and not as new enactments. 

Acts Repealed. 

Sec. 221. An act entitled : 
1. An act to define the constitution, organization, powers, and duties 
of the state board of education and matters properly connected 
therewith, approved March 16, 1895 ; 



76 School Laws of Nevada 

2. An act to provide for the reorganization of the system of school 

supervision and maintenance, to repeal all acts and parts of acts 
in conflict therewith, and matters properly connected therewith, 
■ approved March 29, 1907 ; 

3. An act to create a text-book commission and to authorize said com- 

mission to adopt a uniform series of text-books for the public 
schools of Nevada, and matters properly connected therewith, 
approved March 22, 1907 ; 

4. An act providing for the date of election of school trustees, and 

matters properly connected therewith, approved March 16, 1909 ; 

5. An act to provide for the election of school trustees, and matters 

properly connected therewith, approved March 16, 1897 ; 

6. An act to amplify the powers of boards of school trustees, approved 

March 20, 1901 ; 

7. An act permitting the establishment of county high schools in the 

various counties of this state, and providing for the construc- 
tion, maintenance, management, and supervision of the same, 
to repeal all acts and parts of acts in conflict herewith, and 
matters properly connected therewith, approved March 24, 1909 ; 

8. An act for the establishment of normal-training schools, and for the 

maintenance and control of the same, approved March 20, 1909 ; 

9. An act to provide for union school districts and matters properly 

connected therewith, approved March 3, 1909 ; 

10. An act to authorize boards of county commissioners to enlarge the 

boundaries of certain school districts, or to consolidate two or 
more into one, and matters properly connected therewith, 
approved March 11, 1909 ; 

11. An act to provide an emergencj^ school fund for new school dis- 

tricts, prescribing its use and manner of disbursement, and 
other matters properly connected therewith, approved February 
13,1909; 

12. An act to provide for the disposal of funds and property of abol- 

ished school districts, approved March 5, 1909 ; 

13. An act to amend an act entitled "An act to enable the several 

school districts of the state to issue negotiable coupon bonds for 
the purpose of erecting and furnishing school buildings, or for 
purchasing ground, or for refunding floating funded debts, and 
providing for the payment of the principal indebtedness thus 
authorized and the interest thereon," approved March 12, 1907, 
approved Februarj'^ 8, 1908 ; 

14. An act to enable school districts to issue negotiable coupon bonds 

for the purpose of erecting, furnishing, equipping, and main- 
taining buildings for industrial training, manual training, 
domestic science, and agriculture, or any one or all of these 
purposes, and providing for the payment of the principal 
indebtedness and the interest thereon, and other matters prop- 
erly connected therewith, approved March 16, 1909 ; 

15. An act to protect the security of school bonds, approved March 

13, 1909 ; 

16. An act providing for compulsory education, and other matters 

properly connected therewith, providing for penalties for the 
violation of any of the provisions thereof, and repealing any 
and all prior laws on the subject of compulsory education, 
approved March 20, 1909 ; 



School Laws of Nevada 77 

17. An act to secure protection to school children and to preserve the 

peace of public schools, and matters properly connected there- 
with, approved March 6, 1893 ; 

18. An act to prevent malicious injury to church, school, and other 

buildings and property, and to protect persons from malicious 
annoyance, and matters properly relating thereto, approved 
March 13, 1895 ; 

19. An act to regulate houses of prostitution, dance-houses, and houses 

where beer, wine, or spirituous liquors are sold, approved Feb- 
ruary 26, 1887 ; 

20. An act to exempt teachers from jury duty, approved March 14, 

1903 ; 

21. An act to require school trustees to procure and hoist on public 

schoolhouses the United States flag, approved March 13, 1909 ; 

22. An act adopting the design of the flag of the State of Nevada, 

approved February 25, 1905 ; 

23. An act establishing Arbor Day, approved February 10, 1887 ; 

24. An act to provide for the dissemination of knowledge in the public 

schools relative to the preservation of song-birds, fish and game, 

approved March 12, 1901 ; 
are hereby repealed, and all other acts and parts of acts in conflict with 
this act are hereby repealed. 



SALARY OF SUPERINTENDENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 

An Act fixing and regulating the salaries of certain state officers of the 

State of Nevada. 

Approved March 21, 1921 
Salaries of State Officers Fixed — To Take Effect in 1923. 

Section 1. From and after the first Monday in January, A. D. 
1923, the following annual salaries shall be paid to the state officers 
named herein, at the time and in the manner prescribed by law : 
To the governor, seven thousand ($7,000) dollars; to the secretary 
of state, thirty-six hundred ($3,600) dollars; to the state controller, 
thirty-six hundred ($3,600) dollars; to the state treasurer, thirty-six 
hundred ($3,600) dollars; to the lieutenant-governor, thirty-six hun- 
dred ($3,600) dollars; to the attorney-general, five thousand ($5,000) 
dollars; to the surveyor-general, thirty-six hundred ($3,600) dol- 
lars ; to the superintendent of public instruction, thirty-six hundred 
($3,600) dollars; to the clerk of the supreme court, thirty-six hundred 
($3,600) dollars; to the superintendent of state printing, thirty-six 
hundred ($3,600) dollars; to the inspector of mines, thirty-six hundred 
($3,600) dollars. 

To Be Full Payment for All Services. 

Sec. 2. The foregoing salaries shall be in full payment of all duties 
now or hereafter required of such officers, not only for the ordinary 
duties of such officers, but for all other duties required of such officers. 
in any manner whatever. 

Sec. 3. All acts and parts of acts in conflict with this act are hereby 
repealed. 



78 School Laws of Nevada 

OFFICE DEPUTY FOR SUPERINTENDENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 

An Act giving the superintendent of public instruction authority 
to appoint a deputy in his office. 

Approved March 25, 1919, 159 
Qualifications and Salary. 

Section 1. The superintendent of public instruction shall have 
power under his hand and seal, to appoint one deputy in his office who 
shall have the same qualifications required of deputy superintendents ; 
the deputy so appointed shall perform all the work required by the 
state teacher's retirement salary fund board in compliance with the 
act governing the same, assist in the work of the office, and do such 
work as the state board of education or the state superintendent may 
direct under the laws of the state. The salary of such deputy shall be 
two thousand four hundred ($2,400) dollars per annum; and said 
deputy shall be allowed not to exceed five hundred ($500) dollars per 
annum, for actual traveling and. living expenses in the performance of 
his duties while absent from his place of residence. Said salary and 
expenses shall be paid in the same manner and from the same fund as 
those of the superintendent of public instruction are paid. 



CLERK FOR SUPERINTENDENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 

An Act to authorize the superintendent of public instruction of Nevada 
to employ a stenographic clerk, and fixing of compensation. 

Salarv Approved March 7, 1905 

Section 1. The state superintendent of public instruction is hereby 
authorized to employ a stenographic clerk, whose compensation shall be 
fifteen hundred dollars per annum. As amended, Stats. 1919, 128. 

Duties of Controller and Treasurer. 

Sec. 2. The controller of state shall, at the end of each month, draw 
his warrant upon the state treasury in favor of such clerk for the 
amount of his compensation then due, and the state treasurer shall pay 
the same out of any monej^s not otherwise specially appropriated. 

In Effect. 

Sec. 3. This act to take effect immediately. 



VACANCIES IN OFFICE 

An Act to amend an act entitled "An act relating to officers, their 
qualifications, times of election, terms of office, official duties, resig- 
nations, removals, vacancies in office, and the mode of supplying 
the same, misconduct in office, and to enforce official duty," 
approved March 9, 1866. 

Approved February 10, 1921, 5 

Section 1. Section 35 of the above-entitled act is hereby amended 
so as to read as follows : 

Section 35. Every office shall become vacant upon the occurring of 



School Laws of Nevada 79 

either of the following events before the expiration of the term of such 
office: 

First — The death or resignation of the incumbent. 

Second — The removal of the incumbent from office. 

Third — The confirmed insanity of the incumbent, found upon a 
commission of lunacy, issued to determine the fact. 

Fourth — ^A conviction of the incumbent of any felony or offense 
involving a violation of his official oath or bond. 

Fifth — A refusal or neglect of the person elected or appointed to 
take the oath of office, as prescribed in section 22 of this act ; or, when 
a bond is required by law, his refusal or neglect to give such bond 
within the time prescribed by law. 

Sixth — The ceasing of the incumbent to be a resident of the state, 
district, county, city, or precinct in which the duties of his office are 
to be exercised, or for which he shall have been elected or appointed. 

Seventh — The ceasing of the incumbent to discharge the duties of 
his office for a period of three months, except when prevented by sick- 
ness, or absence from the state upon leave, as provided by law. 

Eighth — The decision of a competent tribunal declaring the election 
or appointment void or the office vacant. 

Upon the happening of any of the aforesaid events, should the 
incumbent fail or refuse to relinquish his office, it is hereby made the 
duty of the attorney-general, if the office affected be a state or district 
office, or of the district attorney if the office affected be a county, city, 
or precinct office, to commence and prosecute, in a court of competent 
jurisdiction, any and all proceedings for judgment and decree declar- 
ing such office vacant. 



IRREDEEMABLE STATE SCHOOL BOND 

An Act to amend "An Act to provide for the purchase for the benefit 
of the state school fund, of the bonds of this state knoivn as the 
territorial bonds," approved March 8, A. D. 1877. 

Approved January 28, 1879 

State Bonds for Benefit of State School Fund. 

Section 1. Section two of said act is hereby amended so as to read 
as follows : 

Section 2. All moneys in the territorial interest and sinking fund, 
together with all securities now in said fund, and all money coming 
into said fund from other sources, and also all securities and money 
now in, or coming into, the state school fund, may be used for the pur- 
chase of the state bonds herein specified, on account and for the benefit 
of the state school fund, in the manner hereinafter set forth, under 
the direction of a board of commissioners consisting of the governor, 
the attorney-general, superintendent of public instruction, surveyor- 
general, state controller, and state treasurer. The governor shall be 
chairman, and the superintendent of public instruction secretary of 
said board. 

Conditions of Purchase, 

Sec. 2. Section three is hereby amended so as to read as follows : 
Section 3. The commissioners herein named are authorized to pur- 



80 School Laws of Nevada 

chase the bonds herein specified, if they can purchase the whole issue 
(three hundred and eighty thousand dollars), and not otherwise, if 
such purchase can be made at such rate of premium as would guar- 
antee to the purchaser four and one-half per cent per annum interest 
on the amount paid during the life of the bonds so purchased; they 
are also authorized, in making such purchase, to exchange the United 
States and other bonds, now in the territorial interest and sinking 
fund, and also in the state school fund, for the bonds herein proposed 
to be purchased ; provided, that in making such exchange, the value of 
such United States and other bonds shall be at least the value of such 
bonds, with the average premium added, as shown by the sales of such 
securities in the market on the day of exchange, and in no case at less 
than par. The amount of securities placed at the disposal of said 
board of commissioners for the purpose herein specified is as follows: 
One hundred thousand dollars in United States bonds, and seventy-five 
thousand dollars in money now in the territorial interest and sinking 
fund, and three hundred and twenty-five thousand dollars in United 
States bonds and money in the state school fund, and no more. 

$380,000 Irredeemable State School Bonds. 

Sec. 3. Section four of said act is hereby amended so as to read as 
follows : 

Section 4. Upon the purchase of the bonds herein mentioned the 
board of commissioners shall surrender them to the state treasurer 
for cancelation, and a bond to the amount of three hundred and eighty 
thousand dollars, not redeemable or transferable, bearing interest at 
the rate of five per cent per annum shall be issued to the state school 
fund of the State of Nevada. Said bond shall be signed by the gov- 
ernor and the state controller, countersigned by the state treasurer, 
and authenticated with the great seal of the state, and shall state in. 
substance that the State of Nevada owes to its state school fund three 
hundred and eighty thousand dollars, the interest on which sum, at 
the rate of five per cent per annum, she agrees to pay for all time for 
the benefit of the common schools of the state. Said bond shall be 
engrossed on parchment and deposited with the treasurer of the state. 
The interest on said bonds shall be paid semiannual!}^, on the first days 
of January and July of each year, on the written order of the state 
board of education to the state controller, directing him to draw his 
warrant for the amount of such semiannual interest on the territorial 
interest fund herein created. All sums derived from the interest on 
said bonds shall go into the general school fund for the support of the 
common schools of the state, and for the regular and prompt payment 
of said interest the faith and credit of the state is hereby solemnly 
pledged. 

Tax Authorized. 

Sec. 4. Section five of said act is hereby amended so as to read as 
follows : 

Section 5. There shall be levied and collected for the fiscal year 
commencing January first, eighteen hundred and seventy-nine, and 
annually thereafter, an ad valorem tax of eight cents upon each one 
hundred dollars of all the taxable property in the state, including the 
tax upon the proceeds of the mines, which tax shall take the place and 
be in lieu of the tax heretofore levied for territorial interest and sinking 



School Laws of Nevada 81 

fund purposes. All sums derived from this tax shall go into the terri- 
torial interest fund, and shall be disposed of as provided for in this act. 

Alternate Provisions. 

Sec. 5. Section seven of said act is hereby amended so as to read as 
follows : 

Section 7. In the event that the commissioners are unable to pur- 
chase the "Territorial Bonds" of the state under the terms of this act, 
the securities herein placed at their disposal for that purpose shall 
remain in their respective funds, and the resources of the territorial 
interest and sinking fund for the fifteenth and sixteenth fiscal years 
shall be : First, all money now in said fund, or that shall come into it 
from delinquent taxes and interest on the United States bonds now, or 
that may be placed, in said fund ; and, second, all money from the tax 
herein levied for a territorial interest fund. 

Kepeal. 

Sec. 6. Section eight of the act to which this act is amendatory is 
hereby repealed. 



TRANSFER OF MONEY IN COUNTY GENERAL FUND TO COUNTY FUND 
OF CERTAIN SCHOOL DISTRICTS 

An Act authorizing hoards of county commissioners to transfer certain 
funds to the county school fund of school districts or to levy a 
special county tax on certain cases, and other matters properly 
connected therewith. 

Approved March 17, 1913 
County Commissioners Authorized to Aid Certain Scliool Districts — Proviso. 

Section 1. The board of county commissioners of any county in 
Nevada may by resolution adopted at any regular or special meeting 
transfer from the county general fund to the county school fund of 
any district in said county such sum of money as they shall deem 
necessary, additional to that now provided by law for such district ; 
provided, that such district shall have levied a special tax for the school 
year of at least twenty-five cents on the hundred dollars. 

County Commissioners May Aid Districts Desiring High-School Work — Provisos. 
Sec. 2. The board of county commissioners of any county, in their 
discretion, may aid a school district needing and desiring high-school 
work by transfer of money from the county high-school fund or the 
county general fund to the county school fund of such district ; or they 
may levy a special county tax not exceeding ten cents on the hundred 
dollars for the benefit of said district ; provided, that in either the case 
of transfer of money or of levy of special tax as herein provided the 
following precedent conditions shall in any year of proposed aid exist : 

1. That there are ten or more pupils of high-school grade in such dis- 
trict that need high-school instruction and are desirous of having such 
instruction. 

2. That the parents of such "pupils, or a majority of them, find it 
impracticable to send them away for high-school training. 

3. That the taxable property is so small that it is entirely insufficient 



82 School Laws of Nevada 

to enable them to raise the money needed to provide and maintain 
needed high-school privileges. 

4. That a special district tax of at least twenty-five cents on the hun^ 
dred dollars has been levied. 

Sec. 3. All acts and parts of acts in conflict herewith are hereby 
repealed. 



An Act to authorize the county commissioners of the several counties in 
this state to loan or transfer surplus money from one fund to the 

0^^^^- Approved February 9, 1881, 32 

To Transfer Surplus Money — But Not From School Fund. 

Section 1. The county commissioners in the several counties in this 
state are hereby authorized and empowered to transfer any surplus 
money which may be in any of the county funds of the respective coun- 
ties (except the school fund) from one or more of said funds to another 
or others, and transfer the same back to the fund or funds from which 
said surplus money was taken, at such times and in such manner as in 
the judgment of said commissioners, the best interest of the county 
may require. As amended, Stats. 1887, 111. 



TRANSFER OF CHILDREN 

An Act to provide for the transfer of children from one school district 
to an adjoining school district in the same county, and other mat- 
ters properly related thereto. 

Approved March 24, 1913, 305 
Transfer of Pupils and School Funds — Proviso. 

Section 1. Any board of school trustees is authorized and empow- 
ered to make arrangements with the board of school trustees of an 
adjoining district in the same county for the attendance of children in 
either district that may be most convenient for such children whenever 
the parent or parents, guardian or guardians of such children shall 
present a written request therefor to the school board of the district in 
which such children reside, accompanied by a written permit from the 
school board of the district in which said children desire to attend. 
And whenever the two boards of trustees in interest shall agree upon 
the transfer of said children, and notice thereof shall be given to the 
superintendent of public instruction by either of said school boards, 
said superintendent shall direct the county auditor and the county 
treasurer of the county in which such districts are situated to transfer 
from the funds of the district in which such children live to the credit 
of the funds of the district in which they are attending, the pro rata 
of state and countj^ moneys apportioned to each child in the county for 
each of such children as shown by the last preceding semiannual appor- 
tionment ; provided, that such moneys shall be transferred but twice 
each year, first about the middle of any year of attendance, and again 
at the close ; and such transfer shall cover only those in attendance 
during the period for which the transfer of moneys is made. 



School Laws of Nevada 83 

Superintendent of Public Instruction to Settle Disputes. 

Sec. 2. In case of disagreement as to the transfer of children as pro- 
vided for in section 1 of this act, the superintendent of public instruc- 
tion shall, on request of the parties named in section 1 of this act, make 
due inquiry in the premises ; and if said officer is satisfied that the 
school board of the adjoining* district is willing to receive such children 
and that such children ought to have the privilege of attending in said 
district, he may decide that they may so attend, and he shall direct the 
county auditor and the county treasurer to make the transfer of school 
moneys in the manner provided in section 1 of this act. 

Repeal. 

Sec. 3. All acts and parts of acts in conflict herewith are hereby 
repealed. 



CLARK COUNTY EDUCATIONAL DISTRICTS 

An Act providing for the division of Clark County, Nevada, into educa- 
tional districts, and providing for the government of the schools 
therein, and validating certain bonds of educational district No. 1 
of said Clark County, Nevada. As amended. Stats. 1921, 160. 

Approved March 29, 1919, 218 

Two Educational Districts in Clark County — Number 1, District of the First 
Class. 

Section 1. Clark County of the State of Nevada is hereby divided 
into two educational districts, as follows : 

Educational district No. 1 shall include all territory in Clark County 
lying east and north of the division line described as follows : Begin- 
ning at the point where the range line between ranges sixty-three (63) 
and sixty-four (64) east intersects the north boundary line of Clark 
County ; thence south on said range line to the township line between 
townships seventeen (17) and eighteen (18) south, thence east on said 
township line to the range line between ranges sixty-four (64) and 
sixty-five (65) east, thence south on said range line to the fifth standard 
parallel south, and thence east on said fifth standard parallel south to 
the Colorado river. Educational district No. 1 shall be a school district 
of the first class, and shall be governed by all the laws and shall have 
all the powers granted to such districts by the general laws of the 
State of Nevada, except as otherwise provided for in this act. 
Educational District No. 2, a High-School District. 

Educational district No. 2 shall include all that portion of Clark 
County not embraced in educational district No. 1 as hereinbefore 
described, and shall constitute a high-school district for the the govern- 
ment and maintenance of all high schools in said district. As amended, 
Stats. 1921, 160. 

Board of Education for District No. 1. 

Sec. 2. The control and government of all high and elementary 
schools in said district No. 1 shall be vested in a board of education 
composed of five trustees, to be selected from the school trustees of the 
various elementary schools now existing in said educational district as 
hereinafter provided. 



84 School Laws of Nevada 

Said Board, How Selected. 

Sec. 3. The members of the boards of school trustees as at present 
constituted within said educational district shall meet at Overton, in 
said county, on or before the first day of May, 1919, and from their 
numbers they shall select five persons who shall constitute the board 
of education of said educational district until the next general election. 
Three of said board shall be selected from the boards of trustees of 
schools of the Moapa Valley and two from the boards of trustees of 
schools of the Virgin Valley of said educational district No. 1. As 
amended, Stats. 1921, 161. 
Board of Education To Be Elected at General Election. 

Sec. 4. At the general election of 1920 two members of said board 
shall be elected for a term of four years and three members of said 
board shall be elected for a term of two years. At each general election 
of county officers thereafter two members of said board shall be elected 
for a term of four years and one member of said board shall be elected 
for a term of two years. As amended. Stats. 1921, 161. 

Powers of Said Board. 

Sec. 5. The said board of education of said educational district 
No. 1 shall have control of the fiscal policy of the high and elementary 
schools in said district; it shall embrace uniform courses of study as 
provided or adopted by the state board of education or other lawful 
authority; it shall employ all teachers, hire janitors, and other 
employees and discharge the same when sufficient cause therefor exists ; 
it shall select and purchase or otherwise acquire sites for elementary 
and high-school buildings, houses -for school use or for the housing of 
teachers ; equip and keep in repair all school properties ; transport 
elementary or high-school pupils to and from school; and they shall 
do any and all other things necessary for the proper conduct, adminis- 
tration, and maintenance of said schools or for the furtherance of 
sound educational policy in said district ; 

Special Election to Name Site of High School, When. 

Provided, that if a protest against any elementary- or high-school 
site, selected by said board, signed by 25 per cent of the qualified voters 
residing within the limits of said educational district No. 1, naming a 
different site desired by the protestants, shall be presented to the said 
board of education not later than twenty days after the announcement 
of the selection by the school board, the school board shall call a 
special election in said educational district No. 1, and submit the 
following questions to the qualified voters therein : 
Shall the schoolhouse be located at ? (Being the site selected by 

the board.) 
Shall the schoolhouse be located at ? (Being the site selected by 

protestants.) 
The voter shall place a cross after the site desired. 

Provided, further, that after advertising as required by chapter 250, 
Statutes of Nevada, 1915, if bids received in response for the construc- 
tion of buildings or for making other improvements are unsatisfactory, 
the school board, with the consent and approval of the deputy state 
superintendent of schools of said district, may employ a competent 



School Laws of Nevada 85 

builder and proceed with the erection of the building or buildings or 

other improvements. 

Accounts To Be Audited and Reported. 

Provided, again, that a detailed and accurate account of all expendi- 
tures shall be kept by the school board, and said accounts shall be 
audited by the county auditor, and a report thereon made to the 
deputy state superintendent of public instruction. As amended. Stats. 
1921, 161. 

Quorum. 

Sec. 6. Three members of said board shall constitute a quorum for 
the transaction of business. 

Schools Not Discontinued. 

Sec. 7. No elementary school within said district now established 
shall be discontinued without the consent of a majority of the parents 
and guardians of the pupils attending such school. 

Special Elections in District No. 1. 

Sec. 8. Special elections in educational district No. 1 shall be held 
in conformity with the requirements of the general school law govern- 
ing school districts of the first class ; provided, that the board of educa- 
tional district No. 1 shall appoint a registry agent in each voting 
precinct who shall serve without pay, provided that the required notices 
shall be posted in each of the voting precincts in said district No. 1 ; 
and provided, further, that boards of election shall deliver the returns 
in sealed packages or containers to the clerk of the board of education ; 
and provided, further, that the board of education shall at the first 
regular meeting of said board, or at a special meeting called for the 
purpose, canvass the vote of the election and announce the results. 
The election returns shall then be filed with the county clerk and kept 
by him as the law requires. As amended. Stats. 1921, 162. 

School Census in District No. 1. 

Sec. 9. For the purpose of taking the school census and for the 
purpose of apportioning state and county money to educational dis- 
trict No. 1, the school districts which were united to form educational 
district No. 1 shall be and are hereby retained as subdistricts of said 
educational district No. 1, as census districts. The school census shall 
be taken in each of the said census districts in conformity with the 
requirements of chapter 9, Statutes of Nevada, 1911, as amended 1913, 
and the superintendent of public instruction shall apportion state and 
county money to said district No. 1 according to the requirements of 
sections 151 and 152 of chapter 10 of the act concerning public schools 
(1911) using the above-named census districts as a basis ; money raised 
by the county high-school levies shall be apportioned to educational 
district No. 1 and educational district No. 2 in proportion to the 
assessed valuation of each district. Added, Stats. 1921, 162. 

Previous Debts and Bond Issue Declared Legal. 

Sec. 10. The assumption of all debts, bonded and otherwise, of the 
respective school districts which have been united to form educational 
district No. 1, by said educational district at the time of organization. 



86 School Laws of Nevada 

is hereby declared valid, and the fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) school 
bonds heretofore authorized at an election held in educational district 
No. 1 of said Clp-rk County on March 6, 1920, are hereby declared to be 
legal and binding obligations of such educational district, and the same 
are hereby declared to be of like force and effect as if said educational 
district, at the time such bonds were authorized, had possessed all the 
powers herein granted and conferred. Added, Stats. 1921, 162. 



LYON COUNTY HIGH-SCHOOL BONDS AND HIGH-SCHOOL DISTRICTS 

An Act authorizing and directing the hoard of county commissioners 
of Lyon County, State of Nevada, to issue tonds for the purpose 
of establishing, constructing and maintaining high schools in the 
said county of Lyon, State of Nevada, and other matters properly 
relating thereto. 

Approved March 23, 1917 

County Commissioners to Issue Bonds. 

Section 1. The board of county commissioners of Lyon County, 
State of Nevada, is hereby authorized and directed, under the provi- 
sions of this act, to issue bonds of said county bearing interest at a rate 
not to exceed six per cent per annum in a sum not exceeding thirty-six 
thousand ($36,000) dollars. Said bonds shall run for a period of 
twenty (20) years from and after the first day of July, 1917. 

Denominations of Bonds and Redemption. 

Sec. 2. Said bonds shall be issued for the sum of not less than five 
hundred ($500) dollars each, payable in lawful money of the United 
States and payable to the bearer, and interest thereon shall be payable 
semiannually, and coupons for such installment of interest shall be 
attached to said bonds. Said bonds shall be numbered serially com- 
mencing with number one, and shall be retired in order of their issu- 
ance. At least two thousand ($2,000) dollars of said bonds shall be 
redeemed annually, commencing on the first day of July, 1919. The 
bonds and coupons herein provided for shall be signed by the chairman 
of the board of county commissioners and countersigned by the clerk 
of said board, and said clerk shall attach thereto the county seal. 

County Commissioners to Negotiate Sale of Bonds. 

Sec. 3. The said board of county commissioners is hereby authorized 
and directed to negotiate the sale of and sell said bonds at such times 
and in such amounts as may become necessary from time to time under 
the provisons of this act to carry out the purposes of the act. Said 
bonds shall be sold at not less than par. All moneys received from the 
sale of said bonds shall be paid to the county treasurer of said Lyon 
Countj^ and shall be by said treasurer kept in a fund hereby created to 
be known as The Lyon County High-School Building Fund, and money 
shall be paid out of said fund only in the manner required by law and 
for the purposes of carrying out the provisions of this act. 

Money, How Expended. 

Sec. 4. The said high-school board of their respective districts is 
hereby authorized and directed, out of the moneys arising from the sale 
of said bonds, to use the sum of twelve thousand ($12,000) dollars 



School Laws of Nevada 87 

thereof for establishing-, constructing', equipping- and furnishing a high- 
school building in Smith Valley, Lyon Countj^, Nevada, and an equal 
amount of twelve thousand ($12,000) dollars for establishing, con- 
structing, equipping and furnishing a high-school building at Dayton, 
Lyon County, Nevada; and whenever it appears that the district of 
Fernley as hereinafter described shall have sufficient students to 
organize and be permitted to have a high school, under and by virtue 
of the laws of Nevada, an equal amount of twelve thousand ($12,000) 
dollars of the money arising out of the sale of such bonds shall be 
used for the establishing, constructing:, equipping and furnishing a 
high school at Fernley, Lyon County, Nevada ; any balance of moneys 
remaining in said fund, after the completion, equipment, furnishing, 
constructing and establishing of said high-school buildings, shall be 
turned over and covered into the proper fund provided for the run- 
ning and maintaining of said respective high schools in accordance with 
and pursuant to the provisions of law pertaining to the establishment, 
maintenance, ^nd management of high schools in the various counties 
of this state, it being intended that each of the high schools provided 
for in this section shall be entitled to the sum of . twelve thousand 
($12,000) dollars for establishing, constructing, equipping and furnish- 
ing the respective high schools and be entitled to any difference between 
the actual cost thereof and the sum of twelve thousand ($12,000) dol- 
lars for maintenance. The county treasurer shall safely keep, in accor- 
dance with law, all moneys obtained from the sale of the bonds provided 
for under this act and shall be liable, upon his official bond, for the 
safe keeping thereof and for the faithful discharge of all official duties 
relating thereto. 

Note — As the high schools provided for in this act are a part of the public- 
school system of the state, before any money is expended for buildings, the plans 
therefor must be submitted to and approved by the State Department of Educa- 
tion. — State Superintendent. 

High-School Board of Trustees to Select Site. 

Sec. 5. As soon as practicable after the passage and approval of 
this act, the respective boards of high-school trustees shall proceed to 
select an appropriate site for their respective high school authorized 
and provided in the preceding section, and the board of county com- 
missioners of said county shall, with all expedient dispatch, proceed 
to the execution of the provisions and purposes of this act. 

Method of Payment of Principal and Interest. 

Sec. 6. For the purpose of providing for the payment of said bonds 
and the interest thereon, as they become due, the board of county com- 
missioners is hereby authorized and directed, on or before the first 
Monday in April, 1917, and annually thereafter at the time of the 
making of the levy for taxes for state and county purposes, to levy and 
collect upon all taxable property of said Lyon County a tax in an 
amount sufficient to pay the principal and interest of the bonds author- 
ized under the provisions of this act as the same shall become due and 
payable. Said taxes so levied shall be assessed and collected as other 
taxes are assessed and collected, and shall be paid into the county 
treasury and set apart as a fund which is hereby created to be known 
as the Smith Valley-Dayton-Femley High-School Bond Redemption 
and Interest Fund, and the moneys in said fund shall be paid out by 



88 School Laws of Nevada 

the county treasurer in payment of principal and interest of said bonds 
as the same become due upon the presentation and surrender of said 
bonds and the coupons to the county treasurer at his office. The 
county treasurer shall be liable on his official bond for the safe keeping 
of all moneys in said fund and for the faithful discharge of the duties 
in relation thereto. Interest on each and every bond shall cease on the 
day of maturity thereof. 

Transfer of Surplus Money. 

Any moneys remaining in said fund at the end of any year, after 
paying the interest and bonds due for such year, shall remain in said 
fund and be applied to the payment of bonds and interest thereafter 
coming due, and all money's remaining in the fund after the payment 
of all bonds and interest shall be transferred by the board of county 
commissioners to the general fund of the county. 

Creation of High-School Districts. 

Sec. 7. There are hereby created four county high-school districts in 
Lyon County, which shall be known as Yerington high-school district 
No. 1 ; Dayton high-school district No. 2 ; Smith Valley high-school 
district No. 3 ; and Fernley high-school district No. 4 ; provided, 
however, that the Fernley and the Smith Valley high-school districts 
shall not be considered to be organized until it shall appear, under the 
laws of this state, that they have sufficient qualified students to organ- 
ize, under the laws of this state, a high school, and until such time as it 
be so organized it shall be part and parcel of the Yerington high-school 
district No. 1. 

Division Into High-School Districts. 

Sec. 8. As soon as practicable after the passage of this act it shall 
be the duty of the board of county commissioners, with the assistance 
of the district attornej^ and county assessor of said Lyon County, to 
divide said Lyon County into school districts as provided for in the 
preceding section, having due regard to the location of the various 
high schools, the population to be served and the equitable distribution 
of the taxable property of all kinds within the county. Said county 
commissioners when such division is made shall, as accurately as pos- 
sible, define the boundaries of each of said high-school districts, and 
shall file a certificate thereof with the county clerk of said county. 

Defining Yerington High-School District. 

Until such defining of boundaries by the board of county commission- 
ers, the Yerington high-school district shall embrace all territory 
within the following - named school districts : Yerington, Meissner, 
Wabuska, Smelter, Sanders, Plummer, Barrett, Mason, Perry, Rail- 
road, Gallagher. 

Defining Dayton High-School District. 

Until such defining of boundaries by the board of county commis- 
sioners, the Dayton high-school district shall embrace all territory 
within the following-named school districts. Dayton, Silver City, 
Sutro, Churchill, Mound House. 

Defining Smith Valley High-School District. 

Until such defining of boundaries by the board of county commis- 



School Laws of Nevada 89 

sioners, the Smith. Valley high-school district shall embrace all terri- 
tory within the following-named school districts : Wellington, Smith, 
Artesia, Colony, Ludwig, Central. 

Selection and Election of High-School Board of Trustees. 

Sec. 9. On or before the first of April, 1917, it shall be the duty of 
the school trustees of the school districts within each of the high-school 
districts hereinbefore provided for by section 8 to meet and select 
three high-school members, who shall act as a high-school board for 
their respective districts, and they shall hold office until the next 
general school election. At each general school election there shall be 
elected in said county three district high-school board members for 
each of the high-school districts provided for in this act, two of whom 
shall serve two years and the other four years, and thereafter at each 
general school election there shall be elected two members of said high- 
school boards, one of whom shall serve for two years and the other for 
four years. Each person elected as provided herein shall be a resident 
of the high-school district for which he is elected to serve and shall 
enter upon the duties of his office on the first Monday next following 
his election, and shall hold office until his successor is elected and 
qualified. In the event a vacancy shall occur, the same shall be filled 
by the state board of education. 

Duties of High-School Boards. 

Sec. 10. The high-school boards herein provided for shall have con- 
trol of the fiscal policy of their respective high schools and high-school 
districts ; they shall embrace uniform high-school courses of study as 
provided or adopted by the state board of education or other lawful 
authority; they shall employ all teachers, hire janitors and other 
employees, and discharge the same when sufficient cause therefor 
exists; and they shall do any and all things necessary for the proper 
conduct, maintenance and administration of their respective high 
schools. 

Budget To Be Prepared — County Commissioners Shall Make Levy — Funds, How 
Distributed. 
Sec. 11. It shall be the duty of the high-school board of each dis- 
trict between the first Monday of January and the first Monday of 
April of each year to prepare a budget of estimated expenses necessary 
for the maintenance of its school for the ensuing year ; such budget 
shall be certified to by the high-school board and shall be filed with 
the county commissioners in season for the levy to be made therefor. 
It shall be the duty of the said board of county commissioners to 
determine and fix for each high-school district the tax rate necessary 
in each for the ensuing year to produce the money required by the 
respective high-school budgets. Said tax rate shall be estimated upon 
the total taxable property within the respective high-school districts. 
It shall be the duty of the board of county commissioners to include 
the same in their annual tax levy upon all taxable property situate 
within said districts, said high-school district to compose and include 
all the taxable property in the said Lyon County. The amount of 
taxes collected from each of the respective districts shall be paid into 
a separate fund in the county treasury and shall be designated : High- 
School Fund District No. 1, High-School Fund District No. 2, High- 



90 School Laws of Nevada 

School Fund District No. 3, High-School Fund District No. 4, as the 
case may be, and may be drawn therefrom for the purpose of defray- 
ing the expenses of conducting and maintaining said county district 
high school for their respective districts in the manner now provided 
by law for drawing money from the county treasury by school trus- 
tees. 

Under General School Laws. 

Sec. 12. The respective high schools herein provided for shall be 
under the same general supervision and shall be subject to the same 
laws, rules, and regulations as govern other high schools in this state, 
and all provisions of law concerning such high schools, except as they 
may conflict herewith, are hereby adopted. 

Balances on July 1, 1918, How Distributed. 

Sec. 13. The moneys remaining to the credit of Lyon County High 
School No. 1 and to Lyon County High School No. 2 on July 1, 1918, 
after all current debts have been paid, shall be apportioned by the 
county commissioners among the district high schools then in existence 
in the ratio of the taxable property in each district, as officially 
reported to them, for the school year ending June 30, 1918 ; and they 
shall direct the county auditor and the county treasurer to enter the 
apportionments thus made to the credit of the respective high-school 
districts. 

Title Vested. 

Sec. 14. The title of all high-school property of the respective high- 
school .districts provided in this act shall be vested in the respective 
high-school boards. 

When Different Sections Go Into Effect. 

Sec. 15. The first nine sections of this act shall go into effect on and 
after its approval by the governor; and section 11 shall go into effect 
January 1, 1918 ; and the remaining sections on and after July 1, 1918. 



BONDING COUNTIES FOR HIGH-SCHOOL BUILDINGS AND 
DORMITORIES 

Displaces Act of 1913 

An Act to provide for honding counties for 'building and equipping 
county high schools and dormitories or for either one of these pur- 
poses, and matters properly connected therewith. 

Approved February 16,1917 
Question of Bonds for High-School Ectuipment Submitted to Voters, When. 

Section 1. AVhenever the county board of education in any county 
having a county high school shall certify to the board of county com- 
missioners of such county that a new county high-school building or 
dormitory, or both of these are needed, or that it is necessary to enlarge 
one or more of the buildings in use, or to acquire a new building site or 
additional land for necessary school purposes or to purchase or acquire 
other necessary high-school equipment, and that the cost of the same is 
such that a bond issue for the purpose is advisable, and shall furnish 



School Laws of Nevada 91 

the board of county commissioners with a definite statement of the 
amount of money needed therefor, said board of county commissioners 
is hereby authorized and directed to submit the question of bonding 
the county for the amount and purpose named to the voters of the 
county at the next general election ; or said board may, in its discre- 
tion, order a special election if so requested by the county board of 
education. 

Notice of Election. 

Sec. 2. The board of county commissioners may make an order for 
the bond election provided for in this act at any regular meeting or at 
a special meeting held not less than eight weeks before any general or 
special election, which election shall be noticed, held and conducted, 
and returns thereof made as and in the manner now provided by law 
for holding elections in the several counties of the state. 

What Notice Must Contain. 

The election notice must contain : 

First — The time and places of holding such election. 

Second — The hours during the day in wdiich the polls will be opened, 
which hours shall be the same as at general elections. 

Third — The amount of the bonds, the rate of interest, not exceeding 
six per centum, and the number of j^ears, not exceeding twenty, the 
bonds are to run. 

Fourth — In what town. or city the proposed new buildings or enlarge- 
ments are to be erected or where a new building site or additional land 
is to be acquired, or where the proposed equipment is to be placed and 
used. 

Fifth — The purpose or purposes for which the monej^ realized from 
the sale of the bonds is to be used. 

Sixth — Such other facts as may be necessary to fully inform the 
voters of the nature and purposes of the proposed bond issue. 

There shall be placed upon one line of the printed ballots for such 
election the words "For the bonds," and immediately below upon 
another line on the ballot, the words "Against the bonds." 

The method of indicating choice thereof shall be the usual method 
prescribed in this state. 

Bond Issue Decided by Election. 

Sec. 3. If, upon the official determination of the result of such elec- 
tion, it shall appear that a majority of all the votes cast are "For the 
bonds" the board of county commissioners, as soon as practicable there- 
after, shall issue the negotiable coupon bonds of the county in such 
form and denomination as the county board of education may direct, 
but not in conflict with the election notice thereof, said bonds to run 
for a period not to exceed twenty (20) years from the date of issue and 
to bear interest at a rate not exceeding six (6) per cent per annum, 
payable semiannually, both principal and interest payable at such 
place as the board of county commissioners may direct. Before any 
of the bonds provided for in this act are sold, notice of the proposed 
sale must be given by publication in a newspaper of general circula- 
tion in the county for at least three weeks, inviting sealed bids to be 
made for said bonds, and the bonds shall be sold to the highest and 
best bidder, but in no event shall be sold for less than their par value. 



92 School Laws of Nevada 

Particulars Regarding Bonds. 

Sec. 4. All bonds issued under tlie provisions of this act shall be 
signed by the chairman of the board of county commissioners, attested 
by its clerk, sealed with the seal of the county, and countersigned by 
the county treasurer ; and each of the interest coupons attached to said 
bond shall be signed by the original or engraved facsimile signature of 
said chairman, clerk, and treasurer. 

Registration of Bonds — Fund Designated — Interest Limit. 

Sec. 5. Before any county shall sell any bonds under the provisions 
of this act, all such bonds shall be delivered to the treasurer of the 
county to be duly registered by him in a book kept for that purpose in 
his office, which shall show the amount, the place and time of payment, 
and the rate of interest ; and all such bonds shall bear the certificate of 
the county treasurer to the effect that they are issued and registered 
under the provisions of this act. After such registry the bonds shall be 
advertised for sale and sold by the county board of education for the 
purpose of raising funds for the objects designated in this act. All 
moneys derived from the sale of such bonds shall be paid to the county 
treasurer, and the said treasurer is hereby required to receive and 
safely keep the same in a fund hereby created and known as the 
"Country High-School Building Fund," and to pay out said moneys in 
the manner now provided by law for payments from the "County 
High-School Fund" and for the purposes provided for in this act. The 
county board of education is hereby authorized and directed to use the 
money derived from the sale of said bonds, or such portion thereof as 
they may deem necessary, for the construction or enlargement of the 
high-school building or dormitory, or both, as the case may be, and for 
the purchase of property for a building site, agricultural gardens and 
other necessary school purposes; and any balance remaining in such 
fund after the accomplishment of the said purpose or purposes for 
which said bonds are issued shall be converted into and become a part 
of the "County High-School Fund." Said county board of education 
shall determine as to the character and location, within the town or 
city as advertised, of said building or improvements and the materials 
and plans to be used therefor ; or of the building site, additional land 
or high-school equipment ; said board shall advertise for bids for the 
construction thereof and let the construction thereof by contract to the 
lowest responsible bidder, said board to have authority to reject any 
and all bids and to readvertise until a satisfactory bid is obtained. 
Should the holder of any bond or bonds issued under this act, for any 
cause whatever, fail to present the same to the county treasurer for 
payment when due, all interest thereon shall thereupon immediately 
cease. 

Special Tax for Interest and Redemption of Bonds — General Fund Used, When. 
Sec. 6. Whenever a county shall issue and sell any bonds under the 
provisions of this act, it shall be the duty of the board of county com- 
missioners to annually levy and assess a special tax on all the taxable 
property of such county, including the net proceeds of mines, in an 
amount sufficient to pay the interest accruing thereon promptly when 
and as same becomes due, according to the tenor and effect of said 
bonds, and the county treasurer shall collect the same as other taxes 



School Laws op Nevada 93 

are collected, in cash only, keeping the same separate from other funds 
received by him, and shall cause said interest to always be promptly 
paid at the place of payment specified in the bonds ; if there be any 
surplus after paying said interest, the treasurer shall without delay 
pass the same to the credit of the county high-school fund, and such 
money so passed to the credit of said fund, shall be subject to the 
disposal of the county board of education ; and annually thereafter, 
provided the board of county commissioners so determine, until the 
full payment of such bonds has been made, the board of county com- 
missioners shall Jevy and assess a special tax, and shall cause such 
special tax to be collected on all the taxable property of the county, 
including the net proceeds of mines, sufficient to raise annually a pro- 
portion of the principal of said bonds equal to a sum produced by 
taking the whole amount of said bonds outstanding and dividing it by 
the number of years said bonds then have to run, which amount shall 
be levied and assessed as aforesaid, and shall be collected by the county 
treasurer in the same manner as the tax for the payment of the interest 
interest coupons, and when collected shall be known as the "County 
High-School Bond Sinking Fund" and shall be used only for the pay- 
ment of said bonds which said county treasurer shall cause to be paid 
at the place of payment specified in such bonds. The sinking fund thus 
created may be applied to the purchase and cancelation of the out- 
standing bonds provided for in this act before the same become due. 
At the maturity of such bonds the county treasurer shall call in and 
• pay them with the interest accrued thereon, and shall duly cancel each 
bond and certify his action to the board of county commissioners and 
county board of education. In the event the funds to pay interest are 
not collected in time to permit the payment of the interest on said 
bonds when the same shall become due, the county treasurer shall pay 
the amount due out of the general county fund and then reimburse said 
fund for the amount so borrowed from it when said interest funds are 
collected. 

Maximum Bonding Limits. 

Sec. 7. The maximum bonding limit of counties for county high- 
school purposes under the provisions of this act shall be as follows : 

1. For counties having a total assessed valuation of two million five 
hundred thousand ($2,500,000) dollars or less, three per cent of such 
valuation. 

2. For counties having an assessed valuation of over two million five 
hundred thousand ($2,500,000) and less than five million ($5,000,000) 
dollars of assessed valuation, two and one-half per cent of such valua- 
tion. 

3. For counties having an assessed valuation of five million ($5,000,- 
000) dollars and less than ten million ($10,000,000) dollars of assessed 
valuation, two per cent of such valuation. 

4. For counties having ten million ($10,000,000) dollars or over of 
assessed valuation, one and one-half per cent of such valuation. 

5. No county shall issue bonds for county high-school purposes in 
an amount which will increase the total bonded indebtedness of the 
county incurred for all purposes to an amount in excess of ten per cent 
of the total last assessed valuation of the taxable property of the 
county. As amended, Stats. 1921, 138. 



94 School Laws op Nevada 

Change in Lines of Covmty Not to Release Property from Taxation. 

Sec. 8. No change in the bonndai\y lines of any county shall release 
the taxable real property of the county from assessment and levy of the 
taxes to pay the interest and principal of such bonds, and if there shall 
be any change in the boundary of such county so as to leave out any 
portion of the taxable real propertj^ of the county which was subject to 
taxation in the county at the time of the issue of such bonds, the 
assessment and lev}^ of taxes for the payment of the principal and 
interest of such bonds shall be made on such property as if it were 
still within the county, and shall be collected in like manner, and if 
there shall be any change of the boundary lines of such county so as to 
annex or include an}'' taxable or real property, after the issue of such 
bonds, the real property so included or annexed shall thereafter be sub- 
ject to the assessment and levy of a tax for the payment of the principal 
and interest of such bonds. 

Taxes a Lien on Property. 

Sec. 9. All taxes levied and assessed as in this act provided shall 
constitute a lien on the property charged therewith, from the date of 
the levy thereof by the county commissioners, or the entry thereof on 
the assessment roll of the county auditor, until the same are paid, and 
thereafter, if allowed to become delinquent, shall be enforced in the 
same manner as is now provided by law for the collection of state and 
county taxes. And no additional allowance, fee, or compensation 
whatever shall be paid to any officer for carrying out the provisions of. 
this act. 



AID FOR CERTAIN DISTRICT HIGH SCHOOLS 

An Act to authorize comity commissioners, i)i comities not having high 
schools, to aid district high schools under certain conditions, and 
matters properly connected therewith. 

Approved March 9, 191.5, 97 
High-School Tax in Counties Without Regular County High School. 

Section 1. In any county in which no county high school is located, 
the county commissioners, at the time of making the annual levy for 
said county, if petitioned by the board of trustees of the district high 
school in any county having but one duly organized high school, or the 
several boards of trustees of the district high schools in counties hav- 
ing more than one such high school, shall levy a county tax for high- 
school purposes of not less than twenty cents (20c), or such a part 
thereof as is shown in said petitions to be necessary, on the hundred 
dollars ($100) of assessed valuation of the county, for the benefit of 
any district high school or schools that comply with the following 
conditions : 

Conditions Required. 

1. That the said high school or schools shall have standard courses 
in commercial work, manual arts, or domestic arts, or standard courses 
in agriculture ; 

2. That the board of school trustees of each district interested shall 



School Laws op Nevada 95 

have passed a resolution opening their high school to all properly- 
qualified students of the county ; 

3. That the board of school trustees of the district or districts having 
high schools as described in paragraph 1 of these conditions shall each 
have levied a special district tax of not less than twenty cents (20c) on 
the hundred ($100) dollars of the assessed valuation. 

High-School Tax May Be Reduced by County Commissioners, When. 

Should the board of trustees of the district or districts each make 
petitions as provided in section 1 of the above-entitled act and each 
comply with condition 1 and condition 2 of said act, but levy a special 
district tax of less than twenty cents (20e) on the hundred ($100) dol- 
lars of assessed valuation, then the board of county commissioners 
may, for the year in which said special district tax of less than twenty 
cents (20c) is levied, reduce the county tax rate for high schools by 
the same number of cents on the hundred ($100) dollars of assessed 
valuation. 
Annual Tax Levy Changed, When. 

If, on approval of this act, the tax levy for 1921 shall have been 
fixed, as required by law, the boards of county commissioners of all 
counties affected by this act are hereby required to change said tax 
levy as herein provided for, if petitioned by the board of school trus- 
tees or boards of school trustees so to do within ten days after the 
passage and approval of this act. As amended, Stats. 1921, 248. 

State Superintendent to Apportion Money. 

Sec. 2. In counties having more than one district high school 
affected by the provisions of this act, the amount raised by the county 
for high-school purposes, as provided in section 1 hereof, shall be 
apportioned by the state superintendent of public instruction at the 
time of each semiannual apportionment of the state and county school 
moneys in January and July, on the following basis : Said amount shall 
be divided between the several district high schools in proportion to the 
number of high-school teachers employed during the school year last 
preceding that in which the apportionment is made, excepting as here- 
inafter provided. No school having an enrollment of less than fifty 
pupils shall receive an apportionment for more than one teacher for 
each ten pupils enrolled. No school having an enrollment of more than 
fifty pupils and less than one hundred pupils shall receive an appor- 
tionment on an excess of one teacher for each twelve pupils enrolled. 
No school having an enrollment of more than one hundred and less 
than one hundred and fifty pupils shall receive an apportionment on 
an excess of one teacher for each fifteen pupils enrolled. No school 
having an enrollment of more than one hundred and fifty shall receive 
an apportionment on an excess of one teacher for each eighteen pupils. 
Nothing in this section shall be construed to prevent any school from 
employing as many teachers as may be deemed necessary by the board of 
trustees thereof. It is hereby provided that the money so apportioned 
shall be kept by the treasurer and auditor in separate funds for each 
high-school district and shall be used for high-school purposes and no 
other. As amended, Stats. 1919, 163. 

Trustees May Provide Dormitories and Dining-Halls. 

Sec. 3. The board of school trustees of any district availing itself of 



96 School Laws op Nevada 

the benefits of this act is hereby empowered to provide for the rental, 
purchase, or erection of a suitable dormitory or dormitories and dining- 
hall for high-school students whose homes are outside of a district 
having a high school in said county, and to provide for the comfort, 
maintenance, and management of the same. The said dormitory or 
dormitories shall be considered part of the regular high-school equip- 
ment and organization. 

Sec. 4. All acts or parts of acts in conflict herewith are hereby 
repealed. 



BRANCH COUNTY HIGH SCHOOLS 

An Act to provide for the establishment of branch county high schools 
under certain conditions, in counties having a county high school, 
and other matters properly connected therewith. 

Approved March 17, 1915, 188 
County Commissioners May Establish. 

Section 1. The board of county commissioners of any county in the 
state having a county high school or schools may establish a branch 
county high school, and it shall be the duty of the county commissioners 
to do so whenever the county board of education of such county shall 
certify that the conditions named in section 2 of this act exist and are 
complied with. 

County Aid, How Secured. 

Sec. 2. Whenever a school district in a county having a county high 
school or county high schools is in need of and desires county aid for 
securing or maintaining full high-school instruction and privileges for 
its children, it may, through its board of trustees, petition the county 
commissioners to establish in the district a branch county high school. 
The petition shall set forth the following facts : 

1. That said district has already in attendance in its high school 
twenty or more properly qualified high-school pupils and full high- 
school work is being done ; 

2. That the income of the district from county and state apportion- 
ments is insufficient for giving such pupils necessary high-school 
instruction, and that its assessed valuation is too small for it to raise 
the needed funds from special district taxation ; 

3. That the district is situated forty miles or more from the county 
high school, and that the parents are unable to send their children to 
the county high school ; 

4. That the district is able to and will provide the necessary rooms 
or buildings for all the high-school work ; 

5. That the district asks for the establishment therein of a branch 
county high school under the management and the control of the county 
board of education. 

Under Control of County Board of Education. 

Sec. 3. Any branch county high school that may be established 
under the provisions of this act shall be under the full control and 
management of the county board of education, and it shall be governed 
in its powers and duties in reference to the said branch county high 



School Laws op Nevada 97 

school by the provisions contained in the Revised Laws of Nevada, 1912, 
sections' 3419, 3420, 3421, 3422, and 3423 (School Code, sections 179, 
180, 181, 182, and 183.) 

Not to Conflict with Certain Act. 

Sec. 4. None of the provisions of this act shall in any wise impair 
or abrogate the provisions of "An act authorizing boards of county 
commissioners to transfer certain funds to the county school fund of 
school districts or to levy a special county tax in certain cases, and 
other matters properly connected therewith," as found in the Statutes 
of Nevada, 1913, pages 166, 167 (School Code, 1913, pages 73, 74). 



UNION MANUAL-TRAINING SCHOOLS 

An Act to provide for the union of certain school districts for the 
purpose of securing instruction in "manual training and domestic 
science, and matters properly connected therewith. 

Approved March 16, 1915, 175 

Industrial School Union, How Formed. 

Section 1. Any group of not to exceed six school districts in the 
state may form an industrial school union for the purpose of giving 
instruction in manual training or domestic science, or both manual 
training and domestic science. Such industrial school union shall be 
organized in the following manner : Whenever each of the boards of 
trustees of any number of school districts not exceeding six shall cer- 
tify to the count}^ commissioners of any county that by a resolution 
passed at a regularly called meeting of such board it was ordered that 

the school district become a part of-. industrial school union, 

it shall be the duty of the county commissioners to designate such dis- 
tricts as constituting the .industrial school union. If the 

trustees of more than six such school districts shall certify to the com- 
missioners that they desire to join such industrial school union, the 
county commissioners shall decide which six districts of those applying 
shall constitute the industrial school union. 

Directors of Said School Union. 

Sec. 2. Whenever any industrial school union shall be thus organ- 
ized by the county commissioners, the board of trustees of each of the 
districts constituting such industrial school union shall elect one of its 
members to become a member of the board of directors of the industrial 
school union, and the board of directors thus constituted shall have 
power and it shall be their duty : 

1. To meet at some place agreed upon by a majoritj^ of the board of 
directors on the second Saturday following the organization of the 
industrial school union by the county commissioners, at which meeting 
they shall elect a president and secretary of the board, and adopt such 
rules of procedure as they shall deem necessary. 

2. To designate a time at which they will elect a teacher of manual 
training and domestic science for the industrial school union, and 
determine the salary to be paid. 

3. To determine the amount of money each district constituting the 
4 " . 



98 School Laws of Nevada 

industrial school union shall raise and contribute towards the salary of 
the manual-training and domestic-science teacher. The amount to be 
raised by such districts shall be proportional to the property valuations 
of the several districts constituting the industrial school union. 

4. To certify to the county commissioners the amount of money to be 
raised by each of the districts constituting the industrial school union, 
and it shall be the duty of the county' commissioners to levy and cause 
to be collected in each of the districts constituting the industrial school 
union a special tax sufficient to raise the amount of money determined 
by the board of directors as the necessary amount to be raised by such 
district. Such taxes shall be levied, equalized, and collected in the 
same manner as other school district taxes are levied, equalized, and 
collected, and the money thus paid to the county treasurer shall con- 
stitute the teachers' salary fund of industrial school union, and 

shall be used for no other purpose than for paying the salary of the 
manual-training and domestic-science teacher of that industrial school 
union. 

5. To make rules and regulations governing the schedule of time the 
manual-training and domestic-science teacher shall give to each district 
constituting the industrial school union. 

Trustees to Decide Regarding Subjects Taught. 

Sec. 3. It shall be the duty of the board of trustees of each of the 
districts constituting the industrial school union to decide whether 
manual training or domestic science, or both such subjects, shall be 
taught in such district, and to provide a suitable room in which the 
same shall be taught, and to equip such room with sufficient tools, 
apparatus, and material for the i^roper instruction in the subject 
selected. 

Tools, etc., Must Be Provided. 

Sec. 4. If any district constituting the industrial school union shall 
fail to provide the necessary tools, apparatus, or material for the 
proper instruction in the subjects selected as provided in section 3 of 
this act, the board of directors shall authorize the manual-training and 
domestic-science teacher to purchase such necessary tools, apparatus, 
or material, and upon presentation of the bill for such supplies the 
board of directors shall order the county auditor to pay the same from 
the county school fund of the delinquent district, and the county 
auditor and the county treasurer shall pay such order in the same 
manner as other school orders are paid ; provided, that no such pur- 
chases by the manual-training and domestic-science teacher shall exceed 
in value one hundred fifty dollars. 

Meetings of Directors — Proxies. 

Sec. 5. Meetings of the board of directors of the industrial school 
union shall be held at the call of the president, or at the request of any 
two members of the board. Such meetings shall be governed by the 
same rules governing other school boards of the state ; provided, that 
a quorum for the transaction of business shall consist of not less than 
half of all the members of the board, except that the president and 
secretary may make legal orders for the salary of the teacher; and 
provided further, that members of the board of directors may vote 



School Laws of Nevada 99 

by written proxy upon all questions except those involving teachers' 
contracts or change of schedule of the teacher. 

School Law to Govern. 

Sec. 6. The industrial school union shall be under the same laws, 
rules, and regulations as the public schools of the state in so far as 
such laws, rules, and regulations are not in conflict with the provisions 
of this act. 

Organization Undissolved for Two Years. 

Sec. 7. The organization of the industrial school union shall remain 
undissolved for a period of two j^ears from the thirtieth of June fol- 
lowing the organization of the industrial school union by the county 
commissioners. At the end of the aforesaid two-year period the county 
commissioners shall renew the organization of the union upon receipt 
of the same kind of certified statements as provided in section 1 of 
this act. 

Sec. 8. All acts or parts of acts in cfonflict with this act are hereby 
repealed. 



ESTABLISHMENT OF KINDERGARTENS 

An Act to provide for the estahlishment, equipment, and maintenance 
of kindergarten departments in the piiblic schools. 

Approved March 13, 1915, 126 

Section 1. The board of school trustees of every school district in 
this state maj^, upon petition of the parents or guardians of twenty- 
five or more children between the ages of four and six years, residing 
within such school district, establish, equip, and maintain a kinder- 
garten or kindergartens. The board of school trustees of every school 
district in which a kindergarten is established under the provisions 
of this act shall, at least fifteen days before the month in which the 
board of county commissioners is required by law to levy the taxes 
required for county purposes, submit to the board of county commis- 
sioners an estimate of funds necessary for the establishment, equip- 
ment, and maintenance of such a kindergarten or kindergartens in 
their districts ; and, if sufficient funds for the same are not available 
in the school funds of such school district, the said board of county 
commissioners shall have power to direct that a special tax, not to 
exceed twenty-five cents on the hundred dollars of assessed valuation 
of such district shall be levied ; and upon notification by the clerk of 
the board of trustees of such school district that such action has been 
taken, the board of count}^ commissioners shall levj' and cause to be 
collected such tax upon the taxable property of the district. The 

fund so levied shall be known as the kindergarten fund of _ 

school district (as the case may be), and shall be available for the 
equipment and maintenance of the kindergarten or kindergartens 
established under the provisions of this section, and the moneys drawn 
from such fund shall be paid out in the same manner as moneys from 
the state and county school funds for the maintenance of the ele- 
mentary schools are drawn and paid out. If the average daily atten- 



100 School Laws of Nevada 

dance in any kindergarten in any school district shall be ten or less 
for the school year, the governing body for such school district shall, 
at the close of such school year, discontinue such kindergarten. In 
case a kindergarten shall be discontinued, as provided by this section, 
the property and funds of such kindergarten shall immediately revert 
to the elementary schools of the school district in which said kinder- 
garten has been located. 

Sec. 2. This act shall take effect immediately upon its passage. 



BOUNDARIES OF SCHOOL DISTRICTS 

An Act aiithorizing the county commissioners of the various counties to 
reestablish the boundaries of school districts and road districts in 
their respective counties. 

Approved March 24, 1913, 306 

County Commissioners to Reestablish Boundaries of Indefinite Road or School 
Districts. 
Section 1. The county commissioners of any county in the state are 
hereby authorized to reestablish the boundaries of any school district or 
road district within the county whenever they shall deem the boundary 
of such school district or road district indistinct or indefinite as such 
boundary appears upon the records of the county commissioners. 

To Conform to United States Surveys. 

Sec. 2. Whenever the county commissioners shall reestablish the 
boundaries of school districts or road districts in accordance with this 
act, they shall make the new boundaries that they shall set forth for 
such school districts or road districts conform to the legal land surve^^s 
of the United States government so far as is possible. 

New Boundaries to Include Same Property as Old Districts — Proviso. 

Sec. 3. Whenever the county commissioners shall reestablish the 
boundaries of school districts or road districts in accordance with this 
act they shall arrange the new boundaries so that all properties and 
residences that were in the school districts or road districts previous to 
the reestablishment of boundaries of such school districts or road dis- 
tricts under this act shall be within the new boundaries that the com- 
missioners may establish under this act ; provided, that whenever the 
heads of families and taxpayers of any school district shall present a 
petition signed by at least three-fifths of such heads of families and tax- 
payers to the county commissioners praying that the boundaries of such 
school district shall be determined in accordance with their petition, 
the county commissioners shall, when reestablishing such boundaries 
make the new boundaries conform as nearly as possible to the boundary 
described in the aforesaid petition. 

Commissioners to Use Discretion. 

Sec. 4. AVhenever the county commissioners shall decide that the 
boundaries of any school district or road district are so indefinite upon 
the records of the county as to make it impossible to decide in which 
school district or road district certain properties or residences may be 
located, they shall proceed to establish the new boundaries for such 



School Laws of Nevada 101 

school district or road district as they shall deem best and for the 
welfare of the county. 

No Property to Escape Taxation. 

Sec. 5. Nothing in this act shall be construed so as to release any 
property from taxation for any bond issue that the property shall have 
been subject to previous to any new establishment of boundaries of any 
school district in accordance with this act. 

Repeal. 

Sec. 6. All acts or parts of acts in conflict with this act are hereby 
repealed. 



CONSOLIDATION OF SCHOOL DISTRICTS 

An Act to provide for the consolidation of school districts, for the 

transportation of children to aiid from school, and other matters 

relating thereto. 

Af)proved February 26, 1915, 27 

School Districts May Consolidate. 

Section 1. Any two or more adjacent school districts may unite for 
the purpose of establishing a single consolidated district. 

Method of Consolidation. 

Sec. 2. The process of uniting two or more school districts into a 
consolidated district shall be as follows: Upon receipt of a' petition 
signed by a majority of the voters who are entitled to a vote at school 
elections, from each of the districts to be affected by the consolidation, 
the county commissioners of the county in which such districts are 
located shall cause a notice to be published for three consecutive weeks 
in a newsx")aper having general circulation throughout the county, which 
notice shall state fully the names of the districts proposing to consoli- 
date, the boundaries of the proposed consolidated district, and shall set 
forth a day and hour at the next regular meeting of the board of county 
commissioners when the said board will canvass the signatures on each 
petition and hear statements that any of the residents of any of the 
districts to be affected by the consolidation may wish to make, either for 
or against the proposition of consolidation. At the time set forth in the 
notice the county commissioners shall proceed to canvass the signatures 
on each petition, and if a majority of said board are satisfied that the 
petitions presented represent the will of a majority of the voters of 
each of the districts affected, they shall unite such districts into a single 
consolidated district, shall designate the said district as Consolidated 

School District No... , and shall designate a place at which the school 

trusteas of the several districts united shall meet to hold an election. 
If three or more school districts are proposing to consolidate and a 
majority of the voters of any district are opposed to such consolidation, 
such district shall not be made a part of the consolidated district, but 
the county commissioners may consolidate such other districts as are 
affected by the consolidation without requiring new petitions. 

Trustees of Consolidated Districts, How Elected. 

Sec. 3. On the second Saturday after the consolidated district has 
been formed the trustees of the several districts which have consolidated 



102 School Laws of Nevada 

shall meet at the place designated by the county commissioners as 
hereinbefore provided and shall elect by ballot three of their number 
to be trustees of the consolidated district, and such trustees shall hold 
office until the next regular election of school trustees as now provided 
by law. A certified statement of the result of said election, together 
with the oaths of office of the trustees elected, shall be filed with the 
superintendent of the supervision district in which the consolidated 
district is located. In case such election is not held, the superintendent 
shall appoint the trustees. Upon the election or appointment of the 
trustees of the consolidated district, the districts which have consoli- 
dated shall each be considered disorganized and the offices of trustees 
of each of the several districts as no longer existing. 

Contracts with Drivers of School Vehicles. 

Sec. 4. And provided further, that the trustees of consolidated 
school districts shall require contracts with persons who shall be of 
reputable character elected as drivers of vehicles used to transport 
children to school at the expense of the district. Such contracts shall 
state the time of the arrival at and the departure from the sehoolhouse 
each day, the time such person is to act as driver of such vehicle unless 
released b}" agreement, the compensation of the driver, and any other 
details that the trustees may designate. Before any driver of any 
school vehicle shall begin the duties of that position he shall furnish a 
bond of an amount equal to his total wages for the current term of 
school in which he shall be hired, which bond shall insure the faithful 
performance of his contract. 

Funds for Transportation of Children. 

Sec. 5. To obtain funds for such transportation, the trustees shall, 
each year, make an estimate of the amount of money necessary to main- 
tain such transportation for that year or for the next ensuing year or 
for both, and shall certify the amount to the county commissioners, 
who shall ascertain the necessary percentage on the property in said 
district, as shown by the last assessment made thereof after equaliza- 
tion, to raise the amount of money certified to, and shall add it to the 
next county tax to be collected on the property aforesaid ; and the 
same shall be paid into the county treasury in favor of said district ; 
provided, that if the trustees shall certify to the county commission- 
ers that such money is necessary for immediate use, the tax provided 
for in this section shall be due and payable to the treasury of the 
county in the same manner as are all other taxes. As amended, Stats. 
1919, sec. 152 {e), p. 157. 

Certain Children Provided with Transportation. 

Sec. 6. The trustees of any school district, other than a consolidated 
district, shall provide transportation to and from school for all children 
living one mile or more therefrom in the manner provided in sections 
four and five of this act, if at any regular or special election held in 
the district the proposition of providing transportation for pupils to 
and from schools shall have been submitted to the qualified voters of 
the district and a majority of the votes cast shall have favored such 
transportation. 

Public Moneys — How Apportioned to Consolidated Districts. 

Sec. 7. In apportioning county and state school moneys to a con- 



School Laws of Nevx\da 103 

solidated school district the superintendent of public instruction shall 
apportion such moneys in the following manner : 

First — -He shall ascertain, from former records of the state or the 
county in which such consolidated district is located, the number of 
districts that united to form the consolidated district, and the exact 
number of census children in all of those districts at the time of the 
annual school census last preceding the date of the consolidation. 
[The number of census children thus found shall constitute the basis 
upon which such consolidated district shall receive its share of sixty 
per cent of the county school fund, and thirty per cent of the state 
school fund at all apportionments of state and county school moneys 
until the next regular school census is taken. Thereafter at each appor- 
tionment such consolidated district shall receive its share of sixty per 
cent of the count}^ school fund, and thirty per cent of the state school 
fund upon the basis of the actual number of census children in such 
district as shown by the last preceding school census.] 

Note — The part enclosed in brackets is in effect repealed by sections 151, 152. 

Second — In determining the number of teachers that the consoli- 
dated district is entitled to receive state and county moneys upon 
according to the law governing the apportionment of state and county 
school moneys to the several school districts of the state, the superin- 
tendent of public instruction shall determine the number of teachers 
that constituted the basis for apportioning state and county school 
moneys to each of the districts that united to form the consolidated 
district at the time of the apportionment of state and county school 
moneys last preceding the date of consolidation. He shall determine 
the number of teachers that shall constitute the basis for apportioning 
state and countj'^ school moneys to any consolidated district by adding 
together the teachers thus found in the several districts that united to 
form the consolidated district ; provided, that if at any future time the 
number of children in the consolidated district shall become such as to 
allow a larger number of teachers for apportionment purposes, accord- 
ing to the law governing such matters in other school districts of the 
state, the superintendent of public instruction shall apportion state and 
countj^ school moneys to such consolidated district upon the actual 
number of teachers as determined by the general law of apportionment 
of state and county school moneys. 

Funds to Accrue to Consolidated District. 

Sfec. 8. All state and county school funds remaining to the credit of 
school districts that have become disorganized by uniting to form a 
consolidated district shall accrue to and be placed to the credit of the 
consolidated district of which the disorganized districts form a part. 

Old Debts, How Disposed Of. 

Sec. 9. If any school district uniting to form a consolidated district 
shall- have, at the time of its disorganization, a legally bonded indebted- 
ness, such indebtedness shall attach to and become a charge against the 
territory comprised in the consolidated district, and it shall be the duty 
of the county commissioners of the county in which such territory is 
located to cause annually to be levied upon the property, real and per- 
sonal, in such consolidated district, a tax sufficient to meet the interest 
and provide a sinking fund for the payment of such indebtedness. 



104 School Laws op Nevada 

Property Accrues to New District. 

Sec. 10. The school property of the disorganized districts shall, upon 
the organization of the consolidated district, be and become the prop- 
erty of the said consolidated district, and the board of trustees of said 
district is hereby authorized to use said property in carrying out the 
school work of the consolidated district, or to sell or dispose of it in the 
manner now provided by law for the disposition of school property and 
for the best interests of the said district. 

School Law to Govern. 

Sec. 11. In all matters relating to consolidated school districts, not 
provided for in the preceding sections of this act, the law relating to 
other school districts shall be in force where said laws are applicable. 

Certain Old Districts Entitled to Privileges of this Act. 

Sec. 11a. All school districts in the State of Nevada that shall have 
been transporting school children to the schoolhouse at the expense of 
the school district at the time of the passage of this act shall be entitled 
to all the privileges given in this act to consolidated school districts, and 
after the passage of this act such districts as were transporting children 
to a school at the expense of the district at the time of the passage of 
this act shall thereafter be designated as consolidated districts, and 
shall come under all the rules, laws, and regulations of this act. 

Repeal. 

Sec. 12. All acts and parts of acts in so far as they conflict with the 
provisions of this act are hereby repealed. 



CONSOLIDATION" OF SCHOOL DISTRICTS IN ADJOINING COUNTIES 

An Act to provide for the consolidation of two one-teacher rural school 
districts adjoining each other, hut situated one in each of 'two 
adjoinin g conn ties. 

Approved March 14, 1917 

Commissioners of Adjoining Counties May Consolidate Certain Adjoining One- 
Teacher Schools. 
Section 1. The boards of county commissioners of any two adjoin- 
ing counties in which there are two one-teacher rural school districts 
adjoining each other, but situated one in each of said adjoining coun- 
ties, in which the total number of school-census children does not exceed 
forty, may by separate action unite the two schools and form a consoli- 
dated school district, on the recommendation of the state superinten- 
dent of public instruction, and without formal petition of the residents 
of said districts ; provided, that the state superintendent before making 
such recommendation shall have been thereto requested by the parents 
representing a majority of the school-census children in the two dis- 
tricts, and shall have satisfied himself that the educational needs of the 
two districts would thereby be more efficiently promoted. 

Name of Said District. 

Sec. 2. The name of the district thus formed shall be consolidated 

school district No (blanks to be filled by the initial letters of the 

two counties, as "H. W."). 



School Laws of Nevada 105 

Joint Board of School Trustees. 

Sec. 3. Upon receiving notice from the county boards of commission- 
ers that favorable action has been taken on the recommendation made, 
the state superintendent shall appoint a board of three trustees who 
shall serve until the first Monda}^ in May following the next regular 
school election. The persons thus appointed shall take the oath of 
office as soon as possible thereafter and organize as a board by electing 
one of their number as president and another as clerk. 

Under General School Consolidation Act. 

Sec. 4. The consolidated school district thus established and organ- 
ized shall come under the benefits and privileges of the general school 
consolidation act, approved February 26, 1915 ; and its board of school 
trustees shall have all the powers and duties pertaining to school boards 
in all other school districts. 



DISSOLUTION OF CONSOLIDATED SCHOOL DISTRICTS 

An Act to provide for the dissolution of a consolidated school district 
and other matters relating thereto, and repealing all parts of acts 
in conflict herewith. 

Approved March 8, 1921 

Section 1. Any consolidated school district that has been organized 
or may hereafter be organized in the State of Nevada, and that has no 
outstanding bonded indebtedness, may be dissolved or disorganized as 
hereinafter provided. 

Sec. 2. A majority of the voters who are qualified to vote at school 
elections of any consolidated school district may file a petition with 
the board of county commissioners of the county in which said consoli- 
dated school district is situated, asking that said consolidated school 
district be dissolved or disorganized ; said petition shall also state into 
how many and what school districts said consolidated school district 
shall be divided, and shall give the names and boundaries of said pro- 
posed school districts. 

Upon the receipt of such petition the board of county commissioners 
shall cause a notice to be published at least once a week for three con- 
secutive weeks in some newspaper of general circulation in the county, 
which notice shall set forth clearly the facts alleged in said petition 
as to the request for the dissolution of the said consolidated school 
district, the names and boundaries of the proposed new districts, and 
shall likewise set forth a day and an hour at the next regular meeting 
of the board of county commissioners when said board will canvass the 
signatures on such petition and hear any person interested in or 
affected by such petition. 

At the time set forth in said notice the board of county commis- 
sioners shall proceed to canvass the signatures to said petition, and if 
the majority of the board is satisfied that a majority of the voters who 
are entitled to vote at school elections of said consolidated school district 
have signed said petition and that the petition is otherwise regular, 
the board of county commissioners shall grant the petition and make 
the order or orders necessary to dissolve or disorganize such district, 
and shall cause the clerk of said board to file a certified copy of such 



106 School Laws of Nevada 

order or orders with the superintendent of public instruction and 
with the treasurer and the auditor of the county. 

Sec. 3. Said order or orders shall be effective from the date of 
issuance thereof by the board of county commissioners as provided in 
section 2 above, and thenceforth said consolidated school district, 
dissolved and disorganized thereby, shall cease to exist, and the trustees 
thereof shall have no further powers nor duties except to pay the 
current expenses and existing debts of the said consolidated district 
and perform all other acts necessary to close the affairs of the con- 
solidated district as hereinafter provided. As soon as all the expenses 
and debts of the consolidated districts dissolved and disorganized 
under the provisions of this act have been paid and all other acts 
necessary to close the affairs of such district have been performed by 
the board of school trustees thereof, the said board shall immediately 
certify such fact or facts to the superintendent of public instruction 
and the county treasurer and the county auditor. 

Sec. 4. Upon receipt of the certified copy of the order or orders of 
the board of county commissioners as provided in section 2 of this act, 
the superintendent of public instruction, or his duly authorized deputy, 
shall forthwith call in each district formed or created by said order or 
orders, and in the manner now provided by law, an election for the 
election of three trustees for each of such newly organized districts, 
such trustees to serve until the next regular election of school trustees 
as now provided by law ; provided, however, if such districts or any of 
them fail to hold such election, that the deputy superintendent of 
public instruction may appoint such trustees to serve as aforesaid. 

Sec. 5. When the superintendent of public instruction has received 
the properly certified copy of the order or orders of the board of county 
commissioners dissolving or disorganizing any consolidated district, 
and when he has received from the board of school trustees of such 
dissolved or disorganized district their statement, as provided in sec- 
tion 3 above, he shall ascertain from the county treasurer the amount 
of money in the state and county school funds remaining to the credit 
of the said district, and he shall apportion such money, as shown by 
the report of the county treasurer, to the several districts organized out 
of the consolidated district in proportion to the number of census 
children residing in each of the respective new districts ; and to deter- 
mine such number of children he is hereby authorized to have a special 
census taken, if necessary, in each district, and at the expense of each 
district wherein taken ; provided, however, that if there is to the 
credit of said consolidated school district any money that has been 
collected by reason of a special tax upon the property within said con- 
solidated school district, then and in that event the county treasurer 
of the county will apportion such fund to the several newly organized 
districts according to the property situate within such districts and 
upon which said fund was assessed and collected. The county treas- 
urer and auditor are hereby authorized and directed to make such 
transfers of said funds as may be necessary in the premises. 

Sec. 6. If any of the districts created out of said consolidated school 
districts contributed any specific property to said consolidated school 
district when the same was formed, such property shall be returned to 
such district, at the expense of said consolidated district, or if such 
return cannot be had, reasonable compensation therefor shall be made 



School Laws of Nevada 107 

out of the sale of the property of said consolidated school district as 
hereinafter provided. 

Sec. 7. ■The board of school trustees of any consolidated school dis- 
trict dissolved under the terms of this act are hereby given power and 
authority to sell or dispose of, in a manner now provided by law for 
the sale of school property, the property of such consolidated district, 
and place the proceeds thereof to the credit of said consolidated school 
district in the county treasury, to be apportioned by the superinten- 
dent of public instruction as hereinbefore provided. 

Sec. 8. All school districts created or formed as provided in this 
act shall be governed by and shall have all of the privileges of all of 
the general laws governing public schools in the State of Nevada. 

Sec. 9. All acts and parts of acts in conflict herewith are hereby 
repealed. 



ORPHANS' HOME CHILDREN TO ATTEND CARSON SCHOOLS 

An Act to provide educational facilities for the children in the state' 
orphans' home and other matters properly connected therewith. 

Approved Marcli 20, 1911 
Orphans to Have Domestic and Manual Arts and Commercial Instruction. 

Section 1. The children residing at the state orphans' home shall be 
included in the school census of Carson City school district, and in con- 
sideration of this allowance and further allowance of one thousand 
five hundred ($1,500) dollars paid annually out of the general fund of 
the state treasury, the children of the state orphans' home shall be 
entitled to attend and shall attend the Carson City public schools 
and to receive therein the full attention, protection, and instruction 
accorded to any other children, including the domestic and manual 
arts in the elementary grades with the addition of commercial branches 
in the high school, all of which shall be of standard character approved 
by the state board of education. To this end the board of directors of 
the state orphans' home is hereby authorized to enter into such agree- 
ment with the board of trustees of Carson City school district, district 
No. 1, of Ormsby County, as may be necessary to carry out the provi- 
sions of this section and of this act ; provided, that if in any year the 
domestic and manual arts and the commercial branches as hereinbefore 
named are not furnished as required herein, then the money allowance 
to said Carson City school district shall be but one thousand ($1,000) 
dollars for such year ; and provided further, that the increased income 
of said school district as herein provided shall be full consideration for 
the privileges required in this act. As amended, Stats. 1913, 347. 

Orphans To Be Provided with Books and Other School Supplies. 

Sec. 2. The board of directors of the state orphans' home shall fur- 
nish the children of the home who are attending school all text-books, 
supplementary books, and necessary school supplies; and they shall 
furnish a sufficient supply of proper library books for the use of said 
children ; provided, that the above-mentioned books and supplies shall 
be purchased by said board and paid out of the orphans ' home fund ; 
and provided further, that in case the state law shall require districts 



108 School Laws of Nevada 

to furnish books and school supplies free to all children attending the 
public schools, then Carson school district shall furnish the supplies 
called for in this section. As amended, Stats. 1913,347. 

Money Paid School Trustees, How. 

Sec. 3. Each three months hereafter, beginning with the first day of 
December, 1911, and ending with the first day of June, 1912, and on 
the same dates each year thereafter, the board of school trustees of 
Carson City school district shall present a voucher against the state 
for one-third of the amount of mone^' allowed in section one of this act. 
Upon approval of this claim by the board of directors of the state 
orphans' home and by the state board of examiners, the state con- 
troller shall draw his warrant on the state treasurer in favor of the 
board of trustees of Carson City school district and the state treasurer 
shall pay the same to the order of said board of trustees, who shall 
deposit the money with the county treasurer of Ormsby County to the 
credit of Carson City school district ; and this monej^ shall be used 
by said school trustees for the payment of teachers' salaries in this 
district. 

Acts Repealed. 

Sec. 4. All acts and parts of acts in conflict with this act are hereby 
repealed. 



AMENDMENTS TO ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR STATE 
ORPHANS' HOME 
Dependent and Neglected Children Though Not Orphans May Be Received at 
Orphans' Home — Committed by District Judge. 
Sec. 12. Nothing in this act shall be construed to prevent the board 
of directors, at their discretion, from receiving any dependent or 
neglected child or children, when committed to the state orphans' home 
as hereinafter provided; provided, however, that the state orphans' 
home is hereby organized as a home for dependent and neglected chil- 
dren, who shall be subject to all the conditions of the act of March 
24, 1909, relating to dependent and neglected children in addition to 
the' other purposes for which the institution is established; and the 
board of directors are authorized and required to receive such depen- 
dent and neglected children as may be committed to the care of said 
institution. As amended, Stats. 1919, 378. 

Children Committed by District Judge or County Commissioners — County to 
Pay, When — All Children at Orphans' Home Wards of State — Certain Chil- 
dren Barred. 

Sec. 13. Children admitted to the state orphans' home under the 
provisions of section twelve of this act, as ariiended, are hereby declared 
and adjudged to be wards of the state as fully as whole orphans ; pro- 
vided, that no child shall be received by the board of directors unless 
committed by the district court of the county in which such child 
resides ; provided further, that if the district judge is absent from the 
county, or from any cause is unable to act when an application is made 
for the commitment of any dependent or neglected child to the 
orphans' home, the countj^ commissioners are hereby authorized to 
commit such child to said orphans ' home ; but any such commitment 



School Laws of Nevada 109 

by any board. of county commissioners is subject to review by the 
district court of the county from which such children were committed ; 
provided further, that the expenses, transportation, and maintenance 
of such children, when committed to this institution by any district 
court or board of county commissioners of the state, shall become a 
charge against the county from which such children are committed, 
such charge for maintenance to be a reasonable rate to be fixed from 
time to time by the board of directors of said orphans' home ; provided, 
that such rate shall not be less than one-half of the cost of such mainte- 
nance by the state ; provided, that the district court, in its discretion, 
may order the parent, parents, guardian or guardians to reimburse the 
said county for the amount of the maintenance of such child or children 
in said orphans ' home as fixed by the board of directors thereof ; and 
provided further, that no child who is idiotic or who has any con- 
tagious disease shall be committed or received by the board of directors 
of said institution, but all children must be subject to a mental and 
physical examination under the direction of the board of directors. 
As amended. Stats. 1919, 379. 



EDUCATION OF THE DEAF AND DUMB, AND THE BLIND 

An Act to provide for the education of the deaf and dwmb, and the 
Mind of the State of Nevada. 

Approved March 2, 1869 
Duty of Superintendent of Public Instruction. 

Section 1. The superintendent of public instruction is authorized 
to make arrangements with the directors of any institution for the deaf 
and dumb and the blind in the State of California, or in the State of 
Utah, for the admission, support, education, and care of the deaf and 
dumb and the blind of this state, and for that purpose is hereby 
empowered to make all needful contracts and agreements to carry out 
the provisions of this act. As amended. Stats. 1907, 371. 

Application, How Made — Superintendent of Public Instruction to Issue Cer- 
tificate. 
Sec. 2. Upon application under oath of a parent, relative, guardian 
or nearest friend of any deaf, dumb, or blind person, resident of this 
state, setting forth that by reason of deafness, dumbness, or blindness, 
such person is disqualified from being taught by the ordinary process of 
instruction or education, and that such parent, relative, guardian or 
nearest friend is unable to pay for his or her support, education, and 
instruction in the aforesaid institutions, and file the same with the 
board of county commissioners of the proper county, and such board 
shall be satisfied of the truth thereof, and such board shall have made 
application to the superintendent of public instruction for that pur- 
pose, it shall be the duty of the superintendent of public instruction to 
issue a certificate to that effect, which certificate being produced shall 
be authority of the directors of any of the institutions aforesaid for 
receiving such deaf and dumb, or blind, person. As amended. Stats.. 
1907, 371. 

Sec. 3. [Obsolete.] 



110 School Laws of Nevada 

Persons Entitled to Benefit of This Act — Adults Must Be Residents for Five 
Years. 
Sec. 4. All deaf and dumb or blind persons that are not mentally 
or physically incapacitated to receive an education or instruction, that 
are free from offensive or contagious diseases, and are unable to pay 
for their support, education, and instruction in the aforesaid institu- 
tions, and whose parent, relative, guardian or nearest friend is unable 
to pay for his or her support, education, and instruction in any of 
the aforesaid institutions, shall be entitled to the benefits intended by 
this act, and it is hereby made the duty of the board of count}" com- 
missioners of such county to make provisions, at the expense of the 
county, for carrying such person to the office of the superintendent' of 
public instruction, who shall make necessary arrangements for carry- 
ing the person to any of the institutions of instruction before men- 
tioned, at the expense of the state, payable out of the fund provided 
bj^ this act. All deaf, dumb, or blind persons over the age of twenty- 
one years seeking admission into the aforesaid institutions shall, before 
making application under this act, have been actual bona-fide residents 
of the State of Nevada for the period of five years preceding the date 
of making such application. As amended. Stats. 1907,^372. 



FEEBLEMINDED OR MENTALLY UNDEVELOPED CHILDREN — CARE 
AND EDUCATION TO BE PROVIDED 

An Act to provide for the care and education of feehle-minded children, 
and other matters properly connected therewith. 

Approved April 1, 1913 
Support of Feeble-Minded Children Authorized. 

Section 1. The superintendent of public instruction is authorized 
to make arrangements with the directors of anj^ institution for the 
feeble-minded in California, or Utah, or other states, for the admission, 
support, education, and care of feeble-minded children of this state ; 
and for that purpose is hereby empowered to make all needful contracts 
and agreements to carry out the provisions of this act. 

Superintendent of Public Instruction to Provide for Care of Such Children — 
Regarding Inmates of State Orphans' Home. 
Sec. 2. Upon the application under oath of a parent, relative, guar- 
dian, or nearest friend of any feeble-minded child, resident of this state, 
setting forth that, by reason of deficient mental understanding, such 
child is disqualified from being taught by the ordinary processes of 
instruction or education, and that such parent, guardian, relative, or 
nearest friend is unable to pay for his or her support, education, and 
instruction in any of the aforesaid institutions, and filing the same 
with the board of county commissioners of the proper county, and such 
board shall be satisfied of the truth thereof, and such board shall have 
made application to the superintendent of public instruction for that 
purpose, it shall be the duty of the superintendent of public instruction 
to issue a certificate to that effect, which certificate, being produced, 
shall be the authority of any such institutions aforesaid for receiving 
any such feeble-minded child; provided, that in case of any inmate of 



School Laws of Nevada . Ill 

the state orphans ' home being adjudged feeble-minded, the superinten- 
dent of public instruction is authorized to receive such child from the 
board of directors of said home and shall make provision for such child 
in the same manner as if received from a board of county commis- 
sioners. 

When Such Children May Be Placed in Proper Institution. 

Sec. 3. All children who are qualified to enter such institution as is 
named in section 1 of this act, that are free from offensive or contagious 
diseases, and are unable to pay for their support, education, and 
instruction in any of the aforesaid institutions, and whose parent, rela- 
tive, guardian, or nearest friend is unable to pay for his or her support, 
education, and instruction in any of the aforesaid institutions, shall be 
entitled to the benefits intended by this act, and it is herebj^ made the 
duty of the board of county commissioners of such county to make 
provision, at the expense of the county, for carrying such person to the 
office of the superintendent of public instruction, who shall make 
necessary arrangements for carrying the person to any of the institu- 
tions of instruction before mentioned, at the expense of the state, pay- 
able out of the fund provided by this act. 

Appropriation, §1,000. 

Sec. 4. There shall be set aside from the general fund of the state 
the sum of one thousand dollars ($1,000) for carrying out the provi- 
sions of this act, for the years nineteen hundred and thirteen and 
nineteen hundred and fourteen. 



CONTRIBUTORY DEPENDENCY AND DELINQUENCY 

An Act to define contribuiory dependency and contributory delin- 
quency, and to make the same a misdemeanor, and to provide for 
the punishment of persons guilty thereof. 

Definition. Approved March 2.3, 1909 

Section 1. Any person who shall by any act cause, encourage, or 
contribute to the dependency or delinquency of a child, as these terms 
with reference to children are defined by the statutes of this state, or 
who shall for any cause be responsible therefor, shall be guilty of a 
misdemeanor, and upon trial and conviction thereof shall be fined 
in a sum not to exceed five hundred dollars or imprisoned in the 
county jail for a period not exceeding six months, or by both such 
fine and imprisonment. When the charge against any person under 
this act concerns the dependenc}^ of a child or children, the offense, for 
convenience, may be termed "contributory dependency," and when 
it concerns the delinquency of a child or children, for convenience it 
may be termed "contributory delinquency." As amended, Stats. 
1921, 21. 

Suspension of Sentence. 

Sec. 2. The court may suspend any sentence, stay or postpone the 
enforcement of execution, or release from custody any person found 
guilty in any case under this act upon such conditions as shall be 
imposed by the court in accordance with the provisions of this act. 



112 School Laws of Nevada 

Conditions of Suspended Sentence. 

Sec. 3. (a) Such conditions maj^ include the following: Any person 
found guilty, under this act, of contributory dependency may be 
required to furnish a good and sufficient bond to the people of the 
State of Nevada in such sum as the court shall determine, not exceed- 
ing one thousand dollars, conditioned for the payment of such amount 
as the court may order, not exceeding twenty dollars per month, for-the 
support, care, and maintenance of the child to whose dependency such 
person has contributed ; such sum to be expended under the directions 
and orders of the court for the purposes mentioned. 

(b) The court may permit any child to remain in the custody of the 
person found guilty under this act of contributing to its dependency, 
under such suspended sentence, upon such conditions for the treat- 
ment and care of such child as may seem to the court to be for its best 
welfare, or as may be calculated to secure obedience to the laM^ or to 
remove the cause of such dependency or neglect, and while such condi- 
tions are -accepted and complied with by any such person, such sen- 
tence may remain suspended subject to be enforced upon the violation 
of any of the conditions imposed by the court; and such bond may 
be forfeited upon a failure to comply with any such conditions, as 
well as upon the failure to pay any amount required for the mainte- 
nance of such child. 

Conditions of Bond. 

Sec. 4. As a part of the conditions of any such bond mentioned in 
section 3 hereof, it shall be understood that it shall not be necessary 
to bring a separate suit to recover the penaltj^ of any such bond which 
has become forfeited, but the court may cause a citation or a summons 
to issue to the surety or sureties thereon, requiring that he or they 
appear at a time named by the court, which time shall be not less than 
ten or more than twenty days from the issue thereof, and show cause, 
if any there be, why a judgment should not be entered for the penalty 
of such bond and execution issued for the amount thereof against the 
property of the surety or sureties thereon, as in civil cases, and upon 
failure to appear or failure to show any such sufficient cause, the court 
shall enter such judgment in behalf of the people of the State of 
Nevada, against the principal and such surety or sureties on such bond 
not to exceed the sum of one thousand dollars ($1,000) including the 
cost. Any moneys collected or paid upon any such execution or in 
any case upon any such bond shall be turned over to the clerk of the 
court (Juvenile Department) of the county in which such bond is given, 
to be applied first to the payment of all court costs and then to the care 
or maintenance of the child or children for whose dependency such 
conviction was had, in such manner and upon such terms as the court 
may direct. If any such moneys so collected be unnecessary for the 
purposes last mentioned, it shall be turned over within one year to the 
treasurer of the county. 

Violations of Conditions of Suspended Sentence. 

Sec. 5. In the case of any person found guilty of contributory 
dependency or contributory delinquency where the court has suspended 
the execution of the sentence during the good behavior and satisfac- 
tory conduct of the defendant or upon any other terms or conditions 
which may have been imposed by the court, it shall be made to appear 



School Laws of Nevada 113 

to the satisfaction of the court at any time during such suspended 
sentence or stay of execution that it ought to be enforced, the court 
may thereupon enforce the same, and any jail sentence thereunder shall 
conimence from the date upon which such sentence is ordered. 

Limitation of Sentence Two Years. 

Sec. 6. No sentence shall be suspended or final judgment or execu- 
tion shall be stayed in the case of any person found guilty under this 
act, to exceed a period of two years. If at any time prior thereto it 
shall appear to the satisfaction of the court that such person has com- 
plied faithfully with the conditions of any suspended sentence, judg- 
ment, or execution, or -is for any cause, in the opinion of the court, 
entitled to be released therefrom, the court may suspend such sentence 
indefinitely, in which case such person shall be finally released and 
discharged, as he shall be in any event at the end of two years from 
imposition of any such sentence; provided, that if any defendant be 
actually serving a jail sentence imposed under this act and enforced 
before the expiration of said two years in accordance with the provi- 
sions of this act, then in such case the defendant shall not be finally 
discharged until the expiration of any such sentence. 

Officers to File Complaint. 

Sec. 7. Probation officers having the powers of sheriffs or police 
officers, as well as county prosecuting attorneys, shall have the right 
and be vested with all power necessary to file complaints against any 
person under this act and to prosecute any such case. In all such cases 
it shall be the duty of the county prosecuting officer representing the 
people to prepare any such complaints and prosecute any such cases 
for such probation officer when so requested by such officer or judge 
of the juvenile department of the district court; but nothing herein 
shall be construed to interfere with any county prosecutor representing 
the people prosecuting such cases under this or any other act as in 
other criminal cases. 

Construction. 

Sec. 8. (a) In order to find an}- person guilty of violating this act it 
shall not be necessary to prove that the child has actually become 
dependent or delinquent, provided it appears from the evidence that, 
through any act of neglect or omission of duty or by any improper act 
or conduct on the part of any such person, the dependency or delin- 
quency of any child may have been caused or merely encouraged. 

(b) This act shall alwaj's be liberally construed in favor of the state 
for the purpose of the protection of the child from neglect or omission 
of parental dutj^ toward the child by the parents, as well as also to pro- 
tect the children of the state from the effects of the improper conduct, 
acts, or the bad example of any person or persons whomsoever, which 
may be calculated to cause, encourage, or contribute to the dependency 
or delinquency of the children, although such persons are in no way 
related to the child. 

(c) Nothing in this act shall be construed to be in conflict with or 
to repeal or prevent proceedings under any act or statute of this state 
which may have otherwise defined any specific act of any person as a 
crime of any character, which act might also constitute contributory 
delinquency or contributory dependency, or to prevent or interfere 



114 School Laws of Nevada 

with proceedings under any snch acts, nor shall it be construed to be 
inconsistent with or to repeal any acts providing for the support by 
parents or parent of their minor children, or any act providing for the 
punishment of cruelty to children, or the taking of indecent liberties 
with, or selling liquor, tobacco, or firearms to, children, or permitting 
them in evil or disreputable places, and nothing in any such acts or 
similar acts shall be construed to be inconsistent with or to repeal this 
act or prevent proceedings hereunder, but in all cases where there shall 
be more than one prosecution for the same offense, under whatever acts 
of the character herein described, the fact ma}^ be given in evidence to 
the judge of the court, and may be in the discretion of the court con- 
sidered in mitigation of any sentence in any such cases. 

(d) Invalidity of any portion of this act shall not affect the validity 
of any other portion thereof which can be given effect without such 
invalid part. 

DEPENDENT, NEGLECTED, OR DELINQUENT CHILDREN 

An Act relating to children who are now or ivho may hereafter become 
dependent, neglected or delinquent, to define these terms and to 
provide for the treatment, control, maintenance, protection, adop- 
tion, and guardianship of the persons of such child or children. 

Approved March 24, 1909 
Application of Act. 

Section 1. This act shall be known as the "Juvenile Court Law" 
and shall apply only to children under the age of eighteen years not 
now or hereafter inmates of a state institution, except as otherwise 
herein provided. 

For the purposes of this act the words "dependent child" and "neg- 
lected child" shall mean any child who, while under the age of eighteen 
years, for any reason is destitute, homeless, or abandoned; or depen- 
dent upon the public for support ; or has not proper parental care or 
guardianship ; or habitually begs or receives alms ; or is found living 
in any house of ill-fame, or with any vicious or disreputable person ; or 
has a home which by reason of neglect, cruelty, or depravity on the 
part of its parents, guardian, or any other person, in whose care it may 
be, is an unfit place for such child, or who, while under the age of ten 
years, is found begging, peddling, or selling any article or articles ; or 
singing or playing any musical instrument for gain; or giving any 
public entertainments upon the streets, or accompanies or is used in the 
aid of any person so doing ; or is incorrigible, or knowingly associates 
with thieves, vicious or immoral persons; or without just cause, and 
without the consent of the parents, guardian, or custodian absents itself 
from its home or place of abode ; or is growing up in idleness or crime ; 
or knowingly frequents or visits a house of ill-fame or ill-repute ; or 
knowingly frequents or visits any policy shop or place where any gam- 
bling device is operated ; or patronizes, visits, or frequents any saloon 
or dram shop where intoxicating liquors are sold ; or patronizes any 
public poolroom where the game of billiards or pool is being carried 
on for pay or hire; or who wanders about the streets in the night 
time without being on any lawful business or any lawful occupation ; 
or habitually wanders about any railroad yards or tracks; or jumps 
or attempts to jump onto any moving train; or enters any car or 



School Laws of Nevada 115 

bngine without lawful authority; or writes or uses vile, obscene, pro- 
fane, or indecent language ; or smokes cigarettes in any public place or 
about any schoolhouse ; or is guilty of indecent, immoral, or lascivious 
conduct. Any child committing any of these acts shall be deemed a 
delinquent child, and when proceeded against, such proceedings shall 
be on behalf of the state in the interest of the child and the state, with 
due regard for the rights and duties of parents and others, by petition 
to be filed by any reputable person, and to that end it shall be dealt 
with, protected, and cared for in the district court as a ward of the 
state in the manner hereinafter provided. 

The words "delinquent person" shall include any person under the 
age of eighteen years who violates any law of this state or any ordi- 
nance of any town, city, county, or city and county of this state, 
defining crime. 

A deposition of any child under this act or any evidence given in 
such cause shall not, in any civil, criminal, or other cause or proceed- 
ing whatever in any court, be lawful or proper evidence against such 
child for smy purpose whatever, except in subsequent cases against the 
same child under this act ; nor shall the name of any such child in 
connection with any proceedings under this act be published in any 
newspaper without a written order of the court. The word "child" or 
"children" may be held to mean one or more children, and the word 
"parent" or "parents" may be held to mean one or both parents, when 
consistent with the intent of this act. The word "association" shall 
include any association, institution, or corporation which includes- in 
their purposes the care or disposition of children coming within the 
meaning of this act. As amended, Stats. 1911, 382. 

Jurisdiction. 

Sec. 2. The district courts of the several judicial districts in this 
state shall have original jurisdiction in all cases coming within the 
terms of this act. In all trials under this act, any person interested 
therein may demand a jury of six or twelve persons, or the judge of 
his own motion may order a jury of the same number to try the case. 

Juvenile Department. 

Sec. 3. The findings of the court shall be entered in a book or books 
to be kept for that purpose, and known as the "Juvenile Department," 
and the court may for convenience be called the "Juvenile Depart- 
ment of the District Court." 

Petition to the Court. 

Sec. 4. Any reputable person, being a resident of the county, may 
file with the clerk of the court having jurisdiction of the matter, a 
petition in writing setting forth that a certain child, naming it, within 
his county, is either dependent, neglected or delinquent as defined in 
section 1 hereof; and that it is for the interest of the child and this 
state that the child be taken from its parent, parents, custodian or 
guardian and placed under the guardianship of some suitable person to 
be appointed by the court ; and that the parent, parents, custodian or 
guardian of such child are unfit or improper guardians, or are unable 
or unwilling to care for, protect, train, educate, correct, control or 
discipline such child, or that the parent, parents, guardian or custodian 
consent that such child shall be taken from them. 



116 School Laws of Nevada 

The petition shall also set forth either the name, or that the name is 
unknown to the petitioner (a) of the person having cnstody of such 
child; and (b) of each of the parents or the surviving parent of a 
legitimate child; or of the mother of an illegitimate child; or (c) if it 
allege that both such parents are or such mother is dead, then of the 
guardian, if any, of such child; or (d) if it allege that both such 
parents are or such mother is dead and that no guardian of such child 
is known to petitioner. All persons so named in such petition shall be 
made defendants by name and shall be notified of such proceedings by 
summons if residents of this state in the same manner as is now or may 
hereafter be required in court proceedings by the laws of this state, 
except only as herein otherwise provided. 

All persons, if any, who or whose names are stated in the petition to 
be unknown to petitioner, shall be deemed and taken as defendants by 
the name or designation of "all whom it may concern." The petition 
shall be verified by affidavit, which affidavit shall be sufficient upon 
information and belief. Process shall be issued against all persons 
made parties by the designation of "all whom it may concern" by such 
description, and notice given by publication as is required in this act 
shall be sufficient to authorize the court to hear and determine the suit 
as though the parties had been sued by their proper names. 

Summons. 

Sec. 5. ' The summons shall require the person alleged to have the 
custody of the child to appear with the child at the time and place 
stated in the summons, and shall also require all defendants to be 
and appear and answer the petition on the return daj'' of the summons. 
The summons shall be made returnable at any time within twenty days 
after the date thereof and may be served by the sheriff, or by any duly 
appointed probation officer, even though such officer be the petitioner. 
The return of such summons with indorsement of service by the sheriff 
or by such probation officer in accordance herewith shall be sufficient 
proof thereof. 

Whenever it shall appear from the petition or from affidavit filed in 
the cause that any named defendant resides or hath gone out of the 
state, or on due inquiry cannot be found, or is concealed within the 
state or that his place of residence is unknown so that process cannot 
be served upon him, or whenever any person is made defendant under 
the name or designation of "all whom it may concern," the clerk shall 
cause publication to be made once in some newspaper of general circu- 
lation published in his county, and if there be none published in his 
county, then in a newspaper published in the nearest place to his 
county in this state, which shall be substantially as follows : 

A. B. C. D, etc. (here give the names of such named defendants, if 
any), and to "all to whom it may concern" (if there be any defendant 
U3ider such designation) : 

Take notice that on the day of , A. D. 19...., a petition 

was filed by in the court of 

County to have a certain child named.. .declared a (dependent 

or delinquent) and to take from you the cnstody and g-uardianship of 
said child (and, if the petition prays for the appointment of a guardian 
with power to consent to adoption, add "and to give said child out for 
adoption"). 



School Laws of Nevada 117 

Now, unless you appear within ten days after the date of this notice 
and show cause against such application, the petition shall be taken for 
confessed and a decree granted. 

Dated (the date of publication). , Clerk. 

And he shall also within ten days after the publication of such notice 
send a copy thereof by mail, addressed to such defendants whose place 
of residence is stated in the petition, and who shall not have been served 
with summons. Notice given by publication as is required by this act 
shall be the only publication notice required either in the case of resi- 
dents, nonresidents, or otherwise. The certificate of a clerk that he has 
sent such notice in pursuance of this section shall be evidence thereof. 
Every defendant who shall be duly summoned shall be held to appear 
and answer, either in writing or orally, in open court on return day of 
the summons, or, if such summons shall be served less than one day 
prior to the return day, then on the following day. Every defendant 
who shall be notified by publication as herein provided shall be held to 
appear and answer, either in writing or orally, in open court within 
twenty days after the date of the publication notice. The answer shall 
have no greater weight as evidence than the petition. In default of an 
answer at the time or times herein specified or at such further time as 
by order of court may be granted to a defendant, the petition may be 
taken as confessed. 

If the person having the custody or control of the child shall fail 
without reasonable cause to bring the child into court, he may be pro- 
ceeded against as in case of contempt of court. In case the summons 
shall be returned and not served upon the person having the custody 
or control of such child, or such person fails to obey the same, and in 
any case when it shall be made to appear to the court by affidavit, which 
may be on information and belief, that such summons will be ineffectual 
to secure the presence of the child, a warrant may be issued on the 
order of the court either against the parents or either of them, or 
guardian, or the person having the custody or control of the child or 
with whom the child may be or against the child itself, to bring such 
person into court. On default of the custodian of the child or on his 
appearance or answer, or on the appearance in person of the child in 
court with or without the summons or other process, and on the answer, 
default or appearance or written consent to the proceedings of the 
other defendants thereto, or as soon thereafter as ma}^ be, the court 
shall proceed to hear evidence. The court may, in any case Avhen the 
child is not represented by any person, appoint some suitable person 
to act on behalf of the child. At any time after the filing of the peti- 
tion and pending the final disposition of the case, the court may con- 
tinue the hearing from time to time and may allow such child to remain 
in the possession of his custodian or in its own home subject to the 
friendly visitation of a probation officer, or it may order such child to 
be placed in the custody of a probation officer of the court, or of any 
suitable person appointed by the court, or to be kept in some suitable 
place provided b}^ the city or county authorities. 

Probation Officers — Duties of County Clerk. 

Sec*. 6. The district courts in this state shall have authority to 
appoint any number of discreet persons of good moral character to 
serve as probation officers during the pleasure of the court; said pro- 



118 - School Laws op Nevada 

bation officers shall receive no compensation from the county treasury 
except as herein provided. It shall be the duty of the clerk of the 
court, if practicable, to notify the said probation officer when any 
child is to be brought before the court ; it shall be the duty of such 
probation officer to make investigation of such case ; to be present in 
the court to represent the interests of the child when the case is heard ; 
to furnish such court such information and assistance as the court or 
judge may require, and to take charge of any child before and after 
the trial as may be directed by the court. The number of probation 
officers to receive compensation from the county, named and designated 
by the district court, shall be as follows : 

Appointment and Number of Probation Officers. 

The judge of the district court in and for each countj^, or city and 
county, of the state, or the judges where there are more than one 
judge of the said court, may appoint probation officers, in the number 
and under the conditions as in this act provided, whenever such 
appointments shall be deemed necessary to care for the dependent and 
delinquent children of the county ; provided, such probation officers 
can be removed from office at any time by the said district judge, or 
judges. The salary of said probation officers shall be as follows : 

Salaries and Expenses Limited. 

In counties having over fifteen thousand population, there may be 
one probation officer receiving a salary. An assistant probation officer 
may be appointed, in the discretion of the court, upon the request of 
the probation officer. The salary of the probation officer shall be fixed 
by the court appointing him, in any sum not to exceed one hundred and 
fifty dollars per month; and the salary of the assistant probation 
officer, where one is appointed, shall likewise be fixed by the court 
appointing him, in any sum not to exceed seventy-five dollars per 
month. The expenses of such probation officers for probation work 
shall not exceed seven hundred and fifty dollars per year. 

In counties having less than fifteen thousand population it shall be 
within the discretion of the district judge, or judges, of each of said 
counties to determine as to the necessity of appointing a probation 
officer; provided, that in counties having eight thousand population 
and under fifteen thousand there shall be no more than one probation 
officer receiving a salary, and such salary shall be fixed by the court 
appointing him, in any sum not to exceed one hundred and twenty- 
five dollars per month; provided further, that in counties of five 
thousand and under eight thousand there shall be no more than one 
probation officer receiving a salary, and such salary shall be fixed by 
the court appointing him, in any sum not to exceed one hundred dollars 
per month ; and provided further, that in counties of under five thou- 
sand there shall be no more than one probation officer receiving a 
salary, and such salary shall be fixed by the court appointing him, in 
any sum not to exceed seventy-five dollars per month. 

District Judges May Authorize Salary and Expenses of Temporary Officer. 

All probation officers whose expenses are not herein provided shall 
be allowed such necessary incidental expenses as may be authorized by 
the judge or judges of the district court of said county; provided, 
that the said probation officers can be appointed for any portion or 



School Laws op Nevada 119 

part of a year as the said district judge or judges may determine, and 
can be paid for the time and periods said probation officer serves under 
such appointment. The salary and expenses of the probation officer 
shall be paid out of the county funds in the county treasury in monthly 
installments, in the same manner as other claims against the county. 

Governor and School Officials to Approve Appointment of Officer. 

Any district judge, or judges, appointing such probation officer to 
receive a salary or other compensation from the county provided for 
under this act, shall transmit such appointment to the district superin- 
tendent of schools of the district of which the county in which said 
appointment is made is a part, the state superintendent of public 
instruction, and the governor of this state, who shall constitute a board 
to investigate the competency of such person so appointed to act as 
probation officer, and it shall be the duty of a majority of said board to 
approve or disapprove of such appointee within thirty days after the 
submission thereof by the said district court, and a failure to act 
thereon within such time shall constitute an approval of such appoint- 
ment. If a majority of such board are of the opinion that such 
appointee does not possess the qualifications for a probation officer, 
they shall notify the court of their conclusions within thirty days of 
such appointment to the respective members thereof, whereupon it 
shall be the duty of the district judge, or judges, to withdraw such 
appointment and appoint some one who shall receive the approval of 
said board. 

Probation Officers to Have Authority of Police Officers. 

Probation officers receiving a salary or other compensation from the 
county, provided for by this act, are hereby vested with all the power 
and authority of police or sheriffs to make arrests and perform any 
other duties ordinarily required of policemen and sheriffs which may 
be incident to their office or necessary or convenient to the performance 
of their duties ; provided, that other probation officers may be vested 
with like power and authority upon a written certificate from the dis- 
trict judge, or judges, that they are persons of discretion and good 
character, and that it is the desire of the court to vest them with all 
the power and authority conferred by law upon probation officers 
receiving compensation from the county. 

Appointments Filed with Clerk of Court. 

The appointment of probation officers and the approval thereof as to 
the qualifications of such officers by the board herein designated shall 
be filed in the office of the clerk of the court. Probation officers shall 
take an oath such as may be required of other county officers to per- 
form their duties, and file same in the office of the district court. As 
amended, Stats. 1917, 67-70. 

Probation Committee. 

Sec. 7. The judge or judges of the district court in and for each 
county or city and county of the state, and, in counties where there 
is more than one judge, the said court shall, by an order entered in the 
minutes of the court, appoint five discreet citizens of good moral char- 
acter and of either sex, to be known as "Probation Committee," and 
shall fill all vacancies occurring in such committee. The clerk of said 
court shall immediately notify each person appointed upon said com- 



120 School Laws of Nevada 

mittee, and thereupon said person shall appear before the judge of the 
district court to whom has been assigned all proceedings under this 
act, and qualify' by taking an oath, which shall be entered in said 
juvenile court record, to faithfully perform the duties of a member of 
said probation committee. 

The members of such probation committee shall hold office for two 
years, and until their successors are appointed and qualified. When 
any vacancy occurs in any probation committee otherwise than by 
expiration of the term of office of any member thereof, his successor 
shall be appointed to hold office for the unexpired term. 

Members of the probation committee shall serve without compensa- 
tion, and shall choose from their members a chairman and secretary. 

The district court, or any judge thereof, ma}^ at any time require 
the said probation committee or probation officer to examine into the 
qualifications and management of any society, association or corpora- 
tion, other than a state institution, receiving or applying for any child 
or children under this act, and to report thereon to the court. 

It shall be the duty of each probation committee, prior to the first 
day of December of each year, to prepare a report in writing on the 
qualifications and management of all societies, associations and cor- 
porations, except state institutions, applying for or receiving any 
child under this act from the courts of their respective counties, and 
in such reports said committee may make such suggestions or com- 
ments as to them ma}'' seem fit, such report to be filed in the office of 
the clerk of the court appointing such committee, for the information 
of the county commissioners thereof. The probation committee shall 
also have the control and management of the internal affairs of any 
detention home, heretofore or hereafter established by the board of 
county commissioners of their county, such control and management 
at all times to be subject to the approval of the district court or judge 
or judges thereof, and it shall be the duty of the board of county 
commissioners to provide for the payment of such employees as may be 
needed in the efficient management of such detention home. 

Dependent and Neglected Children. 

If the court shall find anj'- child under the age of eighteen years to 
be dependent or neglected within the meaning of this act, the court 
may allow such child to remain at its home subject to the friendly 
visitation of a probation officer, or to report to the court or probation 
officer from its home or school at such times as the court may require. 
And if the parent, parents, guardian or custodian consent thereto, or 
if the court shall further find that the parent, parents, guardian or 
custodian of such child are unfit or improper guardians or are unable 
or unwilling to care for, protect, train, educate, correct or discipline 
such child and that it is for the interest of such child and other people 
of this state that such child be taken from the custody of its parents, 
custodian or guardian, the court may make an order appointing as 
guardian of the person of such child some reputable citizen of good 
moral character, and order such guardian to place such child in some 
suitable family, home, or other suitable place which such guardian may 
provide for such child, or the court may enter an order committing 
such child to some suitable state institution of this or any other state, 
organized for the care of dependent or neglected children, or to the 



School Laws op Nevada 121 

Nevada school of industry, and no child thus committed shall be com- 
mitted to said school for a longer term than until he or she shall attain 
the age of twenty-one years, but the board of government of such 
institutions or school, by its order, may at any time after six months 
service discharge any child from the institution or school as a reward 
of good conduct and upon satisfactory evidence of reformation. The 
board shall have the power to establish rules and regulations under 
which any child placed in said institution or school may be allowed to 
go out upon parole outside of the buildings and enclosures, but to 
remain in the legal custody and under the control of the board of gov- 
ernment and subject at any time to be taken back within the enclosures 
of the institution. Full power to enforce such rules and regulations 
and to retake and keep and child so upon parole is hereby conferred 
upon said board, whose written order, certified by its secretary, shall 
be sufficient warrant for all reasons named therein to authorize any 
officer to return to actual custody any conditionally released or paroled 
child; and it is hereby made the duty of all officers to execute such 
order the same as in ordinary criminal process. As amended, Stats. 
1919, 36-37. 

Guardianship. 

Sec. 8. In every case where such child is committed to an institution, 
or association, the court shall appoint the president, secretary, or super- 
intendent of such institution or association, guardian over the person 
of such child and shall order such guardian to place such child in such 
institution or with such association, whereof he is such officer, and to 
hold such child, care for, train, and educate it subject to the rules and 
laws that may be in force from time to time governing such institution 
or association. 

Delinquent Children, 

Sec. 9. If the court shall find any child under the age of eighteen 
years to be delinquent within the meaning of this act, the court may 
allow such child to remain at its own home subject to the friendly visi- 
tation of a probation officer, such child to report to the court or proba- 
tion officer with such record of its conduct in its home or school as the 
court may require as often as may be required, and if the parents, 
parent, guardian, or custodian consent thereto, or if the court shall 
further find either that the parent, parents, guardian, or custodian are 
unfit or improper guardians or are unable or unwilling to care for, 
protect, educate, or discipline such child, and shall further find that 
the parent, parents, guardian, or custodian are unfit or improper guar- 
dians or are unable or unwilling to care for, protect, educate, or disci- 
pline such child, and shall further find that it is for the interest of 
such child and other people of, this state that such child be taken from 
the custody of its parents, parent, custodian, or guardian, the court 
may appoint some proper person or probation officer, guardian over the 
person of such child and permit it to remain at its home or order such 
guardian to cause such child to be placed in a suitable family home, or 
cause it to be boarded out in some suitable home, in case provision is 
made by voluntary contribution or otherwise for the paj^ment of the 
board; or the court may commit such child to any institution incor- 
porated under the laws of this or any other state to care for delinquent 
children, or to any institution that has been or may be provided by the 



122 School Laws of Nevada 

state, county, cit}^, town, or village suitable for the care of delinquent 
children including a detention home or school, or to some association 
that will receive it, embracing in its objects the care of neglected, 
dependent, or delinquent children, and which has been duly accredited 
as hereinbefore provided. In every case where such child is committed 
to an institution or association, the court shall appoint the president, 
secretary, or superintendent of such institution or association, guardian 
over the person of such child, and shall order such guardian to place 
such child in such institution or with such association, whereof he is 
such officer, and to hold such child, care for, train, and educate it sub- 
ject to the rules and laws that may be in force, from time to time gov- 
erning such institution or association. As amended, Stats. 1911, 387. 

Court Proceedings. 

Sec. 10. The court may, in its discretion, in any case of a delinquent 
child, permit such child to be proceeded against in accordance with the 
laws that may be enforced in the state governing the commission of 
crimes or violation of city, village, or town ordinances; in such case 
the petition filed under this act shall be dismissed. 

Whenever any person over the age of eighteen years and under the 
age of twenty-one years is accused of felony, and the indictment or 
information has been filed in the district court of the county wherein 
the crime was committed, charging said person with the commission of 
said felony, the judge ma3^ in his discretion, with the consent of the 
accused, or upon his request, arrest said proceeding at the time of the 
arraignment or at any time previous to the impanelment of the jury, 
except where the crime charged is a capital offense or an attempt to 
commit a capital offense, and may proceed to investigate the charge 
against the defendant, and all the facts and circumstances necessary 
to determine the proper disposition to be made of said person, and 
shall determine whether said person shall be dealt with as a delinquent 
under the provisions of this act. 

If the court is satisfied upon such investigation that said person 
should be declared a delinquent and should be dealt with under this 
act, it may make such order as herein provided for the disposition of 
delinquent children. If such person thereafter proves not to be amena- 
ble to the discipline of the school to which he may be committed, 
and the trustees thereof shall determine that the said person should 
be committed to a state penitentiary, such person should be returned 
to the custody of the sheriff of the county in which such crime was 
committed, and thereafter proceedings shall be had upon the indict- 
ment or information commencing at the point at which proceedings 
were arrested ; and said person shall be tried for the offense alleged in 
the information, and if convicted shall be sent to the penitentiary for 
such time as the court may determine, or otherwise dealt with in accor- 
dance with the law for dealing with persons convicted of a felony. If 
no request is made by the defendant for proceedings under this statute, 
or if the defendant desires a trial by jury, or if the judge declines to 
consent to the application of the defendant for proceedings under this 
statute, said cause shall proceed in the ordinary manner up to the 
verdict of guilty or not guilty, as the case may be. If said person is 
convicted, the court may thereafter receive such evidence as may be 
offered, touching the question as to whether or not said person shall 



School Laws of Nevada 123 

be dealt with as a delinquent in the manner hereinbefore provided in 
the case of the application and consent of the accused before trial, and 
may make such order of probation or commitment to said state schools, 
and may from time to time modify said probation order, as is herein 
provided in the case of children adjudged delinquent. If such person 
during the period of his commitment to said state institution proves 
to be incorrigible or not amenable to the discipline of such institution, 
and it shall be deemed advisable in the judgment of the trustees of such 
institution that said person be sent to the penitentiary, then said per- 
son shall be returned to the district court in which the verdict was 
rendered, for sentence, and thereupon the court shall pronounce judg- 
ment. As amended, Stats. 1911, 388. 

Court May Order Child Placed in Public Institution. 

Sec. 11. The court may, when the health or condition of any child 
found to be dependent, neglected, or delinquent, requires it, order the 
guardian to cause such child to be placed in a public hospital or institu- 
tion for treatment or special care, or in a private hospital or institution 
which will receive it for like purposes, without charge to the public 
authorities. 

Guardianship, How Perfected. 

Sec. 12. Any child found to be dependent or neglected or delin- 
quent as defined in this act, and awarded by the court to a guardian 
institution or association, shall be held by such guardian institution or 
association, as the case may be, by virtue of the order entered in such 
case, and the clerk of the court shall issue and cause to be delivered to 
such guardian or association a certified copy of such order of the court, 
which certified copy of such order shall be proof of such guardian 
institution or association in behalf of such child. The guardianship 
under this act shall continue until the court shall by further order 
otherwise direct, but not after such child shall have reached the age of 
twenty-one (21) years, but if the .parent or parents or grandparent or 
grandparents of such dependent or neglected child are poor and cannot 
properly care for, maintain and properly educate such child, but are 
otherwise proper guardians and a person or persons of good reputation 
and morals, and shall covenant and agree that such child shall attend 
school regularly during all school days, when such child is of school age, 
or until said child shall have completed the eighth grade of the public 
grammar school, or school of like grades of studies, or have gracluated 
in bookkeeping and commercial course, the court may enter an order 
finding such facts, and fixing the amount of money necessary to enable 
the parent or parents or grandparent or grandparents to properly care 
for and educate such child; provided, such amount shall not exceed 
the amount it would cost the county to have such child maintained and 
educated at any county or state home, or place provided for dependent 
or neglected children, in the State of Nevada, and thereupon it shall 
be the duty of the county board through its county agent, or otherwise, 
to pay to such parent, or grandparent or grandparents, or blood aunt 
or blood uncle, the amount specified, at such times as said order may 
designate for the care of such neglected or dependent child, until the 
further order of the court, and the court shall cease to sanction the pay- 
ment of the specified amount whenever it shall appear that such child 



124 School Laws op Nevada 

is not receiving the benefit it should from the payment of said specified 
amount of money. Anj^ person or persons who shall violate any of the 
provisions of the said act as amended shall, upon conviction thereof, be 
fined in any sum of money not less than one hundred dollars ($100) 
nor more than five hundred dollars ($500), or not less than sixty days 
(60) nor more than two hundred days (200) in the county jail, or by 
both such fine and imprisonment. All laws or parts of laws in conflict 
Avith this act as amended are hereby repealed. This act shall become 
efi^ective on the first day of the commencement of the ensuing term of 
the public school after its enactment and approval. As amended, Stats. 
1913, 174. 

Powers of Court Regarding Child. 

Sec. 13. The court may, from time to time, cite into court the 
guardian, institution or association to whose care any dependent, neg- 
lected or delinquent child has been awarded, and require him or 
it to make a full, true, and perfect report as to his or its doings in 
behalf of such child ; and it shall be the duty of such guardian, insti- 
tution or association, within ten days after such citation, to make such 
report either in writing verified by affidavit, or verbally under oath in 
open court, or otherwise as the court shall direct, and upon the hearing 
of such report, with or without further evidence, the court may, if it 
sees fit, remove such guardian and appoint another in his stead, or 
take such child away from such institution or association and place it 
in another, or restore such child to the custody of its parents or former 
guardian or custodian. 

Transfers from Justice and Police Magistrates. 

Sec. 14. When in any county where a court is held, as provided in 
section 2 of this act, any child under the age of eighteen years is 
arrested with or without warrant, such child may, instead of being 
taken before a justice of the peace or police magistrate, be taken 
directly before such court ; or if the child is taken before the justice of 
the peace or police magistrate, such justice or magistrate shall inquire 
into such case, and unless he be of the opinion that no sufficient founda- 
tion exists for the charge of dependency or delinquency, it shall be the 
duty of such justice of the peace or police magistrate to transfer the 
case to the district court, and the officer having the child in charge 
take the child before such court, and in any case the district court may 
proceed to hear and dispose of the case in the same manner as if the 
child had been brought before the court upon petition as herein pro- 
vided. In any case the court shall require notice to be given and 
investigation shall be made as in other cases under this act, and may 
adjourn the hearing from time to time for that purpose. As amended. 
Stats. 1911, 389. 

Children Under Twelve Years Not To Be Committed to Jail. 

Sec. 15. No court or magistrate shall commit a child under twelve 
years of age to a jail or police station, but if such child is unable to 
give bail it may be committed to the care of the sheriff, police officer, or 
probation officer, who shall keep such child in some suitable place pro- 
vided by the city or county outside of the enclosure of any jail or police 
station. When any child shall be sentenced to confinement in any 
institution to which adult convicts are sentenced, it shall be unlawful 



School Laws of Nevada 125 

to confine such child withm the same bnilding- with such adult convicts, 
or to confine such child in the same j^ard or enclosure with such adult 
convicts, or to bring such child into any yard or building in which 
adult convicts may be present. 

In counties of over ten thousand population the county commission- 
ers of each of said counties are authorized and required without unrea- 
sonable delay to provide, furnish, and maintain at public expense a 
building suitable and adequate for the purpose of a detention home 
located at the county-seat of each of said counties, for the detention of 
the dependent and delinquent children and wherein all children within 
the provisions of this act shall, when necessary, before or after trial, 
be detained, either for securing the attendance of such children at any 
hearing or trial, or when under order of probation for the best inter- 
ests of said child and of the state. Such detention home shall be under 
the supervision of a matron who with other necessary employees shall 
be appointed by the judge or judges of the district court on the nomi- 
nation of the probation committee, and their salaries shall be fixed by 
the judge or judges of the district court of the county, and such 
employees shall hold their positions during the pleasure of the judge 
or judges of their county. Such detention home shall be conducted as 
nearly like a home as possible, and shall not be deemed to be or treated 
as a penal institution. 

Whenever, in the discretion of the district judge or judges and pro- 
bation officer, it becomes necessary to provide a superintendent or other 
male attendant at such detention home, the district judge or judges 
shall make such appointment, which appointee shall be deputized as, 
and clothed with the authority of, a probation officer, and it shall be 
the duty of the county commissioners to provide for the payment of all 
salaries and expenses occasioned thereby. 

Any child within the provisions of this act, informed against or 
regarding which a petition has been filed, or for any purpose taken into 
custody, shall, at any time before it is tried and adjudged to be delin- 
quent, be entitled, by any friend or parent offering sufficient surety, 
to give bond or other security for its appearance at any hearing or 
trial of such case as such right is given to persons informed against for 
crime ; and the court may in any case, upon the request of said child, 
or parent representing it, appoint counsel to appear on behalf of any 
such child, such counsel to receive no pay from the county. As 
amended, Stats. 1911, 389. 

Agents of Juvenile Reformatories. 

Sec. 16. It shall be the duty of the board of managers, trustees, or 
such authorities as may be vested by law with the control or manage- 
ment of any state institution now or hereafter established, to which 
juvenile delinquents may be committed by the courts of this state, 
to maintain an agent of such institution, whose duty it shall be to 
examine the homes of children paroled from such institution, for the 
purpose of ascertaining and reporting to said institutions where they 
have suitable homes; to assist children paroled or discharged from 
such institutions in finding employment and to maintain a friendly 
supervision over paroled inmates during the continuance of their 
parole ; such agent shall hold office subject to the pleasure of the board 
or other authority having charge of said institution, making the 
appointment, and shall receive such compensation as such board or 



126 School Laws of Nevada 

authorities controlling sncli institution may determine out of any 

funds appropriated for such institution which may be applicable 

thereto. 

Incorporation of Association. 

Sec. 17. No association whose objects embrace the caring for depen- 
dent, neglected, or delinquent children shall hereafter be incorporated 
in this state. 

State to Bear Expense. 

Sec. 18. The State of Nevada shall be chargeable with and defray 
all expenses incurred for the support, maintenance, education, care, 
custody, and control of each and every child after its commitment 
under the terms and provisions of this act. 

Order Relating to Adoption. 

Sec. 19. "Whenever the petition filed as is provided in section 4 
hereof, or a supplemental petition tiled at any time after the appoint- 
ment of the guardian shall pray that the guardian appointed or to 
be appointed shall be authorized to consent to the legal adoption of 
the child, and the court upon the hearing shall find that it is to the best 
interests of such child that the guardian be given such authority, the 
court, may, in its order appointing such guardian, empower him to 
appear in court where any proceedings for the adoption of such child 
may be pending, and to consent to such adoption; and such consent 
shall be sufficient to authorize the court where the adoption proceed- 
ings are pending to enter a proper order or decree of adoption without 
further notice to or consent by the parents or relatives of such child ; 
provided, however, that before entering such order the court shall find 
from the evidence that ( 1 ) the parents or surviving parent of a legiti- 
mate child or the mother of an illegitimate child, or, if the child has no 
parents living, the guardian of the child, if any, or, if there is no parent 
living and the child has no guardian or the guardian is not known to 
■ petitioner, then a known near relative of the child, if any there be, 
consents to such order; or (2) that one parent consents and the other 
is unfit for any of the reasons hereinafter specified to have the child. 
Or that both parents are or that the surviving parent or the mother of 
an illegitimate child is so unfit for such reasons — the grounds for unfit- 
ness being (a) depravity, (b) open and notorious adulter}'' or fornica- 
tion, (c) habitual drunkenness for the space of one year prior to the 
filing of petition, (d) extreme and repeated cruelty to the child, (e) 
abandonment of the child, or (f ) desertion of the child for more than 
six (6) months next preceding the filing of the petition, and (3) that 
such child, if of the age of fourteen years or over, consents to such 
order. 

Poreign Corporations. 

Sec. 20. No association which is incorporated under the laws of any 
other state than the State of Nevada shall place any child in any family 
home within the boundaries of the State of Nevada either with or with- 
out indenture or for adoption, unless said association shall have fur- 
nished the attorney-general with such guaranty as he may require that 
no child shall be brought into the State of Nevada by such society or 
its agents, having any contagious or incurable disease, or having any 



School Laws of Nevada 127 

deformity or being feeble minded, or of vicious character, and that 
said association shall promptly receive and remove from the state any 
child brought into the State of Nevada by its agent, which shall become 
a public charge within the period of five (5) years after being brought 
into the state. Any person who shall receive, to be placed in a home, 
or shall place in a home, any child in behalf of any association incor- 
porated in any other state than the State of Nevada, which shall not 
have complied with the provisions of this act, shall be imprisoned in 
the county jail not more than thirty days, or fined no less than $5 or 
more than one hundred ($100) dollars, or both, in the discretion of the 
court. 

Religious Preference. 

Sec. 21. The court in committing children shall place them as far 
as practicable in the care and custody of some individual holding the 
same religious belief as the parents of the said child, or with some 
association or institution which is controlled by persons of like religious 
faith of the parents of said child. 

Officers of Courts. 

Sec. 22. It shall be unlawful for any court clerk or other person to 
tax or collect, or for any county to pay, any fees whatever which may 
be permitted hy any law to be taxed or collected for the benefit of any 
court officer or person for any case concerning any child coming within 
the provisions of this act for violating any law of this state unless 
such child shall be proceeded against under the provisions and in 
accordance with the purpose of this act, except in capital cases or 
where the courts shall direct a proceeding under the criminal code, as 
provided in section 10 of this act, or where a case has been instituted 
before a justice of the peace or police magistrate, who shall duly com- 
ply with the provisions of section 14 of this act. 

Construction of Act. 

Sec. 23. This act shall be liberally construed, to the end that its 
purpose may be carried out, to wit, that the care, custody, and disci- 
pline of the child shall approximate as nearly as may be that which 
should be given by its parents, and, in all cases of dependency where 
it can be properly done, that the child shall be placed in an approved 
family home, and become a member of a home and family by legal 
adoption or otherwise, and in case of delinquency that, as far as 
possible or practicable, any delinquent child shall be treated, not as a 
criminal, but as misdirected and misguided and needing aid, encourage- 
ment, and assistance, and if such child cannot be handled, properly 
cared for, and corrected in its own home, or with the assistance and 
help of the probation officers, then that it may be placed in a suitable 
institution where it may be helped and educated and equipped for 
industrial efficiency and useful citizenship. 

Support of Children. 

Sec. 24. If it shall appear, upon the hearing of the cause, that the 
parent, parents, or any person or persons named in such petition who 
are in law liable for the support of such child, are able to contribute 
to the support of such child, the court shall enter an order requiring 
such parent, parents, or other persons to pay to the guardian so 



128 School Laws op Nevada 

appointed, or to the institution to which such child may be committed,' 
or to the state, a reasonable sum from time to time for the support, 
maintenance, or education of such child, and the court may order such 
parent, parents, or other persons to give reasonable security for the 
payment of such sum or sums, and, upon failure to pay, the court may 
enforce obedience to such order as for contempt of court. The court 
may, on application and on such notice as the court may direct from 
time to time, make such alterations in the allowance as may appear 
reasonable and proper. 
Guardianship of Person. 

Sec. 25. Nothing in this act shall be construed to give the guardian 
appointed under this act the guardianship of the estate of the child or 
to change the age of minority for any other purpose except the custody 
of the child. 
Appeals. 

Sec. 26. Cases under this act may be reviewed by appeal to the 
supreme court. 
Contempt of Court. 

Sec. 27. Any person who shall interfere with the direction or dis- 
position of any child under any order of the court concerning any 
child made in pursuance of the provisions of this act, or with any 
probation or other officer of the court in carrying out the directions 
of the court under any such order, shall be held to be in contempt of 
court and subject to punishment as for contempt of court. 
Validity of Acts. 

Sec. 28. The invalidity of any portion of this act shall not afifect 
the validity of any other portion thereof which can be given effect 
without such invalid part. 
This Section Obsolete. 

Sec. 29. Up to and including July 1, 1913, the governor and the 
superintendent of public instruction of this state are hereby authorized 
and directed to make such contracts for and in behalf of this state, with 
the States of California, Oregon, Idaho, or Utah, for the care, mainte- 
nance, and training of juvenile delinquents of this state, in the indus- 
trial or training schools for juvenile delinquents of such States of 
California, Oregon, Idaho, or Utah, and upon such terms as the said 
governor and superintendent of public instruction may deem necessary 
for the proper care, maintenance, and training of such delinquents. 
As amended, Stats. 1911, 391. 



DELINQUENT CHILDREN TO BE PROVIDED FOR— NEVADA SCHOOL 
OF INDUSTRY ESTABLISHED . 

An Act establishing a state institution for delinquent hoys, providing 
for the purchase of a site, erection of buildings, organizing the 
government of said school, and providing for the maintenance 
thereof, and creating a tax levy to raise funds for such purposes. 

Approved March 26, 1913 
School Established. 

Section 1. There shall be established in the manner hereinafter 
provided a state institution to be known as "The Nevada School of 
Industry." 



School Laws op Nevada 129 

For Delinquent Boys — Permanent Board Authorized to Provide for Children of 
Either Sex. 
Sec. 2. Said school shall be designated and calculated to provide a 
suitable home for boys committed thereto under the laws of Nevada 
relating to the care of children who have been adjudged delinquent, 
and for the moral, industrial, and general education of such boys ; pro- 
vided, that the permanent board of government hereinafter created 
shall be authorized to provide for the care of delinquent children of 
either sex properly committed thereto, either at this school, or by send- 
ing female delinquents to other institutions of a like kind for females, 
and are authorized to pay the expenses of transportation and mainte- 
nance of children sent to such other institution out of the fund herein- 
after created by this act. 

Governor to Appoint Commission — School in Elko. 

Sec. 3. It shall be the duty of the governor of Nevada, on or before 
the thirty-first day of March, 1913, to appoint two persons who, together 
with the governor, shall constitute a commission for the establishment 
of a school of industry at the town of Elko, Elko County, Nevada, upon 
a ten-acre site to be deeded to the state without charge, conditioned 
upon the payment to the commission by the citizens of Elko of the sum 
of five thousand dollars to assist in the construction of suitable build- 
ings for such home. 

Commission to Secure Plans for Buildings. 

Sec. 4. Upon the choice of such site having been made, it shall be 
the duty of such commission to advertise, in such Nevada and other 
newspapers as to the commission shall seem best, for the architectural 
designs and plans for such building or buildings as shall be deemed 
requisite by the commission for such school and for the carrying out 
of its purposes, and said commission shall include in such advertise- 
ment a brief description of the character, size, and cost limit of the 
building or buildings to be constructed. Said advertisement shall state 
that all designs, plans, and estimates for the cost of construction 
thereof shall be received by the commission. The commission shall 
have the power to reject any and all designs and plans submitted. 

Commission May Employ Architect. 

Sec. 5. The said commission shall, after passing on said designs, 
have power in the event of no design having been accepted, to employ 
an architect of their choice to make under their direction a proper 
design with plans and specifications, all to be approved by the commis- 
sion and at a cost also approved by them. The commission shall like- 
wise have power to modify any accepted plans or designs as they see fit. 

Contracts To Be Let. 

Sec. 6. Immediately upon the acceptance or adoption of a design 
and plans and specifications, with their modifications, if any, the said 
commission shall, under the advice of the attorney-general, let a con- 
tract or contracts for the construction thereof, with suitable indemnity 
bond or bonds to be approved by a majority of the commission and by 
the state treasurer. Said commission shall have full power to prescribe 
the course of procedure to be by them adopted for the securing, sub- 
mission, and opening of bids, and awarding of contracts thereon, or 
5 



130 School Laws of Nevada 

said commission may, if in their judgment deemed best, negotiate for 
the construction by contract without competitive bidding thereon. 

Clerk To Be Appointed. 

Sec. 7. Said commission shall have authority to employ a clerk to 
keep its records and accounts, and to incur such expense as may be 
necessary for architectural advice, stenographic service, and any other 
incidental expense as shall be approved as necessarj' by the commis- 
sion. 

All Expenditures Published. 

Sec. 8. All expenditures, made by said commission in the perform- 
ance of the duties in this act imposed, shall be audited by the state 
controller, and once every month said auditor shall publish, in some 
newspaper of general circulation in Nevada, an abstract of expendi- 
tures to date, up to the time of the completion of said building or 
buildings. 

Governor and Four Appointees to Constitute Permanent Board — Superinten- 
dent — Salary. 
Sec. 9. The permanent board of government of said institution 
shall consist of the governor of Nevada, and four persons to be 
appointed by him, and removable by a majorit}' vote of the members 
of the board. The terms of office of such members, other than the 
governor, shall expire one each year, beginning January 1, 1915, and 
in the appointments the times of expiration of the first appointees shall 
be designated in their respective appointments, and thereafter their 
terms of office shall be four years each. The members of said board 
shall serve without compensation, but all necessary and reasonable 
expenses incurred b.y them in the performance of their duties as mem- 
bers of said board shall be paid out of the appropriations made for 
the maintenance of said school, when approved by the board. They 
shall appoint a superintendent of the school, whose salary shall be not 
more than $2,400 per year, payable monthly, and who shall hold office 
during the pleasure of the board. The board of government is hereby 
authorized to accept gifts, and, in order that the home herein provided 
for may be prepared as soon as possible, to borrow money at a rate not 
to exceed 6 per cent, to be repaid from the fund created by this act. 

Bond of Superintendent. 

Sec. 10. The superintendent shall give such bond for the faithful 
performance of his duties as shall be prescribed from time to time by 
the board, and shall, subject to the regulations prescribed by the board, 
be invested with the custody- of the lands, buildings, and other prop- 
erty belonging to the institution. He shall appoint, subject to the 
approval of the board, all teachers, officers, and employees who shall 
hold office during his pleasure. 

Education and Training of Inmates. 

Sec. 11. The board shall cause to be organized and maintained a 
department of instruction for the inmates of said school, with a course 
of study corresponding, so far as practicable, with the course of study 
in the state public schools and not higher than the high-school courses. 
They shall adopt a system of government embracing such rules and 



School Laws of Nevada 131 

regulations as are necessary for the guidance of the teachers, officers, 
and employees, for the regulation of the hours of labor and study, for 
the preservation of order, for the enforcement of discipline, and for 
industrial training of the inmates. The ultimate purpose of all such 
instruction, training, discipline, and industries shall be to qualify 
inmates for profitable and 'honorable employment and to enable them 
to lead useful lives after their release from the institution rather than 
to make said institution self-supporting. 

School Regulations and Rules. 

Sec. 12. The rules and regulations of said school and the conduct 
thereof by said board and said superintendent shall be in strict har- 
mony with and obedient to the laws of the State of Nevada and the 
judgments and orders of the district courts of the several judicial dis- 
tricts rendered and made in accordance with the laws of Nevada. 

Construction of This Act — Inmates May Receive Moderate Pay in Lieu of 
Clothing, Etc. 
Sec. 13. This act shall be construed in conformity with the intent 
as well as the expressed provisions thereof, and shall confer upon the 
board authoritj^ to do all those lawful acts which it deems necessary 
to promote the prosperity of the school, and the well-being and educa- 
tion of its inmates, including the organization of trade schools, pur- 
chase of materials for use therein, and the doing of all other things, 
not prohibited, which are required to carry out the purposes of this 
act. The board is further authorized to pay those committed to said 
school small weeklj' or monthly sums in lieu of clothing and other 
necessary articles, if, in its judgment, such a course would better pro- 
mote discipline and training ; and for this purpose and also to meet 
small current and incidental expenses the said board is hereby author- 
ized to place in the hands of the superintendent of this industrial 
school, through requisitions approved by the state board of examiners, 
and issued and paid by warrants as provided herein, sums of money, 
not to exceed five hundred dollars at any one time ; provided, that the 
superintendent shall make a complete financial report each month to 
the board of trustees of all moneys handled by him. 

Courts to Commit Boys to Institution — Duties of Sheriff. 

Sec. 14. When the premises are ready for occupancy, the governor 
shall make due proclamation thereof. Thereafter it shall be lawful 
for the courts to commit to said institution those boys whom they have 
found to be delinquents as provided by law, and when any commitment 
is thus issued under the provisions of this act the child thus committed, 
together with the warrant of the judge and the order of commitment, 
shall be delivered to the sheriff of the county and by him to the super- 
intendent of the Nevada school of industry, who shall convey or cause 
to be conveyed under his order said child to the Nevada school of 
industry. As amended. Stats. 1919, 52. 

Special State Tax of Two Cents. 

Sec. 15. For the fiscal year commencing January 1, 1913, and the 
fiscal year commencing January 1, 1914, an ad valorem tax of two cents 
on each one hundred dollars of taxable property is hereby levied and 
directed to be collected, for the purposes of this act, upon all the tax- 



132 School Laws of Nevada 

able property in this state, including the net proceeds of mines and 
mining claims, except such property 'as is by law exempt from taxation, 
and all money derived from said taxes shall be paid into the treasury 
to the credit of the Nevada school of industry fund hereby created. 



MINOR CONVICTS MAY BE PLACED IN SCHOOL OF INDUSTRY 

An Act concerning minor inmates of the Nevada state prison. 
Approved March 18, 1915, 224 

Section 1. The board of parole commissioners of this state is author- 
ized, in its discretion, to transfer to the Nevada school of industry any 
minor persons who are now, or hereafter may be, inmates of the Nevada 
state prison. 



PROVIDING FOR THE SUPPORT OF CHILDREN 

An Act to provide under certain conditions for the partial support of 
mothers and their offspring, giving county commissioners and dis- 
trict courts jurisdiction thereof, and repealing all other acts in 
relation thereto. 

Approved March 16, 1921 

Mothers to Receive County Help, When. 

Section 1. It shall be the duty of the county commissioners in each 
county in this state, and they are hereby fully empowered and author- 
ized, to provide funds in an amount sufficient to meet the purposes and 
requirements of this act, for the partial support of mothers who are 
dependent upon their own efforts for the maintenance of offspring 
under the age of sixteen years. 

Allowance Limit. 

Sec. 2. Such partial support shall in no case exceed the sum of 
twenty-five dollars to a mother maintaining one child, nor the sum of 
fort}' dollars to a mother maintaining two children, nor the sum of 
fifty-five dollars to a mother maintaining more than two children ; and 
in all cases where children of the age of sixteen years or over are living 
with such dependent mother or contributing toward her support, such 
matter must be considered by the commissioners in determining amount 
of support to which any mother is entitled. 

Allowance, Conditions Of. 

Sec. 3. Such allowance for support shall be made and fixed only 
by unanimous vote of the board of county commissioners for its respec- 
tive county, and with the recommendation of the district attorney, 
upon the following conditions : 

First — That in the absence of such allowance a mother would be 
required to remain regularly away from her home and offspring, and 
that by means of such allowance she will be able to, and will, remain 



School Laws of Nevada 133 

at home with her offspring, and save same from neglect, in the county 
in which application is made. 

Second — That the mother is a fit and proper person, morally, physi- 
cally and mentalh^, to have the care, custody and control of her off- 
spring. 

Third — That applicant is, at the time of making application, and has 
been for a period of at least two years prior thereto, a resident of the 
county in which said application is made. 

Fourth — That the mother has not sufficient income from any source 
to properh" care for her offspring without assistance from the county. 

Fifth — That an affidavit is filed by the applicant setting forth fully 
all of the foregoing conditions. 

Allowance to Cease when Child Reaches Age of 16 Years. 

Sec. 4. Whenever any child shall reach the age of sixteen years, 
am^ allowance made to the mother for the benefit of such child shall 
cease. 

Amount Allowed May Be Modified — Appeal. 

Sec. 5. In each case where an allowance is made to any mother 
under the provisions of this act, an order to that effect shall be entered 
upon the records of the board making such allowance, and at any 
time thereafter it shall be the right of any taxpaying citizen, or of any 
member of said board, to file a motion to set aside or modify such 
allowance. Upon such motion being filed, the county commissioners 
shall hear evidence and may, by majority vote, make a new order 
setting aside or modifying such allowance. And in each case where an 
allowance to any mother is made under the provisions of this act, or 
is refused, modified or discontinued by the board of county commis- 
sioners, an appeal may be taken to the district court from such decision, 
subject to such rules of procedure as are applicable to appeals from a 
justice court. 

Allowance Exempt from Execution. 

Sec. 6. All moneys given any person under the provisions of this 
act shall be exempt from attachment and execution. 

Act To Be Liberally Construed. 

Sec. 7. This act shall be liberally construed for the protection of the 
child, the home and the state, and in the interest of public morals and 
for the prevention of poverty and crime. 

Certain Act Repealed. 

Sec. 8. An act entitled "An act to provide for the partial support 
of mothers who are dependent upon their own efforts for the mainte- 
nance of their children, and giving county commissioners of the State 
of Nevada jurisdiction in such matters, and prescribing penalties for 
those who fraudulently obtain the benefit thereof," approved March 
15, 1915, as amended by act approved February 10, 1917, and all other 
acts and parts of acts in conflict herewith are hereby repealed. 

Effective, When, 

Sec. 9. This act shall become effective May 1, 1921. 



134 School Laws of Nevada 

from revised laws of nevada, 1912 

An Act concerning crimes and punishments, and repealing certain acts 

relating thereto. 

Approved March 17, 1911; effective January 1, 1912 

6502. Unlawful to Sell Tobacco to Minors— Penalty. 

Sec. 237. It shall be unlawful for au}^ person or persons within this 
state to sell or give to any minor, under the age of twentj^-one years, 
any cigarette or cigarettes, or any tobacco of any description, except 
that, upon the written order of the parent or guardian of the minor, 
the person applied to may give or sell to the minor, for the use of the 
guardian or parent, tobacco or cigars ; said written request to be kept 
on file by the seller or giver of the article so sold or given away. Any 
person who shall violate any of the provisions of this section shall be 
deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and, on conviction thereof, shall be 
punished by a fine in any sum not exceeding five hundred dollars and 
not less than one hundred dollars, or by imprisonment in the county 
jail for a period not exceeding six months nor less than fifty days, or 
both. The justice of the peace shall also tax as costs fifty dollars, in 
addition to the fine, which sum shall be paid to the informer. 

[Unlawful to sell or give away cigarettes or cigarette papers to minors, sees. 
3874, 3875, Eevised Laws of 1912.] 

6506. Selling Liquor to Minors or Imbeciles, or Allowing Minors in Billiard 
Halls — Employing Minor as Barkeeper. 

Sec. 241. Every person who shall sell or give to any person under 
the age of twenty-one years, or to any one knoM^n to be an imbecile, any 
intoxicating drink or drinks, or who shall employ a minor as a bar- 
keeper, and every minor who shall falsely represent himself to be 
twenty-one years of age in order to obtain such intoxicating drink or 
drinks, is guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall be punished by a fine of 
not less than one hundred dollars nor more than five hundred dollars, 
or imprisonment in the county jail not less than fifty daj'^s, nor more 
than six months, or by both such fine and imprisonment ; provided, 
that nothing in this section shall be deemed to apply to parents of such 
minors and imbeciles, or guardians of their warcis, or physicians. Every 
person owning or having in charge any saloon, or public hall, or public 
room, where one or more billiard tables or pool tables are kept for hire 
or for the purpose of charging persons who play thereon, or for the use 
of persons who may buy drinks, cigars, or tobacco in the building in 
which such table or tables are kept, who shall allow any minor under 
the age of twenty-one years to play billiards or pool, upon any such 
table, or to frequent the room where such table is kept, without the 
written consent of the parent or guardian of such minor, is guilty of a 
misdemeanor. 

6610. Use of Firearms by Minors. 

Sec. 345. No minor under the age of fourteen years shall handle or 
have in his possession or under his control, except while accompanied 
by or under the immediate charge of his parent or guardian, any fire- 
arm of any kind for hunting or target practice or for other purposes. 
Every person violating any of the foregoing provisions, or aiding or 
knowingly permitting any such minor to violate the same, shall be 
guilty of a misdemeanor. 



School Laws of Nevada 135 

minors not allowed in gambling houses 

An Act concerning the liabilities of proprietors and keepers of saloons 

and gambling houses. 

Approved March 19, 1897, 111 
6843. Liable for Damages. 

Section 1. Any proprietor or keeper of a saloon, gambling house, 
or resort where liquors are sold, who shall sell or give to any minor 
any spirituous or malt liquors, or who shall permit any minor to 
engage in any game in his saloon, gambling house or resort where 
liquors are sold, or who shall permit any minor to lounge or remain 
therein, shall be liable to the parent or guardian of such minor in 
damages, which may be collected by a civil action in a sum not less 
than fifty nor more than one thousand dollars. See Prohibition Law, 
Stats. 1919, pp. 1-13. 



EMPLOYMENT OFtCHILDREN PROHIBITED IN CERTAIN CASES- 
LIMITED IN OTHERS— PENALTIES 

An Act regulating the employment of children and providing penalties 
for the violation of the provisions of said act. 

Approved March 25, 1913 
No Child Under 14 to Labor During School Hours. 

Section 1. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm, or corporation 
to employ any child under fourteen (14) years of age in any business 
or service whatever during the hours in which the public schools of the 
district, in which the child resides, are in session. 

Child Under 16 Shall Never Work in Certain Callings. 

Sec. 2. No child under the age of sixteen (16) years shall be 
employed, permitted, or suffered to work in any capacity in, about, or 
in connection with the preparing of any composition in which danger- 
ous or poisonous acids are used, manufacture of paints, colors, or white 
lead ; dipping, dr^dng, or packing matches ; manufacture of goods for 
immoral purposes ; nor in, about, or in connection with any mine, coal 
breaker, quarry, smelter, ore-reduction works, laundry, tobacco ware- 
house, cigar factory, or other factory where tobacco is manufactured 
or prepared, distillery, brewery or any other establishment where malt 
or alcoholic liquors are manufactured, packed, wrapped or bottled ; nor 
in any other employment declared by the state board of health to be 
dangerous to lives or limbs, or injurious to the health or morals of 
children under the age of sixteen (16). 

State Board of Health to Decide as to Injurious Callings. 

Sec. 3. The state board of health may from time to time determine 
whether or not any particular trade, process of manufacture, or occupa- 
tion, or any particular method of carrj^ing on such trade, process of 
manufacture, or occupation is sufficiently dangerous to the lives or 
limbs, or injurious to the health or morals, of minors under sixteen (16) 
years of age employed therein to justify their exclusion therefrom, and 
may prohibit their employment therem. 



136 . School Laws of Nevada 

Duties of Superintendent of Public Instruction, Inspector, or School Officer. 

Sec. 4. The state superintendent, or other authorized inspector or 
school attendance officer, shall make demand on an employer in or 
about whose place or establishment a child apparently under the age 
of fourteen (14) years is employed, or permitted or suffered to work, 
during the hours in which public schools of the district are in session ; 
that such emploj^er shall either furnish him within ten (10) days satis- 
factory evidence that such child is in fact over fourteen (14) years of 
age, or shall cease to employ, or permit or suffer such child to work. 

Other Callings Where Child Under 16 Cannot Work. 

Sec. 5. No child under the age of sixteen (16) years shall be 
employed, permitted, or suffered to work in, about, or in connection 
with glass furnaces, smelters, or ore-reduction works, in the outside 
erection and repair of electric wires, in the running or management of 
elevators, lifts, or hoisting machines, in oiling hazardous or dangerous 
machinery in motion, at switch tending, gate tending, track repairing, 
as brakeman, fireman, engineer, motorman, conductor upon any rail- 
roads, in or about any establishments where nitroglycerine, dynamite, 
dualin, guncotton, gunpowder, or other high or dangerous explosives 
are manufactured, compounded, or stored ; nor in any other employ- 
ment declared by the state board of health to be dangerous to the lives 
or limbs, or injurious to the health or morals, of children under the 
age of sixteen (16) years. 

State Health Board to Decide What Are Injurious Callings. 

Sec. 6. The state board of health may from time to time determine 
whether or not any particular trade, process of manufacture, or occu- 
pation, or any particular method of carrying on such trade, process of 
manufacture, or occupation is sufficiently injurious to the lives or 
limbs, or injurious to the health or morals, of the minor under the age 
of sixteen (16) years, employed therein to justify their exclusion there- 
from, and may prohibit their employment therein. 

Messengers Must Be Over 18 when Employed at Night Work. 

Sec. 7. In incorporated cities and towns no person under the age of 
eighteen (18) years shall be employed or permitted to work as a mes- 
senger for a telegraph or messenger company in the distribution, trans- 
mission, or delivery of goods or messages before 5 o'clock in the 
morning, or after 10 o'clock in the evening of any day. 

Eight Hours a Day's Work for Children — Exception. 

Sec. 8. No boy under the age of sixteen (16) years and no girl 
under the age of eighteen (18) years shall be employed or permitted 
or suffered to work at any gainful occupation, other than domestic 
service or work on a farm, more than forty-eight hours in any one 
week, nor more than eight hours in any one day. The presence of a 
child in any establishment during working hours shall be prima-facie 
evidence of its employment therein. 

Penalties for Violation of Act. 

Sec. 9. AVhoever employs any child, and whoever, having under his 
control as parent, guardian, or otherwise, any child, permits or suffers 
any child to be employed or work in violation of any of the provisions 
of this act, shall for such offense be fined not less than five ($5) dollars 



School Laws of Nevada ' . 137 

nor more than two hundred ($200) dollars or to be imprisoned for not 
less than ten (10) days nor more than thirty (30) days, or both, in 
the discretion of the court. 

Other Penalties. 

Sec. 10. Whoever continues to employ any child in violation of any 
of the provisions of this act, after being notified thereof by a school 
attendance officer, or other authorized officer, shall, for every day there- 
after that such employment continues, be fined not less than five ($5) 
dollars nor more than twenty ($20) dollars. 

From Revised Laws of 1912 

Mendicant, Immoral, Etc., Occupations. 

Sec. 6823. Every person who shall employ, or cause to be employed, 
exhibit, or have in his custody for exhibition or employment, any 
minor actually or apparently under the age of eighteen years; and 
every parent, relative, guardian, employer, or other person having the 
care, custody, or control of any such minor, who shall in any way pro- 
cure or consent to the emploj'ment of such minor — 

1. In begging, receiving alms, or in any mendicant occupation; or 

2. In any indecent or immoral exhibition or practice ; or 

3. In any practice or exhibition dangerous or injurious to life, limb, 
health, or morals ; or 

4. As a messenger for delivering letters, telegrams, packages, or 
bundles to any house of prostitution or assignation — 

shall be guilty of misdemeanor. 

Age Limit. 

Sec. 6824. Every person who shall employ, and every parent, guar- 
dian, or other person having the care, custody, or control of such child, 
who shall permit to be employed, by another, any male child under the 
age of fourteen years or any female child under the age of sixteen 
years at anj^ labor whatever, in or in connection with any store, shop, 
factory, mine, or any inside employment not connected with farm or 
housework, without a written permit therefor from a judge of the 
district court of the county wherein such child may live, shall be guilty 
of a misdemeanor. 



FREE TEXT-BOOKS FOR THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS 

An Act to provide hooks, equipment, and materials free of charge to the 
pupils of the public schools and to provide for and encourage the 
economic use thereof, and fixing penalties for its infraction, and 
repealing an act in conflict herewith. 

Approved March 14, 1913 
Trustees to Furnish All School Books and Supplies for Pupils. 

Section 1. The board of trustees of each school district shall pur- 
chase all new text and supplementary school books and school supplies 
to be used by the pupils of such district, and the cost of the same shall 
be a legal charge against the county school fund belonging to such 
district. 



138 . School Laws of Nevada 

Books Remain Property of School District. 

Sec. 2. All books purchased by the district board shall be held as 
property of the district, except as herein provided, and shall be loaned 
to the pupils of the school in said district while pursuing a course of 
study therein. 

Parents and Guardians Responsible for Books — Rules. 

Sec. 3. The parents and guardians of pupils shall be responsible for 
all books loaned to the children in their charge, and shall pay to the 
clerk of the board of trustees, or other person authorized by the board 
of trustees to receive the same, the full purchase price of every such 
book destroyed, lost, or so damaged as to make it unfit for use by other 
pupils succeeding to their classes. The board of trustees shall estab- 
lish reasonable rules and regulations governing the care and custody of 
the said books, and for the payment of fines for injuries to the books. 

Other Equipment and Materials on Same Conditions. 

Sec. 4. Equipment and materials for use in manual training, indus- 
trial training, and teaching domestic science may be supplied to the 
pupils in the same manner out of the same fund and on the same terms 
and conditions as books; provided, that no private ownership can be 
acquired in such equipment or material unless sold in the manner pre- 
scribed by law, when such equipment or material shall be no longer 
used or required for the schools of the district. 

Teachers' Desk Books Property of District. 

Sec. 5. Authorized supplementary and desk books for the use of 
teachers shall be purchased under this act, and shall remain the prop- 
erty of the school district for which they were purchased, unless sold in 
accordance with the provisions of this act. 

Books May Be Sold. 

Sec. 6. Text-book and supplementar}^ books may be sold for cash. 
School Trustees to Pay Money Into County Treasury. 

Sec. 7. It shall be the duty of the clerk of the board of trustees to 
turn over to the county treasurer, within thirty days after receiving the 
same, all moneys collected under the provisions of this act, and the same 
shall be accredited to the county fund of the district from which it 
came. 

Violation of Act Misdemeanor — Penalty. 

Sec. 8. Every person violating the provisions of this act shall be 
guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof shall be fined not 
more than twenty dollars or imprisonment in the county jail not more 
than ten days, or both so fined and imprisoned. 

Former Act Repealed. 

Sec. 9. An act entitled "An act to provide books, equipment, and 
materials, and to encourage the economic use thereof by the pupils of 
the public schools, and fixing penalties for its infraction," approved 
March 22, 1909, is hereb}^ repealed. 

In Effect, When. 

Sec. 10. This act shall go into effect on and after July 1, 1913. 



School Laws of Nevada 139 

MONEYS THAT GO INTO EDUCATIONAL FUNDS 
1619. Escheated Estate Funds Paid to State for Educational Purposes. 

Sec. 5. Each executor, administrator, and public administrator, on 
final settlement of an estate and proper order of the court having juris- 
diction in the matter thereof, or before final settlement, upon the 
regular order of the court aforesaid, shall pay over all moneys of such 
estate to the laM^ful heirs, or. legatees, or devisees thereof, and if there 
be none of either, then to the county treasurer, and the county treas- 
urer shall pay the same to the state treasurer, and if the same escheat 
to the state, the state treasurer shall place the same in the fund 
devoted and pledged to educational purposes. 

1625. Recovery Action by Heirs — If Not Sustained, Money Must Be Paidi 
Into Irreducible School Fund, 
Sec. 12. Any money paid into the state treasury under the provisions 
of this act, excepting from an escheated estate, may be recovered by the 
rightful heirs or legatees thereof in the following manner, viz : Such 
heir or heirs, legatee or legatees, may present their claim therefor to 
the district court Mdiich had jurisdiction of the final settlement of the 
estates to which such money belonged, and make proof of the validity of 
such claim, after notice given to the attorney-general of the state, to 
the satisfaction of such court, under such rules as it may prescribe. If 
satisfied on the hearing that such claimant or claimants are rightfully 
entitled to the same, the court shall enter a decree that such money be 
paid to him or them. Such decree shall then be certified to the state 
board of examiners, stating the amount thereby found to be due, and 
the said board shall allow the same, certify it to the controller, who 
shall draw his warrant therefor on the treasurer, and who shall pay 
the same ; provided, no proceedings shall be maintained under the pro- 
visions of this section of this act unless commenced within six years 
next after the final settlement of the estate to which they relate ; and 
provided further, that all costs of such proceeding shall be paid by the 
applicant or applicants. If not applied for within six years, as above 
provided, or if applied for and not obtained, such moneys shall then 
be placed in the irreducible school fund of this state. 

6116. Estate of Intestate — Descent and Distribution — When to Escheat to the 
State for Support of Common Schools. 

Sec. 259. When any person having title to any estate, not otherwise 
limited by marriage contracts, shall die intestate as to such estate, it 
shall descend and be distributed subject to the payment of his or her 
debts in the following manner : 

Sixth — If the intestate shall have no husband nor wife npr kindred, 
the estate shall escheat to the state for the support of the common 
schools. 

[The first five paragraphs of this section have no bearing on educational 
funds. For all other sources of income for Irreducible School Fund, see article 
11, section 3 of Constitution of Nevada. Paragraph "sixth" above was not 
changed by Stats. 1917, 37-39.] 

3952. Fees for Official Commissions and All Fees of Office of Secretary of State 
to Go into Library Fund — One-half of Surplus Annually To Be Transferred 
to State Distributive School Fund. 
Sec. 7. Each and every officer of this state, civil and military, 

except commissioners of deeds and notaries public, shall, at the time of 



140 School Laws op Nevada 

the issuance of his commission, and before entering upon the duties of 
his office, pay to the secretary of state the sum of five dollars, which, 
with all fees of whatever character, by the laws now in force, or which 
may hereafter be provided to be charged and collected in the office of 
the secretary of state, shall constitute a portion of the library fund; 
and the secretary of state shall exhibit an account of, under oath, and 
pay to the state treasurer, at the end of each quarter, dating from the 
first da}'- of January, all moneys collected under this act, and the same, 
together with such revenues as are hereinafter provided, shall be 
reserved, set apart, and appropriated, as a state library fund. On the 
thirty-first day of December, nineteen hundred and seven, and annually 
thereafter, the state treasurer shall take from the said library fund all 
moneys in excess of the sum of five thousand dollars, if there be any 
surplus, and transfer one-half of such moneys to the general fund of 
the state treasur3^ and the other half to the general state school fund 
of the treasury. Revised Laws of Nevada, 1912, 3.952. ' 

2135. Certain Portions of Profits of Franchises to County School Fund. 

Sec. 7. Every applicant for a franchise for any of the purposes 
mentioned in section 1 of this act shall, within ten days after such 
franchise is granted, file with the county recorder of such county an 
agreement properly executed by the grantee of such franchise, right, 
or privilege to pay annually on the first Monday of July of each year 
to the county treasurer of the county wherein such franchise, right, or 
privilege is to be exercised, for the benefit of the school fund of such 
county, two per cent of the net profits made by such grantee in the 
operation of any public utility for which such franchise is granted, 
and no power, function, right, or privilege shall be exercised until such 
agreement shall be filed. Revised Laws of Nevada, 1912, 2135. 

2251. Animals — May Be Sold — Proceeds, How Disposed of — Common School 
Fund. 

Sec. 3. If at the expiration of thirty daj'S thereafter, no such owner, 
owners, nor agent shall appear and legally reclaim such animal afore- 
said, then it shall be the duty of the person having possession of it to 
deliver the same to the constable of the township in which the animal 
has been found and confined, whose duty it shall be, after three days 
notice of the intent, to make sale of the same to the highest cash bidder, 
and, after paying all the necessary expenses incurred in the premises, 
then to pay the residue of the proceeds of such sales into the treasury 
of the county in which such sale shall have taken place, for the benefit 
of the common school fund; provided, lioivever, that if the owner or 
owners of such property shall make claim to it at any time before such 
sale can legally be made, nothing in this act shall be construed to 
exempt such owner or owners from payment of all expenses incurred. 
Revised Laws of Nevada, 1912, 2251. 

2281. Money Paid, How Disposed of — County School Fund. 

Sec. 8. All moneys paid into the county treasury, under the pro- 
visions of this act as above provided, shall become a part and belong to 
the county school fund of the county in which the proceedings are had, 
and be drawn from the county treasury on proper warrant, and shall 
be exclusively appropriated to the countj^ school fund, and for no other 
purpose. Revised Laws of Nevada, 1912, 2281. 



School Laws of Nevada 141 

3012. Transfer of Moneys from Road Fund to County School Fund, When To 
Be Made. 
Sec. 5. All moneys remaining in the road fund belonging to any 
road district at the end of every year, or belonging to any district 
that may be disorganized, as provided by this act, may, on petition of a 
majority of the taxpayers therein, be applied by the county commis- 
sioners to the building of any bridge or special improvement of any 
highway in said district or the county in which said district is situated, 
or upon such petition said moneys may be transferred to the school 
fund, and applied to the public school or schools of said district. 
Revised Laws of Nevada, 1912, 3012. 

3760. Fines to Go to Irreducible School Fund. 

Sec. 148. The full amount of all fines imposed and collected under, 
and for a violation of any, penal law of this state shall be paid into the 
state treasury to the credit of the state permanent school fund, and 
costs shall in no case be deducted from the fine fixed by law, or imposed 
by the court. Revised Laivs of Nevada, 1912, 3760. 



UNIVERSITY OF NEVADA 

An Act to fix the name of the state university of Nevada. 

Approved March 20, 190,7 
Legal and Corporate Name. 

Section 1. The legal and corporate name of the state university 
shall be the University of Nevada. 

An Act relating to the state university and matters properly 
connected therewith. 

Approved February 7, 1887 
Literary and Scientific Course at State University. 

Section 1. There shall be established, in the state university of 
Nevada, a school for the instruction of teachers, in which shall be 
taught all the branches of instruction which are taught in the common 
schools of this state, together with the theory and practice of teaching, 
school law, botany, physiology, and geology. There shall also be 
taught, in said university, chemistry, assaying, mineralogy, surveying, 
and geology, so far as they relate to the theory and practice of mining, 
agriculture and the mechanic arts. There shall also be taught, in the 
preparatory department of said university, typewriting, shorthand, 
telegraphy, bookkeeping, and commercial law, so far as they relate to 
the practical affairs of life. As amended, Stats. 1891, 92. 

Number of Regents — How Elected — Terms of Office — Vacancies. 

Sec. 2. The board of regents of the state university shall consist of 
five members. At the general election held in 1918 there shall be 
elected three regents, one of whom shall hold office for the term of ten 
years, another for the term of eight j^ears, and the third for the term of 
six years. At the general election held in 1920 there shall be elected 
two regents, one of whom shall hold office for the term of ten years and 
the other for the term of two years. Thereafter at each general election, 
there shall be elected one regent, who shall hold office for the term of 



142 School Laws of Nevada 

ten years. The persons elected as regents under the provisions of this 
act, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of the office of 
regent, shall take and subscribe the official oath and file the same in the 
office of the secretary of state. In case of a vacancy in the board of 
regents the governor shall fill the same by the appointment of a quali- 
fied person to serve until the expiration of the term for which the 
regent whose death, resignation, or removal, as the case may be, shall 
have caused the vacancy, was originally elected. The term of office of 
each regent shall begin on the first Monday in January next succeeding 
the date of his election. As amended, Stats. 1917, 352. 

Powers and Duties of Regents of University. 

Sec. 3. The powers and duties of the board of regents are as follows : 

First — To prescribe rules for their own government, and for the 
government of the university. 

Second — To prescribe rules for the reports of officers and teachers 
of the university. 

Third — To prescribe the course of study, the time and standard of 
graduation and the commencement and duration of the terms, and the 
length of the vacations of the university. 

Fourth — To prescribe the text-books, and provide apparatus and 
furniture for the use of pupils. 

Fifth — To appoint a president of the University of Nevada, who 
shall have a degree from a college or university recognized as equal in 
rank to those having membership in the Association of American Uni- 
versities, who has had at least five years of practical experience as an 
educator in a college or university of good standing, three years of 
which must have been during the five years immediately preceding the 
date of his appointment, who is familiar with the modern methods of 
imparting instruction in the United States, and who shall be endorsed 
as to moral character and qualifications as an educator by the presi- 
dent and faculty of three institutions of learning authorized by law to 
confer degrees. The word "faculty," as used in this section, shall be 
construed to mean any academic ho&y of any college or university 
which shall include all department heads. A resolution adopted by 
any such faculty and signed by the president shall constitute a valid 
endorsement in the meaning of this act. 

Sixth — To prescribe the duties of the president, and fix his salary 
and the salaries of all other teachers in the university. 

Seventh — To require the president, under their direction, to establish 
and maintain training or model schools, and require the pupils of the 
university to teach and instruct classes therein. 

Eighth — To control the expenditures of all moneys appropriated for 
the support and maintenance of the university, and all moneys received 
from anj^ source whatsoever. 

Ninth— To keep open to public inspection an account of receipts 
and expenditures. 

Tenth — To annually report to the governor a statement of all their 
transactions, and of all other matters pertaining to the universit}^ 

Eleventh — To transmit with such report a copy of the president's 
annual report. 

Twelfth — To revoke any diploma by them granted, on receiving 
satisfactory evidence that the holder thereof is addicted to drunken- 



School Laws of Nevada 143 

ness, is guilty of gross immorality, or is reputably dishonest in his or 
her dealings ; provided, that such person shall have at least thirty days' 
previous notice of such contemplated action, and shall, if he or she 
asks it, be heard in his or her own defense. As amended, Stats. 1917, 
52-53. 

Chairman To Be Appointed, 

Sec. 4. The board of regents shall have the power to appoint a chair- 
man, who shall receive no compensation therefor, nor shall any member 
receive any compensation for his services except necessary expenses in 
attending- meetings of the board. The board of regents may employ a 
clerk of said board, who shall receive a salary of twenty-five dollars 
per month, and who shall keep a full record of all proceedings of the 
board, which shall at all times be open to public inspection, and said 
clerk shall not be a teacher in said university. 

Meetings of Board of Regents. 

Sec. 5. The board must hold four regular meetings in each year, and 
may hold special meetings at the call of the chairman of the board. 

Annual Report of President. 

Sec. 6. The president of the university must make a detailed annual 
report to the board of regents, with a catalogue of pupils, and such 
other particulars as the board may require or he may think useful. 

Academic Degree, How Issued — State Normal School — State High-School Cer- 
tificates — Life Diploma — Grammar-Grade Diploma — Cause for Revocation — 
Diploma of Graduation. 
Sec. 7. Upon the recommendation of the president of the university, 
the board of regents shall issue to those who worthily complete the full 
course of study in the school of mines, or in the school of agriculture, 
or in the school of liberal arts, or in any equivalent course that may 
hereafter be prescribed, a diploma of graduation, conferring- the proper 
academic degree, from the Nevada state university ; and no diploma 
bearing the distinctive title, "Nevada State University," shall be issued 
to any one who has not completed the full course of stud}^ as above set 
forth. Upon the recommendation of the president of the university, the 
board of regents shall issue to those who worthily complete the full four 
years' course of study prescribed in the Nevada state normal school, a 
department of the state university, a diploma of graduation, and said 
diploma shall bear the heading, "The Nevada State Normal School," 
and to all persons receiving- this diploma, the state board of education 
shall issue a state high-school certificate of the first grade, good for five 
years. To the holders of the above state high-school certificates of the 
first grade, the state board of education shall grant a life diploma when 
said graduates of the Nevada state normal school shall have completed 
at least five j^ears of successful instruction in the public schools of 
Nevada, or of any other state. Upon the recommendation of the presi- 
dent of the university, the board of regents shall issue to those who 
worthily complete the three years' course of study prescribed in the 
Nevada state normal school, a grammar-grade diploma of graduation, 
and said diploma shall bear the heading, "Nevada State Normal School 
Grammar-Grade Diploma," and to all persons receiving this grammar- 
grade diploma, the state board of education shall grant a grammar- 



144 School Laws op Nevada 

grade state certificate, good for five years. The board of regents may 
require said normal-school graduates, before granting the diplomas 
herein provided for, to sign the following obligation : " I hereby agree 
to report to the president of the university, b}^ letter, at least twice a 
year for three years after my graduation, and once a year thereafter, 
so long as I continue in the profession of teaching, and when I shall 
leave the profession I will report the fact to him with the cause there- 
for. A failure to make such reports may be considered sufficient cause 
for the revocation of my diploma.'' And further, it is hereby expressly 
provided that the graduates of the Nevada state normal school for the 
year 1895 shall receive their diplomas and state certificates according 
to the act of March 19, 1891, hereby amended. Upon the recommenda- 
tion of the president of the university, the board of regents shall issue 
to those who worthily complete the full course of study in any other 
department of the university, not equivalent to a regular university 
course, a diploma of graduation, but said diploma shall bear the name 
of the department from which it is issued, and in no case to bear the 
heading of the regular university diploma. As amended, Revised Laws 
of Nevada, 1912, 4645. 

Duty of President of University. 

Sec. 8. It shall be the duty of the president of the university to 
instruct in the university, and, under the direction of the board of 
regents, to manage all matters connected with the institution, to employ 
assistant teachers and servants, purchase supplies, and make monthly 
statements to the board of regents of all receipts and expenditures, 
supported by vouchers. 

No Discrimination. 

Sec. 9. There shall be no discrimination in the admission of pupils 
on account of sex, race, or color, but no person shall be admitted who 
is not of good moral character, and who has not arrived at the age of 
fifteen years, and passed such an "examination as shall be prescribed by 
the board of regents, and no person under said age shall hereafter be 
taught in said institution. 

Tuition Free, When. 

SeO. 10. The board of regents of the University of Nevada shall 
have the power to fix a tuition charge for students at that university ; 
provided, however, that tuition shall be free (a) to all students whose 
families are bona-fide residents of the State of Nevada, and (b) to all 
students whose families reside outside of the State of Nevada pro- 
viding such students have themselves been bona-fide residents of the 
State of Nevada for at least six months prior to their matriculation at 
the university. As amended, Stats. 1921, 7. 

State Superintendent Must Visit University Quarterly. 

Sec. 11. The state superintendent of public instruction must visit 
the university at least every three months, inquire into its condition 
and management, and report to the board of regents quarter-yearly the 
condition of the institution, with such suggestions as he may deem 
proper. 

Duties of Board of Examiners. 

Sec. 12. All expenses incurred, of every name and nature, involving 



School Laws of Nevada 145 

the payment of money by or under the direction of the board of regents 
of the university, shall be passed upon by the board of examiners as 
other accounts against the state, and be paid out of the moneys appro- 
priated for the university. 

Sec. 13. [Repealing certain laws and sections of laws regarding the 
university. See Stats. 1887, 45.] 



STANDARD PLAN FOR RURAL SCHOOL BUILDINGS 

An Act to facilitate the huilding of rural schoolhouses and to standard- 
ize them hy supplying plans and specifications to rural school 
hoards, and other matters properly connected therewith. 

Approved March 23, 1917 
Duty of Board of Education. 

Section 1. It shall be a duty of the state board of education to have 
prepared plans and specifications for rural schoolhouses on standard 
lines of school architecture as to size, lighting, heating, ventilation, and 
general sanitation; and the trustees of rural schools needing new 
schoolhouses shall be supplied with such plans and specifications when 
the same are ready for distribution upon request of boards of school 
trustees. 



BIDS MUST BE ADVERTISED FOR ALL CONTRACTS OVER $500 

An Act requiring school trustees to advertise for bids on contracts for 
the erection of new school buildings, or for the repairing or adding 
to an old school building, ivhenever the cost of such ivork is to 
exceed five hundred dollars. 

Approved March 25, 1915, 375 

Section 1. Whenever the trustees of any school district shall decide 
to erect any new school building that is to cost more than five hundred 
dollars or to repair or add to any old school building, which repair or 
addition is to cost more than five hundred dollars, or to purchase school 
furniture that is to cost more than five hundred dollars, they shall 
advertise for bids for the contract to erect the said new building, or to 
make the repairs or addition. Such advertising shall be done in the 
following manner : If a daily newspaper is published in the district, 
the advertisement for bids shall be published in such newspaper for 
ten successive days previous to the opening of such bids. If there is 
only a weekly newspaper published in the district, the advertisement 
for bids shall be published in at least two weekly issues previous to the 
opening of such bids. If no newspaper is published in the district, the 
trustees shall cause such advertisement to be published in some paper 
in the county for the same periods of time as those mentioned above in 
this section. 

Sec. 2. In all cases where more than five hundred dollars is to be 
expended upon the erection of any school building, or upon the repair 
or addition to any school building or upon the purchase of school fur- 
niture, the trustees shall award the contract for such work to the lowest 
and best bidder for the contract. 



146 School Laws op Nevada 

Sec. 3. All acts or parts of acts in conflict with this act are hereby 
repealed. 



OFFICIAL OATH 

An Act prescribing the official oath of the State of Nevada, and 
repealing a certain act. 

Approved March 22, 191.5, 275 

Section 1. Members of the legislature, and all officers, executive, 
judicial, and ministerial, shall, before they enter upon the duties of 
their respective offices, take and subscribe to the following oath : 

I, , do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will support, pro- 
tect, and defend the constitution and government of the United States, 
and the constitution and government of the State of Nevada, against all 
enemies, whether domestic or foreign, and that I will bear true faith, 
allegiance, and loyalty to the same, any ordinance, resolution, or law of 
any state notwithstanding, and that I will well and faithfully perform 

all the duties of the office of , on which I am about to enter; 

(if an oath) so help me God; (if an affirmation) under the pains and 
penalties of perjury. 

Sec. 2. An act entitled "An act prescribing the official oath of the 
State of Nevada," approved January 16, 1865, is hereby repealed. 



ALL TEACHERS MUST BE UNITED STATES CITIZENS 

An Act empowering the superintendent of public instruction, regents 
of the state university, and school trustees to dismiss certain 
employees, and forbidding them to engage or employ in the educa- 
tional department in a professional manner any person other than 
a citizen of the United States, and prohiMting the state controller 
and county auditors from issuing any warrants to any person 
other than a citizen of the United States, and providing a penalty 
therefor. Approved March 26, 1915, 427 

School Teachers To Be Citizens. 

Section 1. From and after the passage of this act, the superin- 
tendent of public instruction, regents of the state university, and school 
trustees are hereby empowered and required to dismiss any teacher, 
instructor, instructress, professor, or president employed in the educa- 
tional department of this state, who is not a citizen of the United 
States ; or who has not declared his or her intentions to become a 
citizen. 

Educational Officers Not to Employ Noncitizens. 

Sec. 2. It shall be unlawful for the superintendent of public instruc- 
tion, regents of the state university, or school trustees to engage or hire 
any president, superintendent, teacher, instructor, instructress, or pro- 
fessor in any of the educational departments of this state who is not a 
citizen of the United States. 



School Laws of Nevada 147 

Disbursing Officers Not to Pay Noncitizens. 

Sec. 3. It shall be unlawful for the state controller or county audi- 
tors to issue any warrants to any teacher, instructor, instructress, 
professor, superintendent, or president in any of the educational 
departments of this state who is not a citizen of the United States, or 
who has not complied with the provisions of section 1 of this act. 

Penalty for Violation. 

Sec. 4. Any person who violates section 3 of this act and, upon 
conviction in any court of competent jurisdiction, his or her bondsmen 
shall be held in the penal sum of one thousand dollars for the first 
offense, and for each and every subsequent offense they shall be held in 
the penal sum of twenty-five hundred dollars, to be paid into the 
treasury of the State of Nevada, or county treasury, as the case may be. 

Conflicting Acts Repealed. 

Sec. 5. All acts and parts of acts in conflict with the provisions of 
this act are hereby repealed. 



SAGEBRUSH THE STATE EMBLEM 

Senate and Assembly Joint and Concurrent Resolution, adopting an 
emhlem for the State of Nevada. 

Be it resolved by the Senate, the AssemMy concurring, That sage- 
brush (Artemisia tridentata or trifida) is hereby adopted as the state 
emblem of the State of Nevada. 



THRIFT REQUIRED TO BE TAUGHT 

An Act to provide for the teaching of thrift in the public 
schools of Nevada. 

Approved March 22, 1921 
Public-School Teachers to Teach Thrift. 

Section 1. It is hereby made the duty of all teachers in the public 
schools in the State of Nevada to teach in their respective schools 
lessons on the subject of thrift. These lessons shall emphasize the 
importance of industrj^, production, earning, wise spending, regular 
saving, and safe investment ; also, the importance of thrift in time and 
material. 

State Board to Prepare Courses in Thrift. 

Sec. 2. It shall be the duty of the state board of education to pre- 
pare courses of study on the subject of thrift as outlined in section 1, 
the same to be a part of the courses of study for elementary and 
high schools. 



148 School Laws of Nevada 

AMERICAN AND STATE HISTORY AND CIVIL GOVERNMENT 
TO BE TAUGHT 

An Act to promote Americanism in the schools of the State of Nevada. 

Approved February 24, 1921 

Section 1. American history, history of the State of Nevada, and 
American civil government shall be taught in all of the graded schools, 
high schools and colleges in the State of Nevada, specially scientific 
schools excepted. 

Sec. 2. There shall be at least one hour set aside each school week 
in all graded schools and high schools in the State of Nevada for the 
purpose of holding patriotic exercises. 

American Flag To Be Flown on All Schoolhouses Every School Day. 

Sec. 3. The American flag shall be flown from an appropriate flag- 
staff provided for that purpose on each and every schoolhouse in the 
State of Nevada during every school day, weather permitting. The 
boards of trustees of each and every school district are hereby author- 
ized and directed to appropriate a sufficient sum of money from their 
respective school funds for the purchase of necessary flags and the 
erection of an appropriate flagstaff. 



FRANCES WILLARD DAY 

An Act to provide for a Frances Willard memorial day. 
Approved March 10, 1919, 61 
Appropriate School Exercises. 

Section 1. September 28 of each year shall be, and is hereby set 
apart and designated, as Frances Willard day, and in every public 
school in the State of Nevada one-half of the school day on said date 
shall be set apart for instruction and appropriate exercises relative to 
the history and benefits of prohibition of the manufacture of narcotics 
and sale of intoxicating liquors in the United States ; and provided, 
that in any year September 28 shall fall upon a day of the week which 
is not a school day, then the school day nearest that date shall be taken 
in lieu of September 28. It shall be the duty of all state, county, and 
school district officers and all public-school teachers of the state to carry 
out the provisions of this act. 

CIVIC AND PHYSICAL TRAINING IN SCHOOLS 

An Act to provide for civic and physical training and instruction in the 
high schools of Nevada, and matters properly connected therewith. 

Approved March 21, 1917 
High-School Officers to Provide For. 

Section 1. It is hereby made the duty of all school officers in con- 
trol of public high schools in the State of Nevada to provide for courses 
of instruction designed to prepare the pupils for the duties of citizen- 
ship, both in time of peace and in time of war. Such instruction shall 
include : ( 1 ) Phj^sical training designed to secure the health, vigor, 



School Laws of Nevada 149 

and physical soundness of the pupil; (2) Instruction relative to the 
duties of citizens in the service of their country. It shall be the aim of 
such instruction to inculcate a love of country and a disposition to serve 
the country effectively and loyally. 

Special Teacher, When. 

Sec. 2. All boards of education or boards of school trustees of 
county or district high school offering a four-year high-school course 
are herebj^ empowered to employ teachers of physical training who 
shall devote all or part of their time to physical instruction for both 
boys and girls. 

State Tax Authorized. 

Sec. 3. In order to assist in the paj^ment of salaries of said phj^sical- 
training instructors, there shall be levied on the passage of this act an 
ad valorem tax of five mills on the hundred dollars of assessed valua- 
tion of all the taxable property of the state. 

Superintendent of Public Instruction to Apportion Money. 

Sec. 4. The state superintendent of public instruction, at the time 
of the apportionment of other state school funds, shall apportion the 
funds derived from the levy as provided in section 3 of this act on the 
basis of the high-school enrollment of the preceding school year, as fol- 
lows: Three hundred dollars for each one hundred pupils, or fraction 
thereof, enrolled in am^ high school partaking of the benefits of this 
act ; but no high school shall receive such apportionment unless a 
legally licensed teacher of phj^sical training is employed therein. 

In Effect. 

Sec. 5. This act shall take effect and be in force from and after its 
passage and approval. 



EXPENSES OF PUBLIC OFFICERS LIMITED 

An Act fixing the allowance for expenses of any state officer, com.mis- 
sioner, or other employee while traveling, or at destination, on 
official business. 

Approved February 1, 1915, 19 

Section 1. The maximum amount of expense money per day for 
personal uses, allowed to any individual officer or commissioner, or other 
employee of the state, while traveling, or at his destination, on official 
business for the State of Nevada, shall not exceed the sum of five dollars 
per day ; provided, that nothing in this act shall be construed to 
include the cost of seats or sleeping-berths in railway trains, railroad 
fare, stage fare, automobile hire or fare, team or horse hire, bus, or 
street-car fare, or transportation charges of any kind whatsoever. 

Sec. 2. Paid vouchers for each item must accompany each expense 
account when presented to the board of examiners for approval. 

Sec. 3. All acts or parts of acts in conflict with this act are hereby 
repealed. 

Sec. 4. This act shall take effect upon its passage and approval. 



150 School Laws op Nevada 

apportionment of senators and assemblymen 

An Act reapportioning senators and assemblymen of the several coun- 
ties to the legislature of the State of Nevada. 

Approved March 5, 1915, 73 

Section 1. The apportionment of senators and assemblymen in the 
several counties of this state shall be as follows : 

Churchill County, one senator and tM^o assemblymen ; 
Clark County, one senator and tWo assemblymen ; 
Douglas County, one senator and one assemblyman ; 
Elko County, one senator and four assemblymen ; 
Esmeralda County, one senator and three assemblymen ; 
Eureka County one senator and one assemblyman ; 
Humboldt County, one senator and two assemblymen ; 
Lander County, one senator and one assemblyman ; 
Lincoln County, one senator and one assemblyman ; 
Lyon County, one senator and two assemblymen ; 
Mineral County, one senator and one assemblyman ; 
Nye County, one senator and four assemblymen ; 
Ormsby County, one senator and one assemblyman ; 
Pershing County, one senator and two assemblymen; 
Storey County, one senator and one assemblyman; 
Washoe County, one senator and seven assemblymen ; 
White Pine County, one senator and three asseniblymen. 

Sec. 2. Nothing in this act shall be construed as to affect the term 
of office of senators and assemblymen now in office. 

Sec. 3. All acts and parts of acts in conflict with this act are hereby 
repealed. As amended, Stats. 1919, 83. 



JUDICIAL AND SCHOOL OFFICERS NONPARTISAN 

An Act to define judicial officers and offices and school officers and 
offices, and to declare them nonpartisan, and to provide that the 
names of candidates for such offices shall appear alike upon all 
'ballots at primaries and general elections. 

Approved Marelx 22, 191 7, 249 
Defining Words and Phrases. 

Section 1. The M^ords and phrases of this act shall, unless such 
construction be inconsistent with the context, be construed as follows : 

(a) The words "judicial officers," any justice of the supreme court, 
any judge of a district court, or any justice of the peace ; and the 
words "judicial office," the office filled by any judicial officer. 

(b) The words "school officer," the state superintendent of public 
instruction, the regents of the Universit_y of Nevada, the members of 
county boards of education, school trustees, and high-school trustees ; 
and the words "school office," any office filled by a school officer. 

Judicial and School Officers To Be Nonpartisan. 

Sec. 2. All judicial offices and all school offices are hereby declared 
to be nonpartisan, and the names of candidates for such offices shall 



School Laws of Nevada 151 

appear alike upon the ballots of all parties at all primary elections 
and at all general elections. 



TRANSPORTATION OF TEACHERS PAID TO TEACHERS' INSTITUTES 

An Act to promote efficiency in the puMic schools hy payment of trans- 
portation expenses of teachers to and from teachers' institutes. 

Approved March 14, 1917 
Transportation To Be Paid by School Boards. 

Section 1. It shall be the duty of school boards whenever a teachers' 
institute is called for the county or supervision district in which their 
respective school districts are located to pay the actual necessary trans- 
portation expenses of any teacher or teachers under their charge to and 
from such institute or institutes out of the county school fund of their 
respective school districts, unless such teacher or teachers are excused 
for cause from attending such institute by legally authorized authority ; 
provided, that such attending covers the entire session of such institute 
or institutes ; and provided further, that such teacher or teachers shall 
avail themselves of the reduced rates granted by railroad and stage 
companies. 

Idem — To State Teachers' Institute. 

Sec. 2. School boards are authorized under the same conditions as 
named in section 1 of this act to pay a part or all of the transportation 
expenses of any teacher or teachers attending anj^ state teachers ' insti- 
tute ; provided, that such attending covers the entire session of such 
institute. 



ALL SUBJECTS, EXCEPT FOREIGN LANGUAGES, MUST BE TAUGHT 
IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE 

An Act to prohibit the teaching of any subject or subjects other than 
foreign languages in the public or private schools in the State of 
Nevada except in the English language, and to provide a penalty 
for the violation thereof. 

Approved March 27, 1919, 247 

Section 1. It shall be unlawful for any board of school trustees, 
regents, or board of education, or for any teacher or other person teach- 
ing in the public or private schools in the State of Nevada, to cause to 
be taught or to teach any subject or subjects, other than foreign 
languages, in the public or private schools in the State of Nevada in 
any language except English. 

Sec. 2. Any school board, regents, trustees, teacher or other person 
violating the provisions of section 1 of this act shall be subject to a fine 
of not less than one hundred dollars ($100) nor more than five hundred 
dollars ($500) for the first offense, and not less than two hundred and 
fifty dollars ($250) nor more than one thousand dollars ($1,000) for 
any subsequent offense or offenses, or in lieu of said fine the court may 
confine said person or persons violating section 1 of this act in the 
county jail for not less than thirty (30) days or more than one year. 



152 School Laws of Nevada 

EVENING SCHOOLS 

An Act to provide for the estaMiskment of evening schools. 

Approved March 24, 1917 
Evening Schools Authorized. 

Section 1. Anj^ board of school trustees or other school board in 
charge of a public school is hereby authorized to establish an evening 
school therein whenever fifteen or more bona-fide applicants for instruc- 
tion in such evening school residing in said district shall petition the 
school board in writing for the same. Such school shall be open to 
native- and foreign-born youths and adults, and only such courses of 
instruction shall be given therein as shall have been approved by the 
state board of education. As amended, Stats. 1921, 284. 

Boa/rd of Trustees to Employ Teachers. 

Sec. 2. The board of trustees in any district in which such evening 
school is held shall employ the necessary teachers therefor ; and said 
board shall also provide suitable rooms with adequate lighting and 
heating. Teachers employed in such evening schools must hold legal 
certificate for corresponding work in the public daj^ schools, or special 
evening-school certificates, which are hereb.y authorized, from the 
state board of education. 

Apportionment — How Made. 

Sec. 3. At the time of making the regular semiannual apportion- 
ment, the superintendent of public instruction shall apportion from the 
state distributive school fund to the districts or schools which have 
established and maintained evening schools in accordance with the 
provisions of this act such an amount as is shown, by the reports from 
the several evening schools, to be necessary under this act ; but in no 
case shall the total amount so apportioned in any one year exceed the 
amount set aside for this purpose in the general appropriation act 
budgeted for this purpose. Reports shall be made to the superinten- 
dent of public instruction at such time and in such manner as he shall 
prescribe. Apportionment to any district or school on account of even- 
ing schools shall be made on the basis of not more than one dollar per 
hour of actual teaching for each teacher employed in the said evening 
schools, or not more than forty dollars per teacher per school month; 
provided, that, for apportionment purposes under this act, not more 
than one teacher shall be counted for each ten persons in average daily 
attendance, except that, where instruction is given in Americanization 
only, such average attendance may be not less than six persons. 

Teachers in the evening schools shall keep dailj^ record of enrollment 
and attendance by months of the pupils under their instruction, and 
before the district shall receive any apportionment provided in this act, 
and at the close of the session, the}' shall make a final report in tripli- 
cate on the blanks provided therefor by the superintendent of public 
instruction, and file a copy of such report with the superintendent 
of public instruction, the deputy superintendent, and the clerk of the 
school board. As amended, Stats. 1921, 285. 

Sec. 4. [Repealed, Stats. 1921,285.] 
Indebtedness, How Paid. 

Sec. 5. On written orders of a board of school trustees having 
established an evening school, the county auditor shall issue warrants 



School Laws of Nevada 153 

upon the count}^ treasurer for the payment of just claims for equip- 
ment and maintenance, and for additional salaries of teachers in 
amounts not to exceed those amounts apportioned to the district on the 
teachers from the state distributive school fund, all of which claims are 
hereby made just and legal charges against the general fund of the 
county, and the county treasurer is hereby authorized and directed to 
pay the same. As amended, Stats. 1921, 285. 



STATE BOARD OF HEALTH 

Approved March 27, 1919, 221 

Sec. 32. Contagious Diseases in Schools. 

1. Duty of Health Officer. Upon the appearance of any dangerous 
contagious disease in any school district, it shall be the duty of the 
health officer in whose jurisdiction the schoolhouse is located to notify 
at once, in writing, the principal or teacher of such school and the 
librarians of all libraries in such school districts, giving the names of all 
families where the disease exists. If the rules of the state board of 
health provide for the exclusion from school of teachers, or pupils from 
homes where such disease exists, the health officer shall request the 
principal of the school to exclude from school attendance all such per- 
sons until a written order signed by the health officer permitting atten- 
dance at school is presented. 

2. Duty of Principal or Teacher. Whenever the principal or teacher 
of the school has been notified of the presence of a dangerous conta- 
gious disease in the school district, or whenever the principal or teacher 
of the school knows or believes that a dangerous communicable disease 
is present in the school district, it shall be the duty of such principal 
or teacher to at once notify the health officer in whose jurisdiction the 
schoolhouse is located of such sickness. The health officer shall then 
investigate all such cases, to determine whether or not a dangerous 
contagious disease is present in such family, and take proper action. 

3. Exclusion from School. Parents, guardians, or persons having 
custody of any child or children, shall not permit knowingly such child 
or children, if afflicted with a dangerous contagious disease, to attend 
school. 

MEDICAL EXAMINATION 

An Act requiring the examination of all school children to ascertain if 
they have defective eyesight or hearing, or diseased teeth, or if 
they are addicted to mouth breathing. 

Approved March 24, 1917 
Teachers to Examine Children for Defective Teeth or Mouth Breathing. 

Section 1. It shall be the duty of all teachers engaged in teaching 
in the public schools of the state separately and carefully to test and 
examine every child under their jurisdiction to ascertain if such child 
is suffering from defective sight or hearing, or diseased teeth, or 
breathes through its mouth. If such test determines that any child has 
such defect, it shall be the duty of the teacher to notify, in writing, the 
parent of the child of such defect and explain to such parent the neces- 
sity of medical attendance for such child. 



154 School Laws of Nevada 

state Board of Health to Prescribe Eules. 

Sec. 2. The state board of health shall prescribe rules for making 
such tests, and shall furnish to boards of education and boards of trus- 
tees of school districts rules of instruction, test-cards, blanks, and other 
useful appliances for carrying out the purposes of this act. 

Tests Made in First Month of School Year. 

Sec. 3. During the first month of each school year, after the open- 
ing of the school, teachers must make tests required by this act upon 
the children then in attendance at school ; and thereafter, as children 
enter school during the year, such tests must be made immediately upon 
their entrance. 

Boards and Trustees to Enforce Act. 

Sec. 4. It shall be the duty of the boards of education and boards of 
trustees of the several school districts of the state to enforce the provi- 
sions of this act. 

Child Exempt, How. 

Sec. 5. Anj- child shall be exempt from the examination herein pro- 
vided upon written statement from his or her parents or guardian that 
they object to the same. 



EMERGENCY HEALTH FUND 

An Act to appropriate funds for use in case of emergencies affecting 
the public health and safety. 

Approved March 14, 1917 
Preparing for Epidemics. 

Whereas, Dread diseases and afflictions, such as infantile paralysis 
and spinal meningitis, have suddenly -appeared and become epidemic 
within recent years in the several states, to the great peril and injury 
of the public health ; and 

Whereas, The State of Nevada may be similarly visited, despite care 
and precaution, and there is no adequate fund to provide against and 
care for such an emergency ; therefore 

Emergency Fund, $10,000. 

Section 1. The sum of ten thousand dollars ($10,000) is hereby 
appropriated, from the general fund ir^ the treasury of the State of 
Nevada not otherwise appropriated, as an emergency fund to be 
expended by the state board of health, subject to the approval of the 
governor, when it appears to the state board of health and the governor 
that a great menace to the public health and safety exists and is beyond 
the control of the county, municipal or other local authorities. 

Regular Payments. 

Sec. 2. All claims incurred in carrying out the provisions of this act 
shall be paid in the same manner as other state claims are paid. 



School Laws of Nevada 155 

state library 

An Act to provide for extending the use of the state lihrary. 
Approved March 24, 1917 
Librarian to Prepare Author-and-Subject Catalogue. 

Section 1. The state librarian shall have prepared an author-and- 
subject catalogue, which shall contain every book in the miscellaneous 
department of the state library. It shall also contain all rules and 
regulations relating to said library, and shall be published in the state 
printing office in pamphlet form, the number of copies of said pamphlet 
to be designated by the state library commission. The cost of preparing 
and publishing this catalogue shall not exceed the sum of $2,500. A 
copy of this catalogue shall be sent to every school library in the State 
of Nevada, and to any resident of the state who may apply for same. 
Whenever any resident of the state, who is vouched for by any resident 
property taxpayer of the state (who shall be the surety hereafter men- 
tioned) outside his immediate family, shall apply for any book named 
in the catalogue, the librarian shall send said book, prepaid, to said 
party. 

Duties of Residents Borrowing Books. 

Sec. 2. The party borrowing the book shall, after retaining it for a 
period not to exceed four weeks, return same, prepaid, to the state 
library. Failure to return said book within the time specified shall 
subject the holder to a fine of ten cents per day for every day that the 
book is retained in excess of the time specified, and should such reten- 
tion exceed a period of twenty days the state librarian shall declare all 
the privileges of such delinquent borrower under this act forfeited, 
and the fine shall be paid by the surety of the borrower, and should any 
book be damaged or lost the cost of the book or the damage thereto 
must be made good by the surety, who shall be held liable to the state. 
The state librarian may, at his discretion, send out books by insured 
mail or by express and require that they be returned in the same way. 

School Districts May Borrow Books. 

Sec. 3. In like manner any school district in the State of Nevada 
may, through application by the teacher thereof, or, where a principal 
is employed, by the principal thereof, or a member of the board of 
trustees, borrow books, not to exceed in number twelve at any one time, 
and for a period not to exceed four M^eeks, except that no personal 
surety shall be required. In case of any penalty being incurred, the 
same shall be a first claim against the library fund of such district until 
the same shall be paid in full. 

State Printer to Print Catalogue. 

Sec. 4. The state printer is hereby required to print the catalogue of 
the library and other matters pertaining thereto and such supplements 
to this catalogue from time to time as the state library commission may 
designate. 

Fines and Penalties, Where Deposited. 

Sec. 5. All fines and penalties provided for in this act shall be paid 
into the state library fund, and duly accredited thereto. 

Sec. 6. [Repealed, Stats. 1921, 205.] 



156 School Laws of Nevada 

COMPULSORY ATTENDANCE 

An Act compelling attendance of children at schools where tuition, 
lodging, food and clothing are furnished at the expense of the 
United States, and repealing all acts and parts of acts in conflict 
herewith. Approved March 28, 1919, 334 

Attendance of Certain Government Wards at Certain U. S. Schools Made Com- 
pulsory. 

Section 1. That whenever the government of the United States 
erects, or causes to be erected and mamtained, a school for general 
educational purposes, within the State of Nevada, and the expense of 
the tuition, lodging, food and clothing of the pupils therein is borne 
by the United States, it shall be compulsory on the part of every parent, 
guardian, or other person in the State of Nevada having control of a 
child or children between the ages of eight and twenty years, eligible 
to attend said school, to send such child or children to said school for 
a period of ten months in each year, or during the entire annual term ; 
provided, that in case the government of the United States does not 
make provision for the free transportation of said child or children 
from their homes to said school, then he, she or they shall not be liable 
to the provisions of this act, unless they reside less than ten miles from 
such school. 

Superintendent of Said School to Make Demand on Persons Having Charge of 
Said Children. 

Sec. 2. It shall be the duty of all principals or superintendents of 
the school or schools mentioned in this act, before attempting to enforce 
the provisions of this act, hereinafter mentioned, to serve, or cause to 
be served, a demand for the attendance of certain children, naming or 
otherwise identifying them, and also designating the school to which 
their attendance is required, upon the parent, guardian, or other per- 
son having charge of said child or children as may be eligible to attend 
said school over which he has charge, and such parent, guardian, or 
other person having charge of said child or children shall have two 
days to either deliver said child or children at said school, or to the 
accredited representative of said school if more than ten miles distant 
from the residence of said child or children, or to furnish satisfactory 
proof that the bodily or mental condition of such child or children is 
such as to prevent his attendance, or cause him or them to be ineligible 
for enrollment. 

Legal Action, When. 

Sec. 3. If, at the expiration of two days after such notice or dem'and, 
the parents, guardian, or other person having charge of said child or 
children shall have failed or refused to comply with said notice, the 
principal or superintendent shall take action to compel compliance 
with this act. 

Penalty for Guilty Parent or Guardian. 

Sec. 4. Any parent or guardian, or other person, having control or 
charge of any child or children, failing to comply with the provisions 
of this act, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall be 
liable to a fine of not less than ten dollars ($10) nor more than fifty 
dollars ($50), or imprisonment in the county jail not less than five days 



School Laws of Nevada 157 

nor more than twenty-five days for the tirst offense ; and for each sub- 
sequent offense said parent, guardian or other person shall be liable to 
a tine of not less than twenty-five dollars ($25) or more than fifty 
dollars ($50), or to imprisonment in the county jail not less thaia 
twelve days or more than twenty-five days; provided, that another 
proceeding may be begun at the expiration of three days after each 
refusal of said parent, guardian or other person to comply with the 
demand of said principal or superintendent. 

Peace Officers to Assist. 

Sec. 5. It shall be the duty of all sheriffs, constables, policemen, 
town and city marshals in the state to assist principals and superin- 
tendents of schools in carrying out the provisions of this act. 

Penalty for Interference. 

Sec. 6. Any person or persons who shall directly or indirectly per- 
suade, advise or intimidate in any manner the parent or guardian of 
any child or children coming under the provisions of this act from 
complying with the demand of a principal or superintendent of a 
school who is endeavoring to carry out the provisions of this act, shall 
be guilty of the same offense and shall be subject to the same fines and 
punishments as the parent or guardian ; provided, that this section 
shall not apply to the attorney or legal adviser of any parent or 
guardian giving advice in his legal capacity. 

Eunaways May Be Sent to School of Industry. 

Sec. 7. Any inmate of any such school who runs away therefrom 
shall be deemed a truant therefor and may be committed to the Nevada 
school of industry upon application to the district court of the county 
within which such school is located. 

Repeal. 

Sec. 8. All acts and parts of acts in conflict with this act are hereby 
repealed. 



RETIREMENT SALARIES FOR TEACHERS 

An Act to provide for the payment of retirement salaries to public- 
school teachers of this state, and all matters properly connected 

therewith. ^ , ^^ , „„ .^. ^ „^„ 

Approved March 23, 1915, 303 

Two Funds Established in the State Treasury, 

Section 1. There are hereby established two funds in the state 
treasury, to be known, respectively, as the public-school teachers' retire- 
ment salary fund and the public-school teachers' permanent fund. The 
public-school teachers ' permanent fund shall be made up of all moneys 
received from the following sources, or derived in the following 
manner : 

(1) The income and interest derived from the investment of moneys 
contained in such fund. 

(2) An ad valorem tax of five mills on the hundred dollars of all 
taxable property in the state ; and the board of commissioners of the 
several counties shall, annually, at the same time other state taxes are 
levied, add this to the other taxes provided by law to be levied and 



158 School Laws of Nevada 

collected, and it shall be annually collected at the same time and in the 
same manner as other state taxes are collected, and if, from any reason 
whatever, in any year said taxes are not levied as herein required, by 
the board of county commissioners, the county auditor shall enter them 
on the assessment roll as required by law for other taxes. 

(3) All donations, legacies, gifts, and bequests which shall be made 
to such fund, and all the moneys which shall be obtained or contributed 
for the same purposes from other sources. As amended. Stats. 1919, 
468, 469. 

Eetirement Salary Fund, How Made Up. 

Sec. 2. The public-school teachers' retirement salary fund shall be 
made up of such moneys as shall be transferred from time to time under 
authority of this act from the public-school teachers' permanent fund. 

Duties of Controller and Treasurer. 

Sec. 3. It shall be the duty of the state controller and of the state 
treasurer to make, when notified by the public-school teachers' retire- 
ment salary fund board, or by the state superintendent of public 
instruction, under authority of this act, transfers of such amounts from 
the public-school teachers' permanent fund to the public-school 
teachers ' retirement salary fund as will be sufficient to meet the claims 
which may be legally drawn against said public-school teachers' retire- 
ment salary fund. 

Sec. 4. [Repealed, Stats. 1919, 469.] 

Sec. 5. [Repealed, Stats. 1919, 469.] 
Board of Education to Act. 

Sec. 6. The state board of education shall constitute the public- 
school teachers' retirement salary fund board. The president and 
secretary of the state board of education shall be the president and 
secretary, respectively, of said public-school teachers ' retirement salary 
fund board. 

Powers of Board. 

Sec. 7. The public-school teachers' retirement salary fund board, 
subject to the provisions of this act, shall have power, and it shall be 
its duty : 

(1) To approve and allow retirement salaries of public-school teach- 
ers entitled to the same under the provisions of this act ; 

(2) Through its president or other officer designated by it for that 
purpose, to audit all claims and demands for money expended or 
authorized to be expended by it, and certify all claims and demands 
against the public-school teachers' permanent fund and the public- 
school teachers' retirement salary fund, including all retirement salary 
demands, to the state controller, who shall draw his warrant therefor 
upon the state treasurer, paj'able out of said fund ; provided, that no 
demands shall be allowed except after resolution, duly passed at a 
meeting of the board by a majority of its members, which adoptions 
shall be attested by the secretary ; 

(3) To invest the moneys in the permanent fund in securities and to 
collect the income therefrom and interest and dividends thereon ; to 
deposit such securities with the state treasurer, and to make sale of such 
securities when, in its judgment, such sale will be advisable ; provided, 



School Laws of Nevada 159 

that none of the moneys in the public-school teachers' permanent fund 
shall be invested in any securities except such securities as those in 
which the funds of savings banks may be legally invested. The state 
controller is authorized to draw his warrant upon the public-school 
teachers' permanent fund in payment of duly audited claims arising 
out of the investment of the moneys in said fund ; 

(4) To prescribe the duties of the secretary and other officers of the 
board ; 

(5) To conduct investigations in all matters relating to the opera- 
tion of this act, and to subpena witnesses and compel their attendance 
to testify before it in respect to such matters. As amended, Stats. 1919, 
469, 470. 

Meetings of Board. 

Sec. 8. Said public-school teachers' retirement salary fund board 
shall meet at least once every three months, and at each quarterly 
meeting shall make a list of all persons entitled to payment out of the 
fund established by this act, and enter said list in a book to be kept by 
the board for that purpose, to be known as the "Public-School Teachers' 
Retirement Salary Fund Record." Said list shall be certified as cor- 
rect by the president and secretar,y of the board, and shall always be 
opeii to public inspection. In the performance of the duties of the 
board, each member and the secretary thereof may administer oaths 
and affirmations to witnesses and others transacting business with the 
board. 

Rules and Regulations. 

Sec. 9. The board shall make rules and regulations not inconsistent 
with the provisions of this act, which shall have the force and effect of 
law. Such rules and regulations shall : 

(1) Provide for the conduct and regulation of the meetings of the 
board and the operation of the business thereof ; 

(2) Provide for the enforcement and carrying into effect of the pro- 
visions of this act ; 

(3) Establish a system of accounts showing the condition of the 
public-school teachers ' permanent fund and the public-school teachers ' 
retirement salary fund, and receipts and disbursements for and on 
account of said funds ; 

(4) Prescribe the form of warrants, vouchers, receipts, reports, .and 
accounts to be used in respect to said funds ; 

(5) Regulate the duties of boards of education, school trustees, and 
other school authorities, imposed upon them by this act, in respect to 
the contributions by teachers to the public-school teachers' permanent 
fund' and the deduction of such contributions from the teachers' 
salaries. 

Rules To Be Enforced. 

Sec. 10. In addition to the powers hereinabove enumerated said 
board shall make and enforce all necessary and proper rules and regu- 
lations for the method or methods of applying for and obtaining retire- 
ment salaries provided for in this act, and for the method or methods 
of determining the right of each applicant to such retirement salary ; 
provided, hotvever, that in all cases legal proof of all necessary facts 
shall be required and kept on file. 



160 School Laws of Nevada 

Duties of Deputy Superintendents. 

Sec. 11. The deputy superintendent of schools of each supervision 
district shall report to the superintendent of public instruction, before 
the fifteenth day of July of each year, the amount that will be required 
during- the current fiscal yea.T to pay the retirement salaries to be paid 
in each supervision district, and said superintendent of public instruc- 
tion shall determine from said reports the entire amount required to 
pay said retirement salaries during said current fiscal year. He shall 
report the amount required to make such payments to the public-school 
teachers' retirement salary fund board, and thereupon said board shall 
notify the state controller, and by resolution, duly adopted, shall direct 
him to make transfer of the needed amount from the public-school 
teachers' permanent fund to the public-school teachers' retirement 
salary fund. It shall be the duty of the state controller thereupon to 
make such transfer and to notify the state treasurer in order that he 
may make corresponding entry in the records of his otfice. When 
claims for payment of retirement salaries have been duly audited under 
the provisions of this act the controller shall draw his warrant therefor 
upon the said public-school teachers' retirement salary fund. 

Rules Governing Retirement of Teachers. 

Sec. 12. Every public-school teacher who shall have complied with 
all the requirements of this act, and who shall have served as a legally 
qualified teacher in the public schools, or partly as such teacher and 
partly as superintendent or supervising executive or educational admin- 
istrator, for at least thirty school years, at least fifteen of which shall 
have been in the public schools of this state, including the last ten 
years of service immediately preceding retirement, under a legal cer- 
tificate, shall be entitled to retire ; or, if physically or mentally inca- 
pacitated for the proper performance of the duties of teacher, may be 
compelled to retire by the board of education, school trustees, or other 
school authorities employing such teacher. Upon retirement, voluntary 
or involuntary, such teacher shall be entitled to receive, during life, an 
annual retirement salary of six hundred dollars, payable in install- 
ments quarterly by warrants drawn as provided in section 7 of this 
act; provided, that application for such salary be made within two 
years after the last month of service or within two years after the 
approval of this act. As amended, Stats. 1919, 153. 

Retirement, How Accomplished. 

Sec. 13. Any public-school teacher who shall have complied with all 
the requirements of this act and who shall have served as a legally 
qualified teacher for at least fifteen years in the public schools of this 
state, and who shall have, by reason of bodily or mental infirmity, 
become physically or mentally incapacitated for further school ser- 
vice, under a legal certificate, shall be entitled to retire, or may, by the 
board of education, school trustees, or other school authorities employ- 
ing such teacher, be compelled to retire. Upon retirement, voluntary or 
involuntary, such teacher shall be entitled to receive, during the period 
of such disability, an annual retirement salary, payable in installments 
quarterly, which shall be the same fraction of the maximum retirement 
salary of six hvindred dollars as said teacher's time of service is of 
thirty years; provided, that application for such retirement salary 



School Laws of Nevada , 161 

shall be made within two years of the last month of service or within 
two years after the approval of this act. As amended, Stats. 1919, 153. 

Experience, How Determined. 

Sec. 14. In counting actual experience for the purposes of this act, 
the state board of education shall determine what constitutes a school 
year ; provided, that in no case shall leaves of absence amounting' to 
school years, or half -school years, be counted as service. 

Act Binding When Teachers Agree to Its Provisions. 

Sec. 15. This act shall be binding upon all such teachers emploj^ed 
in the public schools of this state at the time of the approval of this 
act, as shall, on or before October 1, 1915, sign and deliver to the 
superintendent of public instruction and the deputy superintendent of 
schools of the supervision district in Avhich said teachers are in service 
a notification that said teachers agree to be bound by and to avail them- 
selves of the benefits of this act. 

Binding Upon New Teachers. 

Sec. 16. This act shall be binding upon all teachers elected or 
appointed to teach in the public schools of this state after the approval 
of this act, who, not being in the service of the public schools at the 
time of the approval of said act, were not competent to sign or deliver 
the notification specified in section 15. 

Reemployment in Public Schools Causes Retirement Salary to Cease. 

Sec. 17. If any teacher retired under the provisions of this act shall 
be reemployed in the public schools of this state, such teachers' retire- 
ment salarj^ shall cease; and if any teacher having qualified under 
section 13 hereof returns to service in the public schools of the state 
and thereafter qualifies under section 12 hereof, there shall be deducted 
from the retirement salary payable to such teacher under the provisions 
of section 12 hereof the amount of retirement salary theretofore actu- 
ally received by such teacher under the provisions of section 13 hereof, 
such amount to be so deducted in equal quarterly installments until 
the whole amount so received under said section 13 shall have been 
deducted; provided, however, that the amount of such deduction to be 
made quarterlj^ shall not exceed thirtj'^-five dollars. 

Only One Salary May Be Drawn. 

Sec. 18. No one shall be permitted to draw from the state, directly 
or indirectly, more than one retirement salary. Nothing in this act 
shall be so construed, however, as to prevent local communities or bodies 
of teachers from supplementing the retirement salary received from the 
state. 

Effective February 1, 1919; Certain Refunds to Teachers. 

Sec. 19. This act shall take effect as of date February 1, 1919, and 
any teacher who has made am^ payment for the year 1918-1919, other 
than the first payment of $4.50, shall have the same refunded to her 
by the state teachers' retirement salarv fund, board. Added, Stats. 
1919, 470. 



162 School Laws of Nevada 

student loan fund 

An Act appropriating two thousand dollars for the aid of the work of 

the student loan fund of the Federation of Women's Cluhs of the 

State of Nevada. . 1 1\4- „i 10 im^ 

•' Approved March 12^ 1917 

Assisting Student Loan Fund. 

Whereas, The women of the Federation of Women's Clubs of the 
State of Nevada, at their fifth annual convention at Goldfield, in 
October, founded the student loan fund; and 

Whereas, Among- other things, the purposes for which said fund is 
formed are : To aid and encourage deserving and needy girls and boys 
of the State of Nevada who are desirous of educating themselves to be 
self-supporting; the money is loaned without interest to be repaid in 
small sums as the borrowers are able to do so, thereby creating a revolv- 
ing fund ; it is available only to residents of Nevada ; not more than 
four hundred ($400) dollars shall be loaned to any one student, and 
not more than two hundred ($200) dollars to any such student in any 
one school year ; and 

Whereas, Said fund has already aided seventeen girls and boys, and 
the demands of said work are continually increasing, and it is without 
sufficient funds to properly provide for those seeking its help and to 
carry out the great objects and purpose for which it is organized ; now, 
therefore : 

Appropriation, $2,000. 

Section 1. The sum of two thousand ($2,000) dollars is hereby 
appropriated, from the general fund in the treasury of the State of 
Nevada not otherwise appropriated, for the purpose of assisting the 
said student loan fund in carrying out the objects and purposes for 
which it was organized. 

To Be Paid to Miss Emma Vanderlieth. 

Sec. 2. Upon written request of Miss Emma Vanderleith, chairman 
of the student loan fund of the Federation of Women's Clubs of 
Nevada, the controller of the State of Nevada is hereby authorized and 
directed to draw his warrant in favor of the student loan fund of the 
Federation of Women's Clubs of Nevada for the sum of two thousand 
($2,000) dollars, and upon presentation of the same to the treasurer 
of the State of Nevada the said treasurer is hereby authorized and 
directed to pay said sum of two thousand ($2,000) dollars to the chair- 
man of said student loan fund of the Federation of Women's Clubs of 
Nevada. 

Must Report Annually to Governor. 

Sec. 3. The chairman of the student loan fund of the Federation of 
Women's Clubs of Nevada shall make an annual report to the governor 
of the State of Nevada showing the disposition of said fund and trans- 
actions concerning the same. 



School Laws of Nevada 163 

state board of investments 

(Su2)erseded by State Board of Finance. See following Act.) 

An Act to create a state hoard of investments of the state permanent 
school fund, defining its powers and duties, and other matters 
properly connected therewith, and repealing all acts and parts of 
acts in conflict herewith. 

Approved March 24, 1917 
Duties of State Board of Investments. 

Section 1. There is hereby created the state board of investments, 
which Mall have charge of all investments of moneys and the sale of all 
securities of the state permanent school fund. Said board shall consist 
of the governor, the attorney-general, the superintendent of public 
instruction, the president of the University of Nevada, and the state 
treasurer. The attorney-general shall be the legal adviser of said 
board. 

Duties of State Controller Regarding Securities. 

Sec. 2. It is hereby made the duty of the state controller, quarterly, 
to notify the state board of investments of the amount of money in the 
state permanent school fund ; and whenever there is a sufficient amount 
of money in said fund for investment, said board shall proceed to nego- 
tiate for the investment of the same in United States securities, in the 
bonds of this state, or of other states, or in bonds of an,y county of the 
State of Nevada, or in loans at a rate of interest of not less than six per 
cent per annum secured by mortgage on agricultural lands in this state 
of not less than three times the value of the amount loaned, exclusive 
of perishable improvements, of unexceptional title, and free from all 
incumbrances. Said state board of investments shall make due and 
diligent inquiry as to the financial standing and responsibility of the 
state or states, county or counties, person or persons, whose bonds or 
securities on agricultural lands in which it proposes to invest, and 
shall so require of the attorney-general his legal opinion in writing as 
to the validity of any act or acts of any state or county under which 
such bonds or securities are issued and authorized, and in which the 
said state board of investments contemplates investment. The attorney- 
general shall also be required to examine and pass upon and give his 
opinion in writing upon the title and the abstract of title of all agri- 
cultural land on which the state contemplates taking mortgages. 

State Board to Invest Securities, How. 

If the state board of investments be satisfied as to the financial stand- 
ing and responsibility of the state or states, county or counties, whose 
bonds or securities it proposes to purchase, or shall be satisfied of the 
financial standing and responsibility of the person or persons, corpora- 
tion or corporations, whose mortgages on agricultural land are offered 
to the state, and the attorney-general shall give his opinion in writing 
that the act or acts under which said bonds or securities are issued are 
valid and that the issues were duly and regularly made, or shall 
approve the abstract of title of the agricultural land proposed to be 
mortgaged, the board may approve such investment, and by a majority 
vote of the board shall order the state controller to draw his warrant 
in favor of the state treasurer for the amount to be invested, and the 



164 School Laws of Nevada 

state controller shall thereupon draw his warrant as directed, and the 
state treasurer shall complete the purchase of the securities authorized 
by the board. 

Board to Keep Record. 

Sec. 3. The state board of investments shall keep a permanent 
record of all its meetings, in which record shall be recorded the aye 
and nay vote of the members of the board upon all questions presented 
to the board, and in which shall be kept all opinions of the attorney- 
general as required by the provisions of this act. 

Securities Converted into Cash, When. 

Sec. 4. The state board of investments is authorized in its discretion 
to convert an_y of the bonds or securities in which any part of the state 
permanent school fund is now or at any time hereafter may be invested 
into cash by selling the same in the open market to the highest bidder 
or bidders, the proceeds thereof to be placed by the state treasurer in 
the state permanent school fund to be reinvested as provided in section 
2 of this act. 

Restrictions as Regards Counties. 

Sec. 5. No part of the state permanent school fund shall be invested 
in the bonds of any county whose entire bonded indebtedness for all 
purposes shall exceed ten per cent of its assessed valuation; and the 
amount of bonds of any county purchased or invested in by the state 
board of investments shall not in the aggregate exceed four per cent 
of the assessed valuation of any county. The rate of interest on all 
such county bonds shall not be less than five per cent. 

Loans on Agricultural Lands. 

Sec. 6. Any person desiring to obtain a loan of the school funds on 
agricultural land shall make application in writing to the board and at 
the same time furnish to the board a full and complete abstract of title 
of the property offered as security for said loan. If the abstract be 
approved by the attorney-general and it shall appear that the person 
offering such mortgage has an exceptional title free from all incum- 
brances, the state board of investments shall forthwith appoint an 
appraiser to view the land and improvements thereon, and make a 
report to the board of the value thereof. 

Borrower to Give Note to State of Nevada — Partial Payments. 

Sec. 7. If the abstract be approved by the attorney-general and the 
title be in accordance with the requirements of the preceding section, 
and the written report of the appraiser or appraisers be satisfactory to 
the state board of investments, said loan shall be made, and the person 
obtaining such loan shall execute a note payable to the State of Nevada 
for the permanent school fund for the amount thereof, and shall 
execute as security for the payment of such note a mortgage upon the 
lands to be given as security in form and manner to be approved by 
the attorney-general. Such mortgage shall be recorded as other mort- 
gages of real property. Every such loan made upon a mortgage on 
agricultural land shall be payable in not to exceed ten years, and 
provision shall be made for partial payments annually or semiannually 
to the state treasurer, but no payments shall be made in an amount less 
than one hundred dollars and interest accruing. All payments of 



School Laws of Nevada 165 

interest and payments upon principal shall be made semiannually on 
June 1 and December 1 of each year. 

Borrower to Pay Expense. 

Sec. 8. Any person desiring to obtain a loan upon agricultural land 
as provided in this act shall furnish the abstract herein provided for, 
and shall pay the cost of the appraiser or appraisers as may be incurred, 
not to exceed five dollars per day and expenses, of such appraiser or 
appraisers. 

Appropriation, $2,500. 

Sec. 9. For the purpose of carrying out the administration of this 
act the sum of twenty-five hundred dollars is hereby appropriated. 

Bepeal. 

Sec. 10. All acts and parts of acts in conflict herewith are hereby 
repealed. 



STATE BOARD OF FINANCE 

(See preceding Act also.) 

An Act to create a state hoard of finance, defining its powers and duties, 
and other matters connected therewith, and repealing all acts and 
parts of acts in conflict herewith. 

Approved March 25, 1919, 164 
State Board of Finance Created; Supersedes Other State Boards Named. 

Section 1. The state board of finance is hereby created. The state 
board of finance* shall supersede — 

1. The state banking board, as defined in an act entitled "An act to 
regulate banking and other matters relating thereto," approved March 
22, 1911, and all amendments thereto ; 

2. The state board of investments, as defined in an act entitled "An 
act to create a state board of invesments of the state permanent school 
fund, defining its powers and duties, and other matters properly con- 
nected therewith, and repealing all acts and parts of acts in conflict 
herewith," approved March 24, 1917 ; 

3. The state board of revenue, as defined in an act entitled "An act 
regulating the fiscal management of counties, cities, towns, school dis- 
tricts, and other governmental agencies," approved March 22, 1917. 

Powers of Said Board. 

The state board of finance shall have all the powers and perform 
all the duties heretofore belonging to the state banking board and 
the state board of investments, and the state board of revenue, under 
and by virtue of the three acts above mentioned, which acts shall 
remain in full force and effect. 

Composition of Said Board. 

Sec. 2. The state board of finance shall consist of the governor, state 
controller, state treasurer, and two other members to be appointed by 
the governor for a term of four years each. The two members so 
appointed by the governor shall receive ten dollars ($10) per day for 
their services while actually engaged in the performance of their 



166 School Laws op Nevada 

duties as members of said board, and shall be entitled also to traveling 
and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of such duties. 

State Bank Examiner Secretary. 

Sec. 3. The state bank examiner shall be the secretary of the state 
board of finance. He shall receive no additional salary or compensa- 
tion for such services. He shall be the custodian of the records, papers, 
and seal of said board and shall perform such additional duties as may 
be required of him. 

Attorney-General Legal Adviser. 

Sec. 4. The attorney-general shall be the legal adviser of the state 
board of finance. 

Powers and Duties of Board. 

Sec. 5. In addition to tlie powers conferred upon the state board of 
finance by the acts specified in section 1 of this act, the state board of 
finance shall have the following additional powers : 

The state board of finance by unanimous vote of its members, and 
with the approval of the state board of examiners, is hereby empowered 
to lend any available moneys in the state treasury, other than those 
in the state permanent school fund and those of the Nevada industrial 
insurance fund, to counties, cities, towns, school districts, high-school 
districts and other governmental agencies situate within the boundaries 
of the State of Nevada. Such loans shall be made only to counties, 
cities, towns, school districts, high-school districts, and other govern- 
mental agencies that have observed the regulations and followed the 
procedure for obtaining temporary loans set forth in an act entitled 
"An act regulating the fiscal management of counties, cities, towns, 
school districts, and other governmental agencies," approved March 
22, 1917. Such loans shall be made for a period not longer than 
eighteen (18) months and shall bear interest at the rate of six per cent 
(6%) per annum. 

State Board of Investments Act To Be Followed. 

In making loans to counties, cities, towns, school districts, high-school 
districts, and other governmental agencies, the state board of finance 
shall follow the procedure for making other loans set forth in an act 
entitled "An act to create a state board of investments of the state 
permanent school fund, defining its powers and duties, and other 
matters properly connected therewith, and repealing all acts and parts 
of acts in conflict herewith," approved March 24, 1917. 

Certain Act Not Affected. 

Sec. 6. Nothing in this act shall be construed to repeal or amend an 
act entitled "An act to authorize the deposit of state moneys in banks 
in this state, and to repeal all acts and parts of acts in conflict with this 
act," approved March 15, 1913. 



School Laws of Nevada 167 

STATE TAX LEVY 

An Act to fix the state tax levy for the fiscal years 1921 and 1922 
and to distribute the said levy to the proper fund. 
Approved March 21, 1921 
State Tax Rate for 1921, 60 Cents. 

Section 1. For the fiscal year commencing January 1, 1921, an ad 
valorem tax of sixty cents (60c) on each one hundred dollars of taxable 
property is hereby levied and directed to be collected for state purposes 
upon all taxable property in the state, including net proceeds of mines 
and mining claims, except such property as is by law exempt from 
taxation, which shall be apportioned by the state controller among the 
various funds of the state as follows : 

Contingent university fund, ten cents, not less than one cent of 
which shall be used or set aside for permanent construction on the 
property of the University of Nevada. Public service division of the 
University of Nevada fund, two cents. State farm bureau fund, one 
cent. Consolidated bond interest and redemption fund, three cents. 
Public-school teachers' retirement salary fund, five-tenths of one cent. 
The general fund, twenty-four cents. The distributive school fund, 
eleven cents. State highway fund, six cents. New state prison build- 
ing fund, one cent. Nevada hospital for mental diseases building fund, 
one cent. Civic and physical training fund, five-tenths of one cent. 
Rate for 1922, 62 Cents. 

Sec. 2. For the fiscal year commencing January 1, 1922, an ad 
valorem tax of sixty-two cents (62c) on each one hundred dollars of 
taxable property is hereby levied and directed to be collected for state 
purposes upon all taxable property in the state, including net proceeds 
of mines and mining claims, except such property as is by law exempt 
from taxation, which shall be appropriated by the state controller 
among the various funds of the state as follows : 
Apportionment. 

Contingent university fund, eleven cents, not less than two cents of 
which shall be expended or set aside for permanent construction on the 
property of the University of Nevada. Public service division of the 
University of Nevada fund, two cents. State farm bureau fund, one 
cent. Consolidated bond interest and redemption fund, four cents. 
Public-school teachers' retirement salary fund, five-tenths of one cent. 
The general fund, twenty-four cents. The state distributive school 
fund, eleven cents. State highway fund, six cents. New prison build- 
ing fund, one cent. Nevada hospital for mental diseases building fund, 
one cent. Civic and physical training fund, five-tenths of one cent. 



FISCAL MANAGEMENT OF SCHOOL DISTRICTS, ETC. 

An Act regulating the fiscal management of counties, cities, towns, 
school districts, and other governmental agencies. 
Approved March 22, 1917 
County Business To Be on Cash Basis. 

Section 1. The business of every county in this state on and after 
the approval of this act shall be transacted upon a cash basis and in 
accordance with the terms of this act. 



168 School Laws of Nevada 

Budget for Governmental Agencies of State. 

Sec. 2. For the purpose of this act every county, city, town, muni- 
cipality, school district, county high school, or high-school district or 
educational district, and the governing boards thereof, are deemed to 
be governmental agencies of the State of Nevada. As amended, Stats. 
1921, 325. 
Budget of All Public Expenses Must Be Made as Prescribed by Tax Conunission. 

Sec. 3. The county commissioners of each county in this state shall, 
between the first Monday of January and the first Monday of April 
of each year, prepare a budget of the amount of mone}^ estimated to be 
necessary to pay the expenses of conducting the public business of said 
county for the then current year. Said budget shall be prepared in 
such detail as to the aggregate sums and the items thereof as shall be 
prescribed by the Nevada tax commission and shall in any event show 
the following detail : 

1. Estimated aggregate assessments upon 

which the tax rates are based. 

2. Real property. 

3. Personal property. 

4. Net proceeds of mines. 

And shall show the estimated expenditures in detail showing admin- 
istrative expense, indigent fund, roads and bridges, interest and 
redemption, common schools, high schools, emergency. 

The estimated receipts from all sources in the following detail: 
Taxation, inheritance tax, licenses, fees, poll tax, interest on county 
moneys, rentals and sales of county property, forest service, state's 
proportion of county officers' salaries, state school money. 

Upon the preparation and completion of said budget the same shall 
be signed by the commissioners of the county approving the same and by 
the county clerk, and. the several sums set forth in said budget under 
estimated expenditures shall be thereby appropriated for the several 
purposes therein named for the then current fiscal year. Said budget 
shall be forthwith filed in the office of the auditor and recorder, and a 
copy thereof shall then be published for two publications, one week 
apart, in the official newspaper of the county, if there be one, or if 
there be no official newspaper, then in a newspaper to be designated by 
the board of county commissioners. 

Unlawful to Contract Any Debt Not Included in Budget — County Farm Bureaus 
Excepted. 
Sec. 4. It shall be unlawful for any commissioner, or any board of 
county commissioners, or any officer of the county to authorize, allow, 
or contract for any expenditure unless the money for the payment 
thereof is in the treasury and specially set aside for such payment. 
An}^ county commissioner or officer violating the provisions of this 
section shall be removed from office in a suit to be instituted by the 
district attorney of the county wherein said commissioner or officer 
resides, upon the request of the attorney-general, or upon complaint 
of any interested party ; provided, that the provisions of this section 
shall not apply to lawful advances for the support of county farm 
bureaus when such advances are reimbursable from the proceeds of 
any tax levied for such purpose. As amended, Stats. 1921, 78. 



School Laws of Nevada 169 

Temporary Loans, How Authorized — County Farm Bureaus. 

Sec. 5. In case of great necessity or emergency, the board of county 
commissioners by unanimous vote, by resolution reciting the character 
and nature of such necessity or emergency, may authorize a temporary 
loan for the purpose of meeting such necessity or emergency ; provided, 
hoivever, that before the adoption of any such emergency resolution by 
the board of county commissioners they shall publish notice of their 
intention to act thereon in the official newspaper of the county for at 
least two publications at least one week apart, and no vote may be 
taken upon such emergency resolution until fifteen days after the first 
publication of said notice ; provided, that temporary loans for the 
support of any lawfully organized county farm bureau may be author- 
ized by resolution of the board of county commissioners unanimously 
adopted without publication of such notice. Upon the unanimous 
adoption of any emergency resolution a certified copy thereof shall be 
forM^arded to the state board of revenue, hereinafter defined, for its 
approval, and no such resolution shall be effective until approved by 
the said state board of revenue, and the resolution of the said state 
board of revenue shall be recorded in the minutes of the board of 
county commissioners ; provided, that temporary loans for the support 
of any lawfully organized county farm bureau may be authorized by a 
general resolution of the state board of revenue applicable to all coun- 
ties, and which such general resolution of approval shall be sufficient 
to be recorded in the minutes of the board of county commissioners as 
aforesaid. As amended, Stats. 1921, 79. 

Commissioners May Issue Short-Time Bonds or Notes. 

Sec. 6. Whenever any board of county commissioners shall be 
authorized to make any emergency loan, as provided for in the pre- 
ceding section, they may issue, as evidence thereof, negotiable paper, 
notes or short-time negotiable bonds. Said evidence of indebtedness 
shall mature not later than two and one-half years from the date of 
issuance, and shall bear interest at not to exceed eight per cent per 
annum, and be redeemable at the option of the county at any time when 
money is available in the emergency tax fund hereinafter provided. 

Emergency Tax, When — County Farm Bureaus. 

Sec. 7. It shall be the duty of the county commissioners at the first 
tax levy following the creation of any emergency indebtedness to levy 
a tax sufficient to pay the same, which shall be designated '' Emergency 
Tax," the proceeds of which shall be placed in "The Emergency Fund" 
in the treasury of the county, and used solely for the purpose of matur- 
ing and redeeming the emergency loan for which the same is levied; 
provided, that when such temporary loan is for the support of any 
lawfully organized county farm bureau, the county tax levied therefor 
shall be deemed the "Emergency Tax" within the provisions of this sec- 
tion', and the proceeds thereof may be transferred to the state treasury 
as may be prescribed in any act providing for the transfer of county 
farm bureau funds to the state treasury, when the state controller shall 
be authorized to draw his warrant against such proceeds for the prin- 
cipal and interest of such temporary loan in favor of the holder of the 
note issued therefor, and the state treasurer shall pay the same. As 
amended. Stats. 1921, 79. 



170 



School Laws of Nevada 



Existing Indebtedness Must Be Redeemed. 

Sec. 8. The county commissioners of any county in this state which 
now has a floating indebtedness or any scrip outstanding shall levy a 
tax for the year 1917 sufficient to redeem and pay such floating 
indebtedness or scrip outstanding, or such board of county commis- 
sioners may immediately, upon the approval of this act, fund such 
floating debt into bonds, which bonds shall provide for the payment of 
principal and interest at the rate of not to exceed six per cent per 
annum and which shall be redeemed and retired in ten equal install- 
ments commencing January 1, 1918, and said board of county com- 
missioners shall annuallj'' levy a tax sufficient to provide for the 
redemption of at least one-tenth of such outstanding bonded indebted- 
ness and pay the interest thereon as herein provided. 

Budgets for Cities, Towns, and School Districts. 

Sec. 9. It shall be the duty of the governing board of every city, 
municipality, town, school district, country high school, or high-school 
district or educational district in this state between the first Monday 
of January and the first Monday of April of each year to prepare a 
budget of the amount of money estimated to be necessary to pay the 
expenses of conducting the public business of such city, municipality, 
town, school district, countj^ high school, or high-school district or 
educational district for the then current year. Such budget shall be 
prepared in such detail as to the aggregate sums and the items thereof 
as shall be prescribed by the Nevada tax commission. The budget 
of any town or city or municipality shall in any event show the 
following detail : 

TOWNS AND CITIES 
Form of Budget. 

Estimated Valuation: 
Realty 

Improvements 
Personal . 

Total 

Requirements (Estimated) 
Salaries of officials 
Other administrative expense 
Police department . . . 
Fire department . 
Streets and alleys . 
Bond interest and redemption 
Miscellaneous (itemized) 
Special (itemized) . . . 

Total 

Receipts (Estimated) 
Licenses ....... 

Police fines ....... 

Other sources, excluding taxation (itemized) . 
Balance from taxation ..... 

Rate necessary to produce, 

Cash on hand January 1 . . . . 
Balance due second half taxes, 19 



School Laws of Nevada 171 

Form of School District Budget. 

And the budget of any school district, county high school or high- 
school district or educational district shall in any event show the fol- 
lowing detail : 

SCHOOL DISTRICTS 
Estimated Valuation: 

Realty 

* Improvements ....... 

Personal 

Total 

Purpose Requirements (Estimated) Amount 

Receipts (Estimated) 

Excess surplus on hand and due . . 

Net amount required from tax levy .... 

Cash on hand January 1 ..... . 

Estimated amount state apportioimient 

second half 19 .... 

Estimated amount county apportion- 
ment second half 19 

Operating surplus desired ...... 

Rate necessary to produce net requirement, 

Budget Filed and Published in Newspaper — Publication Not Required, When. 

Upon the preparation and completion of said budget, it shall be 
signed by the governing board of such city, town, municipality, school 
district, county high school, or high-school district, or educational dis- 
trict, and in cities or municipalities it shall be filed with the city clerk; 
and if of a town, school district, county high school, or high-school 
district or educational district, it shall be filed with the auditor 
and recorder of the county wherein such town, school district, county 
high school, or high-school district or educational district is situated. 
A copy of said budget shall be forthwith published for two publica- 
tions, one week apart, in the official newspaper of the city, town, or 
county, if there be one, or, if there be no official newspaper, then in 
a newspaper to be designated by the governing board of such city, 
municipality, town, school district, county high school, or high-school 
district or educational district. 

Whenever the budget filed by a board of school trustees shows that 
the estimated receipts from the semiannual school apportionments, with- 
out any special district tax upon the property of the school district, will 
be sufficient to provide the funds necessary to maintain properly the 
work in said school district for the ensuing year, as required by law, the 
publication of the budget of such school district shall not be required. 
As amended, Stats. 1921, 325. 

Unlawful to Contract Any Expense Not Included in Budget. 

Sec. 10. It shall be unlawful for any governing board or any mem- 
ber thereof or any officer of any city, town, municipality, school dis- 
trict, county high school, or high-school district, or educational district 
to authorize, allow, or contract for any expenditure unless the money 
for the payment thereof has been specially set aside for such payment 



172 School Laws of Nevada 

by the budget. Any member of any governing board or any officer vio- 
lating the provisions of this section shall be removed from office in a 
suit to be instituted by the city attorney in the case of cities, and by 
the district attorney in cases of towns, school districts, county high 
schools, or high-school districts, or educational districts wherein such 
officer or member of the governing board resides, upon the request of 
the attorney-geiieral or upon the complaint of any interested party. 
As amended, Stats. 1921, 327. 

Municipal and School Boards May Authorize Temporary Loans, When and How. 
Sec. 11. In case of great necessity or emergency the governing board 
of any city, town, school district, county high school, high-school dis- 
trict, educational district, or irrigation district organized according to 
law, by unanimous vote, by resolution reciting the character of such 
necessity or emergency, may authorize a temporary loan for the purpose 
of meeting such necessity or emergency ; provided, however, that before 
the adoption of any such emergency resolution the governing board 
shall publish notice of their intention to act thereon in a newspaper of 
general circulation for at least two publications, one week apart, and 
no vote may be taken upon such emergency resolution until fifteen 
days after the first publication of said notice. Upon the unanimous 
adoption of any governing board of any emergency resolution, a 
certified copy thereof shall be forwarded to the state board of finance, 
for its approval, and no such resolution shall be effective until 
approved b}' the state board of finance, and the resolution of the said 
board of finance recorded in the minutes of the board. Interest 
accounts come within the jurisdiction of the state board of finance and 
may be approved or disapproved in whole or in part by said board. 
As amended, Stats. 1921, 328. 

Short-Time Bonds or Notes for Emergency Loans. 

Sec. 12. Whenever any governing board of any city, town, school 
district, county high school, or high-school district or educational dis- 
trict shall be authorized to make an emergency loan as provided for in 
this act, they may issue as evidence thereof negotiable notes or short- 
time negotiable bonds. Said negotiable notes or bonds shall mature 
not later than two and one-half years from the date of issuance, and 
shall bear interest not to exceed eight per cent per annum and be 
redeemable at the option of such city, town, school district, county high 
school, or high-school district or educational district at any time when 
money is available in the emergency tax fund hereinafter provided. 
As amended, Stats. 1921, 328. 

Tax for Emergency Indebtedness. 

Sec. 13. It shall be the duty of every governing board of any town, 
city, school district, county high school, or high-school district or 
educational district, at the first tax levy following the creation of any 
emergency indebtedness, to levy a tax sufficient to pay the same, which 

shall be designated "City of Emergency Tax," "Town of 

Emergency Tax," "School District ..Emer- 
gency Tax." " High-School Emergency Tax," as the case 

may be ; the proceeds of which shall be authorized in an emergency 
fund in the treasury of the city or in an emergency fund in the county, 
in the cases of towns, school districts, county high schools and high- 



School Laws of Nevada 173 

school districts, or educational districts, and shall be used solely for the 
purpose of redeeming the emergency loan for which the same is levied. 
As amended, Stats. 1921, 328. 

Publication of Budget Proper Charge Against County. 

Sec. 14. The cost of publication of any budget or notice required of 
any town, school district, county high school, or high-school district or 
educational district shall be a proper charge against the county in 
which the same is situated. As amended, Stats. 1921, 329. 

Provisions of this Act Not Effective for Schools Till February 1, 1919 — ^Proviso. 
Sec. 14|. The provisions of this act with reference to school dis- 
tricts, county high schools, high-school districts and educational dis- 
tricts shall not be effective until February 1, 1919 ; provided, Jioivever, 
that, when any special school tax be levied, a budget showing the 
expenditures requiring such tax shall be filed with the board of county 
commissioners, and said tax shall be subject to equalization to conform 
to any increase or decrease in assessed valuation. But this act shall 
not be construed to prevent contracts under existing laws with teach- 
ers, principals, city superintendents or other school supervisors. As 
amended, Stats. 1921, 329. 

Sec. 15. [Repealed, Stats. 1919, 407.] ■ 
Certain Acts Eepealed. 

Sec. 16. Those certain acts entitled "An act relating to the govern- 
ment of towns and cities, and limiting the tax rate thereof," approved 
March 20, 1903; "An act to authorize the issuance of interest-bearing 
school warrants in emergencies, to repeal all the acts or parts of acts in 
conflict herewith, and other matters properly connected therewith," 
approved March 23, 1911; and "An act relating to county government 
and the reduction of the rate of county taxation," approved March 13, 
1903, and all amendments to any such acts, are hereby repealed. 



PART-TIME SCHOOLS 

An Act to provide for the estahlisliment of part-time schools and classes 
and to compel attendance of minors upon such schools and classes. 

Approved March 25, 1919, 148 
Part-Time Schools Provided For. 

Section 1. The school board of any school district in which there 
shall reside or be employed, or both, not less than fifteen children over 
fourteen years of age and less tlian eighteen years of age who have 
entered upon employment, shall establish part-time schools or classes 
for such employed children. 

Education for Employed Children. 

Sec. 2. A part-time school or class established in accordance with 
the terms of this act shall provide an education for children who have 
entered employment which shall be either supplemental to the work in 
which they are engaged, continue their general education, or promote 
'their civic and vocational intelligence. 



174 School Laws of Nevada 

Certain Children Must Attend School. 

Sec. 3. All employed cliildren of the state between the ages of four- 
teen and eighteen years shall attend part-time classes established in 
their respective districts as hereinafter provided, unless they have com- 
pleted the eight grades of the prescribed grammar-school course, or 
the equivalent thereof, and are excused from attendance by authority 
of the board of school trustees for any of the following reasons : 

1. That such attendance would endanger the security of employment 
in a highly desirable and respectable position ; 

2. That the distance between the place of employment and the 
school building is so great as to make part-time attendance impossible 
or impracticable ; 

3. That the student is bound to an apprenticeship under a satisfac- 
tory contract ; 

4. That the student is excused from attendance in accordance with 
the terms of subdivisions 1, 2, and 3 of section 203, chapter 133, 
Statutes of Nevada, 1911, including all amendments thereto. As 
amended, Stats. 1921, 266. 

See sec. 203 in this scliool code. 

Certificates Presented to Employer. 

Sec. 4. The school board of any school district, or person or persons 
designated by them, shall issue to any child over the age of fourteen 
years a certificate giving the age of the child as it appears upon the 
register of the school which he has been attending, the grade which he 
has attained, and his place of residence, which certificate shall be pre- 
sented by him to the employer of any minors. 

Employer to Keep List of Children Employed. 

Sec. 5. The employer of any minors under eighteen years of age 
shall keep a list of minors so employed and shall keep on file the certifi- 
cate issued by the school authorities, and shall notify the school board 
of the district in which the child last attended school of such employ- 
ment. Upon the discharge of any such employed minor, the employer 
shall return within ten days the certificate issued by the board of 
education, to the school board issuing such certificates. 

When School Board Excused from Establishing Part-Time Schools. 

Sec. 6. Whenever any school board shall deem it inexpedient to 
organize part-time schools or classes for employed minors, it shall state 
the reasons for such inexpediency in a petition to the state director for 
vocational education, and when the state board for vocational education, 
upon the recommendation of the state director, shall judge such rea- 
sons to be valid, the school board shall be excused from the establish- 
ment of such part-time schools or classes. 

Part-Time Schools in Session at Least Four Hours Per Week. 

Sec. 7. Part-time schools or classes established in accordance with 
the provisions of this act shall be in session not less than four hours a 
week between the hours of 8 a. m. and 6 p. m. during the number 
of weeks which other public schools are maintained in the district 
establishing such part-time schools or classes. 

State Board to Make Rules. 

Sec. 8. The state board for vocational education shall establish rules 



School Laws of Nevada 175 

and regulations governing the organization and administration of part- 
time schools and classes, and shall expend from the funds appropriated 
for the promotion of vocational education such sums of money as are 
necessary for the proper enforcement of this act. 

School Hours Run as Part of Legal Employment Hours. 

Sec. 9. Whenever the number of hours for which a child over four- 
teen years and less than eighteen years of age may be employed shall 
be fixed by federal or state law, the hours of attendance upon a part- 
time school or class organized in accordance with the terms of this 
act shall be counted as a part of the number of hours fixed for legal 
employment by federal or state laws. 

Parents, Guardians, Etc., Must Send. Children to Part-Time School. 

Sec. 10. Every parent, guardian, or other person in the State of 
Nevada, having control of any child between the ages of fourteen and 
eighteen years, and at work, shall be required to send such child to a 
part-time school or class, whenever there shall have been such part- 
time school or class established in the district where the child resides or 
may be employed, unless excused in accordance with the provisions of 
section 3 of this act. As amended, Stats. 1921, 266. 

Penalty for Culpable Parent or Guardian., 

Sec. 11. In case any parent, guardian, or other person in the State 
of Nevada having control or charge of any child or children between 
the ages of fourteen and eighteen years shall fail to comply with the 
provisions of this act, he shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and 
shall, on conviction thereof, be subject to a fine of not less than ten 
dollars ($10) nor more than one hundred dollars ($100) or by impris- 
onment in the county or city jail not less than two nor more than ten 
days, or by both such fine and imprisonment at the discretion of the 
court. As amended, Stats. 1921, 266. 

Penalty for Culpable Employer. 

Sec. 12. Any person, firm, or corporation employing a child between 
the ages of fourteen and eighteen years shall permit, the attendance 
of such child upon a part-time school or class whenever such part-time 
school or class shall have been established in the district where the 
child resides or may be employed, and any person, firm or corporation 
employing any child over fourteen and less than eighteen years of age 
contrary to the provisions of this act shall be subject to a fine of not 
less than ten dollars ($10) nor more than one hundred dollars ($100) 
for each separate offense. 

Truant Officers to Enforce Law. 

Sec. 13. The officers charged by the law with responsibility for the 
enforcement of the attendance upon regular public schools of children 
over eight years of age shall also be charged with the responsibility for 
enforcement of attendance upon part-time schools and classes of chil- 
dren over fourteen and less than eighteen years of age, in accordance 
with the terms of this act. 

Districts To Be Reimbursed for 50 Per Cent of Expenses. 

Sec. 14. Whenever any part-time school or class shall have been 
established in accordance with the provisions of this act with the rules 



176 School Laws of Nevada 

and regulations established by the state board for vocational education, 
and shall have been approved by the state board for vocational educa- 
tion, the district shall be entitled to reimbursement for the expenditures 
made for the salaries of teachers and coordinators of such part-time 
school or class for not less than fifty per cent of the moneys expended, 
such reimbursement to be made from federal and state funds available 
for the promotion of vocational education. 

"School Board" Defined. 

Sec. 15. In the foregoing sections the expression "school board of 
any school district" refers to the board of trustees in control of the high 
school, or, in its absence, the elementarv school. As amended, Stats. 
1921, 267. 

Fines Go to State Permanent School Fund. 

Sec. 16. All fines collected under the provisions of this act shall be 
paid into the permanent school fund of the state. 



SCHOOLS OF MINES 

An Act creating schools of mines in Virginia City, Tonopah, Goldfield, 
and in the Ely mining district, Nevada; providing for the control 
of said schools and making appropriations therefor. 

Approved March 25, 1919 
Schools of Mines in Various Parts of State. 

Section 1. There is hereby created the Virginia City school of 
mines, the Tonopah school of mines, the Goldfield school of mines, and 
the Ely mining district school of mines ; the first to be located in the 
town of Virginia City, Nevada ; the second in the town of Tonopah, 
Nevada ; the third in the town of Goldfield, Nevada, and the fourth in 
White Pine County at a place or places to be designated by the county 
board of education of said county. 

Under Direction of County Boards of Education, When. 

Sec. 2. Each of the aforesaid mining schools, on and after July 1, 
1919, shall be conducted under the direction of the county board of 
education where such exists, or under the district high-school board in 
the absence of a county board of education, in cooperation with the 
Nevada state board for vocational education. 

Certain Schools Directed by School Trustees. 

The Virginia City school of mines, the Tonopah school of mines, and 
the Goldfield school of mines shall be conducted under the direction of 
the district boards of school trustees in the respective school districts 
in which such schools are located. The Ely mining district school shall 
be conducted under the direction of the county board of education of 
White Pine County, each of these boards cooperating, as provided by 
law and regulation, with the state board for vocational education. 

Appropriations for Support of Said Schools. 

Sec. 3. For the support of the said schools in the years 1919 and 
1920 the state board for vocational education is hereby directed to 
apportion from the appropriation made or which hereafter may be 



School Laws of Nevada 177 

made for the support of cooperative vocational training under the 
provisions of the federal vocational education act, known as the Smith- 
Hughes act, and of chapter 209, Statutes of Nevada, 1917, accepting the 
beneiits of said acts and all subsequent acts relating thereto : To the 
Virginia City school of mines, the sum of twenty-four hundred dollars 
($2^00) ; to the Tonopah school of mines, the sum of four thousand 
and' fifty dollars ($4,050) ; to the Goldfield school of mines, the sum 
of four thousand and fifty dollars ($4,050) ; to the Ely mining district 
school of mines, the sum of four thousand and fifty dollars ($4,050) ; 
which shall be paid for the salaries of teachers and for necessary oper- 
ating expenses of the said schools. 
Appropriation for First Half of 1919. 

Sec. 4. For the support of the said schools of mines from January 
1, 1919, to July 1, 1919, there is appropriated in the manner herein- 
after specified and from any moneys in the general fund of the state 
treasury not otherwise appropriated, the following sums : For the sup- 
port of the A^irginia City school of mines (including the salary of the 
principal), the sum of thirteen hundred dollars ($1,300) ; for the sup- 
port of the Tonopah school of mines (including the salary of the 
principal), the sum of nineteen hundred and fifty dollars ($1,950) ; 
for the support of the Goldfield school of mines (including the salary 
of the principal ) , the sum of nineteen hundred and fifty dollars ; for 
the support of the Ely mining district school of mines (including the 
salary of the principal), the sum of nineteen hundred and fifty dol- 
lars ; provided, however, that all salaries and expenses incurred up to 
and including the date of the passage and approval of this act, which 
shall have been paid from funds appropriated heretofore for the sup- 
port of each and any of the said schools, shall be deemed to be a part 
of and not an addition to appropriations heretofore made and available 
for the support of such school. 

Method of Support After January 1, 1921. 

Sec. 5. On and after January 1, 1921, the said mining schools shall 
be maintained as local, state and federal cooperative enterprises in 
which one-fourth of the salaries and other maintenance costs of said 
schools shall be borne by the respective counties wherein said schools 
are situated and three-fourths thereof shall be borne by the state and 
the federal government under the terms of the Smith-Hughes voca- 
tional education act and the state act or acts accepting the benefits of 
the same. 

It is further provided: That each of the aforesaid schools shall con- 
fine its expenditures to items and amounts named in its budget 
approved by the state board for vocational education, and that finan- 
cial support from state and federal funds shall be available in the 
form of a quarterly subsidy amounting to three-fourths of all sub- 
mitted bills of expense properly receipted, authorized and approved. 

County Tax for Said Schools. 

The respective boards of county commissioners in the counties in 
which said schools are located shall in preparing budgets on estimated 
expenditures for the years 1921 and thereafter provide in the tax 
levies of the preceding year for sufficient moneys to permit of county 
cooperation in the support of the said schools as aforesaid, and any 
7 



178 School Laws of Nevada- 

county failing to make such provision shall forfeit the right to state 
and federal moneys for the support of the mining schools situated 
therein and the right to receive moneys from the state vocational fund. 
As amended, Stats. 1921, 264. 

Transfer of School Equipment. 

Sec. 6. On or before Jul.y 1, 1919, all equipment, property and 
assets in the possession of the Virginia City School of mines, the Tono- 
pah school of mines, the Goldfield school of mines, and the Ely mining 
district school of mines shall be transferred by the state board for 
vocational education and hj the boards now having direct control of 
the said equipment, property and assets to the county boards of edu- 
cation or district boards of school trustees of the respective school 
districts in which said schools may be respectively located, for the 
exclusive use of said mining schools in said districts as long as said 
schools may be operated. 

Repeal of Certain Acts. 

Sec. 7. Those certain acts entitled "An act amending an act entitled 
'An act creating a school of mines to be located af Virginia City 
Nevada,' approved March 20, 1903," approved March 20, 1911, being 
section 4671, Revised Laws of Nevada, 1912; an act entitled "An act 
creating a school of mines to be located at Tonopah, Nevada," approved 
March 17, 1915, and an act entitled "An act creating a school of mines 
to be located at Goldfield, Nevada, and a school of mines to be located 
at Ely, Nevada," approved March 20, 1917, are hereby repealed. 



VOCATIONAL EDUCATION— AID FROM NATIONAL AND STATE 

GOVERNMENTS 

An Act to reaffirm "An act to accept the henefits of an act passed hy 
the senate and house of representatives of the United States of 
America, in Congress assemhled, to provide for the promotion of 
vocational education, approved Fehriiary 23, 1917/' approved 

March 24, 1917. . , ^r i o- mm irn 

' Approved March 2o, 1919, 150 

State Accepts Benefits of Act of Congress. 

Section 1. That the State of Nevada hereby reaffirms its acceptance 
and assent to the terms and provisions of the act of Congress entitled 
"An act to provide for the promotion of vocational education, to 
provide for cooperation with the states in the promotion of such edu- 
cation in agriculture and the trades and industries ; to provide for 
cooperation with the states in the preparation of teachers of vocational 
subjects; and to appropriate money and regulate its expenditure," 
as enacted into law by the legislature of the State of Nevada and 
approved March 24, 1917. 

State Treasurer Custodian of Federal Educational Funds. 

Sec. 2. That the state treasurer is hereby designated and appointed 
custodian of all moneys received by the State of Nevada from the 
appropriation made by said act of Congress, and he is authorized to 
receive and provide for the proper custody of the same and to make 
disbursements thereto in the manner provided in the said act and for 



School Laws op Nevada 179 

the purposes therein specified. He shall also pay out any moneys 
appropriated by the State of Nevada for the purpose of carrying out 
the provisions of this act upon the order of the state board for voca- 
tional education. 

State Board for Vocational Education. 

Sec. 3. That the state board of education is hereby designated as the 
state board for vocational education. 

State Superintendent Executive Officer. 

Sec. 4. That the state superintendent of public instruction shall 
serve as executive officer of the state board for vocational education 
and shall designate, by and with the advice and consent of the state 
board for vocational education, such assistance as may be necessary to 
properly carry out the provisions of this act. The superintendent of 
public instruction shall also carry into effect such rules and regulations 
as the state board for vocational education may require. He shall also 
maintain an office for the board in the state capitol and shall keep all 
records of the board in that office. 

Powers of State Board for Vocational Education. 

Sec. 5. That the state board for vocational education shall have 
all necessary authority to cooperate with the federal board for voca- 
tional education in the administration of said act of Congress ; to 
administer any legislation pursuant thereto enacted by the State of 
Nevada ; and to administer the funds provided by the federal govern- 
ment and the State of Nevada under the provisions of this act for the 
promotion of vocational education in agricultural subjects, trade and 
industrial subjects, and home economics subjects. 

(a) The state board for vocational education shall have full author- 
ity to formulate plans for the promotion of vocational education in 
such subjects as an essential and integral part of the public-school sys- 
tem of education in the State of Nevada and to provide for the prepara- 
tion of teachers of such subjects. 

(b) The state board for vocational education shall have authority to 
fix the compensation of such officials and assistants as may be necessary 
to administer the federal act and this act for the State of Nevada, and 
pay such compensation and other necessary expenses of administration 
and travel from funds appropriated in this act. 

(c) The state board for vocational education shall have authoritj^ 
to make studies and investigations relating to vocational education in 
such subjects ; to promote and aid in the establishment by local com- 
munities of schools, departments or classes giving training in such 
subjects ; to cooperate Math local communities in the maintenance of 
such schools, departments, or classes ; to prescribe qualifications for the 
teachers, directors, and supervisors of such subjects and have full 
authority to provide for the certification of such teachers, directors 
and supervisors ; to cooperate in the maintenance of classes supported 
and controlled by the public for the preparation of the teachers, direc- 
tors and supervisors of such subjects or to maintain such classes under 
its own direction and control ; to establish and determine by general 
regulations the qualifications to be possessed by persons engaged in the 
training of vocational teachers. 



180 School Laws op Nevada 

Meetings of Board. 

Sec. 6. The state board for vocational education shall hold at least 
four stated meetings per year as follows : On the fourth Monday of 
December ; on the fourth Monday of March ; on the fourth Monday of 
June ; and on the fourth Monday of September, and at such other 
times as may be designated by the state executive officer of the board or 
upon the request in writing of a majority of the members of the board. 

Districts and Counties May Maintain Vocational Classes. 

Sec. 7. Any district or county school board may establish and main- 
tain vocational schools or classes, giving instruction in agricultural 
subjects, trade or industrial subjects, or home economics subjects, and 
may raise and expend money for the establishment and maintenance of 
such vocational schools or classes in the same manner in which moneys 
are raised and expended for other school purposes, and moneys so 
raised may be expended in providing vocational education as outlined 
in this act. 

To Share in Federal and State Funds. 

Sec. 8. Whenever any school or classes have been organized in 
accordance with rules and regulations adopted by the state board for 
vocational education and shall have been approved by the state board 
for vocational education, they shall be entitled to share in federal and 
state funds available for the promotion of vocational education to an 
amount not less than fifty per cent of the moneys expended for the 
salaries of the teachers of vocational subjects in such approved schools 
or classes. 

Appropriation, $35,000. 

Sec. 9. That the sum of thirty-five thousand dollars ($35,000) is 
hereby appropriated, out of any moneys in the state treasury not 
otherwise appropriated, as a vocational education fund to be available 
on and after July 1, 1919, to be expended by the state board for voca- 
tional education for the promotion of vocational education as provided 
for in the federal act and in this act for the State of Nevada, this sum 
together with the amounts required of local communities being equal 
to the amount of money to be received by the State of Nevada from the 
federal government for the promotion of vocational education. 

Board to Report Biennially. 

Sec. 10. The state board for vocational education shall make a 
report bienniall}' to the legislature setting forth the condition of voca- 
tional education in the State of Nevada, a list of the schools to which 
federal and state aid has been given, and a detailed statement of the 
expenditures of the federal funds and state funds provided in section 8 
of this act. 

Repeal. 

Sec. 11. That all laws and parts of laws in conflict with the pro- 
Adsions of this act are hereby repealed. 

In Effect. 

Sec. 12. That this act shall take effect upon its passing, being 
approved by the governor. 



School Laws of Nevada 181 

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION 

An Act to accept the 'benefits of any act that may he passed by the 
senate and house of representatives of the United States of 
America in Congress assembled, to amend the vocational educa- 
tion act approved February 23, 1917, so as to provide increased 
funds for the support of home economics education in cooperation 

with the states. , , t,. , no moi 

Approved March 22, 1921 

Section 1. The State of Nevada does hereby accept the benefits of 
an act that may be passed by the senate and house of representatives of 
the United States of America in Congress assembled, to amend the 
vocational education act approved February 23, 1917, so as to provide 
increased funds for the support of home economics education in coop- 
eration with the states. 

Sec. 2. The administration of the provisions of this act shall be a 
part of the vocational education system now being carried on in coop- 
eration with the federal board for vocational education, and shall be 
in accordance with the provisions of the above-entitled act. 

Sec. 3. The sum of five thousand dollars ($5,000) is hereby appro- 
priated, out of any moneys in the state treasury not otherwise appropri- 
ated, as a vocational education fund to be used in cooperation with the 
federal board for vocational education in the support and promotion 
of home economics education, and the said five thousand dollars 
($5,000) shall be available only upon the passage of the above-entitled 
act of Congress, to be used together with the federal funds therein 
provided for this same purpose in subsidy for home economics work in 
the secondary schools of this state ; provided, that in each case the 
local school shall contribute not less than one-fourth of the money 
necessary to carry on such cooperative home economics courses. 



VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION 

An Act to accept the benefits of an act passed by the senate and house 
of representatives of the United States of America in Congress 
assembled, to provide for the promotion of vocational rehabilita- 
tion of persons disabled in industry or otherwise and their return 
to civil employment, approved June 2, 1920. 

Title amended, Stats. 1921, 286 
Federal Vocational Rehabilitation Act Accepted. 

Section 1. That the State of Nevada does hereby accept the benefits 
of any act that may be passed by the senate and house of representa- 
tives of the United States of America, in Congress assembled, to pro- 
vide for the promotion of vocational rehabilitation of persons disabled 
in industry or otherwise, and their return to safe employment, and will 
observe and comply with all the requirements of said act. 

State Board of Education Authorized to Act. 

Sec. 2. That the state board of education is hereby designated as 
the state board for the purposes of the said act, and is hereby given all 
the necessary power to cooperate with the federal board for vocational 
education in the administration of the provisions of the act. 



182 School Laws of Nevada 

Joint Action with Industrial Commission. 

Sec. 3. It shall be the duty of the state board of education to act 
jointly with the industrial commission in the administration, supervi- 
sion, designation and support of the courses in vocational rehabilita- 
tion to be provided in carrying out the provisions of this act. 

Powers of Joint Board — Governor's Approval Necessary. 

Sec. 4. Said joint board shall have the power to provide courses in 
this state or other states, in their discretion, for vocational rehabilita- 
tion of injured persons ; provided, however, that such arrangements 
shall be approved by the governor in writing. 

State Treasvirer Custodian of Funds. 

Sec. 5. That the state treasurer is hereby designated and appointed 
as custodian of the funds for vocational rehabilitation, and shall 
receive and provide for the proper custody and disbursement of moneys 
paid to the state from the appropriations made by said act, and of 
moneys hereinafter appropriated by the state for this purpose. 

Appropriation, $10,000. 

Sec. 6. That the sum of ten thousand dollars ($10,000) is hereby 
appropriated, out of any moneys in the state treasury not otherwise 
appropriated, as a vocational rehabilitation fund, to be available in 
the biennial period, beginning July 1, 1919. 

Gifts or Donations Received. 

Sec. 7. The state board of education is hereby authorized and 
empowered to receive such gifts and donations, either from public or 
private sources, as may be offered unconditionally or under such con- 
ditions related to the vocational rehabilitation of persons disabled in 
industry or otherwise as are proper and consistent with the provisions 
of this act. All moneys received as gifts or donations shall be deposited 
in the state treasury and shall constitute a permanent fund to be called 
the special maintenance fund for the vocational rehabilitation of dis- 
abled persons, to be used to defray the expenses of vocational rehabili- 
tation in special eases of persons undergoing reeducation and training. 
Added, Stats. 1921, 286. 



SMITH-HUGHES VOCATIONAL EDUCATION ACT 

An Act to provide for the promotion of vocational education; to pro- 
vide for cooperation with the states in the promotion of such edu- 
cation in agricidture and the trades and industries ; to provide 
for cooperation with the states in the preparation of teachers of 
vocational suhjects; and to appropriate money and regulate its 

expenditure. . , -p, , oo Tmr- 

^ Approved February 23, 1917 

Be it enacted hij the Senate and House of Representatives of the 
United States of America, in Congress assemhled. That there is hereby 
annuall}" appropriated, out of any money in the treasury not other- 
wise appropriated, the sums provided in sections two, three, and four 
of this act, to be paid to the respective states for the purpose of 
cooperating with the states in paying the salaries of teachers, super- 
visors, and directors of agricultural subjects, and teachers of trade, 



School Laws op Nevada 183 

home economics, and indnstrial subjects, and in the preparation of 
teachers of agricultural, trade, industrial, and home economics sub- 
jects ; and the sum provided for in section seven for the use of the 
federal board for vocational education for the administration of this 
act and for the purpose of making studies, investigations, and reports 
to aid in the organization and conduct of vocational education, which 
sums shall be expended as hereinafter provided. 

Sec. 2. That for the purpose of cooperating with the states in 
paying the salaries of teachers, supervisors, or directors of agricul- 
tural subjects there is hereby appropriated for the use of the states, 
subject to the provisions of this act, for the fiscal year ending June 
thirtieth, nineteen hundred and eighteen, the sum of $500,000 ; for 
the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and nineteen, 
the sum of $750,000 ; for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nine- 
teen hundred and twenty, the sum of $1,000,000 ; for the fiscal year 
ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and twenty-one, the sum of 
$1,250,000 ; for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hun- 
dred and twenty-two, the sum of $1,500,000 ; for the fiscal year end- 
ing June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and twenty-three, the sum of 
$1,750,000 ; for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred 
and twenty-four, the sum of $2,000,000 ; for the fiscal year ending June 
thirtieth, nineteen hundred and twenty-five, the sum of $2,500,000 ; 
for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and twenty- 
six, and annually thereafter, the sum of $3,000,000. Said sums shall 
be allotted to the states in the proportion which their rural population 
bears to the total rural population in the United States, not including 
outlying possessions, according to the last preceding United States 
census ; provided, that the allotment of funds to any state shall be 
not less than a minimum of $5,000 for any fiscal year prior to and 
including the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and 
twenty-three, nor less than $10,000 for any fiscal year thereafter, and 
there is hereby appropriated the following sums, or so much thereof 
as may be necessary, which shall be used for the purpose of providing 
the minimum allotment to the states provided for in this section : For 
the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and eighteen, 
the sum of $48,000 ; for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen 
hundred and nineteen, the sum of $34,000 ; for the fiscal year ending 
June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and twenty, the sum of $24,000 ; for 
the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and twenty- 
one, the sum of $18,000 ; for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, 
nineteen hundred and twenty-two, the sum of $14,000 ; for the fiscal 
year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and twenty-three, the 
sum of $11,000 ; for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen 
hundred and twenty-four, the sum of $9,000 ; for the fiscal year ending 
June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and twenty-five, the sum of $34,000 ; 
and annually thereafter the sum of $27,000. 

Sec. 3. That for the purpose of cooperating with the states in 
paying the salaries of teachers of trade, home economics, and indus- 
trial subjects there is hereby appropriated for the use of the states, 
for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and eigh- 
teen, the sum of $500,000 ; for the fiscal yesir ending June thirtieth, 
nineteen hundred and nineteen, the sum of $750,000: for the fiscal 



184 School Laws of Nevada 

year ending- June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and twenty, the sum 
of $1,000,000 ; for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen 
hundred and twenty-one, the sum of $1,250,000 ; for the fiscal year 
ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and twenty-two, the sum 
of $1,500,000 ; for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen 
hundred and twenty-three, the sum of $1,750,000 ; for the fiscal year 
ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and twenty-four, the sum 
of $2,000,000 ; for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen 
hundred and twentj-five, the sum of $2,500,000 ; for the fiscal year 
ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and twenty-six, the sum of 
$3,000,000; and annually thereafter the sum of $3,000,000. Said 
sums shall be allotted to the states in the proportion which their 
urban population bears to the total urban population in the United 
States, not including outlying possessions, according to the last pre- 
ceding United States census ; provided, that the allotment of funds 
to any state shall be not less than a minimum of $5,000 for any fiscal 
year prior to and including the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, 
nineteen hundred and twenty-three, nor less than $10,000 for any fiscal 
year thereafter, and there is hereby appropriated the following suras, 
or so much thereof as may be needed, which shall be used for the pur- 
pose of providing the minimum allotment to the states provided for 
in this section : For the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen 
hundred and eighteen, the sum of $66,000 ; for the fiscal year ending 
June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and nineteen, the sura of $46,000 ; 
for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and twenty, 
the sura of $34,000 ; for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen 
hundred and twenty-one, the sura of $28,000 ; for the fiscal year ending 
June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and twenty-two, the sum of $25,000 ; 
for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and twenty- 
three, the sum of $22,000 ; for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, 
nineteen hundred and twenty-four, the sum of $19,000 ; for the fiscal 
year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and twenty-five, the sum 
of $56,000 ; for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hun- 
dred and twenty-six, and annually thereafter, the sum of $50,000. 

That not more than twenty per centum of the money appropriated 
under this act for the payment of salaries of teachers of trade, home 
economics, and industrial subjects, for any year, shall be expended 
for the salaries of teachers of home economics subjects. 

Sec. 4. That for the purpose of cooperating with the states in pre- 
paring teachers, supervisors, and directors of agricultural subjects 
and teachers of trade and industrial and home economics subjects 
there is hereby appropriated for the use of the states for the fiscal 
year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and eighteen, the sum 
of $500,000 ; for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hun- 
dred and nineteen, the sum of $700,000 ; for the fiscal year ending 
June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and twenty, the sum of $900,000 ; 
for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and twenty- 
one, and annually thereafter, the sum of $1,000,000. Said sums shall 
be allotted to the states in proportion which their population bears 
to the total population of the United States, not including outlying 
possessions, according to the last preceding United States census ; pro- 
vided, that the allotment of funds to any state shall be not less than 
a minimum of $5,000 for any fiscal year prior to and including the 



School Laws of Nevada 185 

fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and nineteen, nor 
less than $10,000 for any fiscal year thereafter. And there is hereby 
appropriated the following* sums, or so much thereof as may be needed, 
which shall be used for the purpose of providing the minimum allot- 
ment provided for in this section : For the fiscal year ending June 
thirtieth, nineteen hundred and eighteen, the sum of $46,000 ; for the 
fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and nineteen, the 
sum of $32,000; for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen 
hundred and twenty, the sum of $24,000; for the fiscal year ending 
June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and twenty-one, and annually there- 
after, the sum of $90,000. 

Sec. 5. That in order to secure the benefits of the appropriations 
provided for in sections two, three, and four of this act, any state 
shall, through the legislative authority thereof, accept the provisions 
of this act and designate or create a state board, consisting of not less 
than three members, and having all necessary power to cooperate, as 
herein provided, with the federal board for vocational education in 
the administration of the previsions of this act. The state board of 
education, or other board having charge of the administration of 
public education in the state, or any state board having charge of the 
administration of any kind of vocational education in the state may, 
if the state so elect, be designated as the state board, for the purposes 
of this act. 

In any state the legislature of which does not meet in nineteen 
hundred and seventeen, if the governor of that state, so far as he is 
authorized to do so, shall accept the provisions of this act and desig- 
nate or create a state board of not less than three members to act in 
cooperation with the federal board for vocational education, the 
federal board shall recognize such local board for the purposes of this 
act until the legislature of such state meets in due course and has been 
in session sixty daj^s. 

Any state may accept the benefits of any one or more of the respec- 
tive funds herein appropriated, and it may defer the acceptance of the 
benefits of an}- one or more of such funds, and shall be required to meet 
only the conditions relative to the fund or funds the benefits of which 
it has accepted ; provided, that after June thirtieth, nineteen hundred 
and twenty, no state shall receive any appropriation for salaries of 
teachers, supervisors, or directors of agricultural subjects, until it 
shall have taken advantage of at least the minimum amount appro- 
priated for the training of teachers, supervisors, or directors of agri- 
cultural subjects, as provided for in this act, and that after said date 
no state shall receive any appropriation for the salaries of teachers of 
trade, home economics, and industrial subjects until it shall have taken 
advantage of at least the minimum amount appropriated for the train- 
ing of teachers of trade, home economics, and industrial subjects, as 
provided for in this act. 

Sec. 6. That a federal board for vocational education is hereby 
created, to consist of the secretary of agriculture, the secretary of 
commerce, the secretary of labor, the United States commissioner 
of education, and three citizens of the United States to be appointed 
by the president, by and with the advice and consent of the senate. 
One of said three citizens shall be a representative of the manufac- 
turing and commercial interests, one a representative of the agricul- 



186 School Laws of Nevada 

tural interest, and one a representative of labor. The board shall 
elect annually one of its members as chairman. In the first instance, 
one of the citizen members shall be appointed for one year, one for 
two years, and one for three years, and thereafter for three years each. 
The members of the board other than the members of the cabinet and 
the United States commissioner of education shall receive a salary of 
$5,000 per annum. 

The board shall have power to cooperate with state boards in carry- 
ing out the provisions of this act. It shall be the duty of the federal 
board for vocational education to make, or cause to have made, 
studies, investigations, and reports, with particular reference to their 
use in aiding the states in the establishment of vocational schools and 
classes and in giving instruction in agriculture, trades and industries, 
commerce and commercial pursuits, and home economics. Such studies, 
investigations, and reports shall include agriculture and agricultural 
processes and requirements upon agricultural workers; trades, indus- 
tries, and apprenticeships, trade and industrial requirements upon 
industrial workers, and classification of industrial processes and pur- 
suits ; commerce and commercial pursuits and requirements upon com- 
mercial workers ; home management, domestic science, and the study 
of related facts and principles ; and problems of administration of 
vocational schools and of courses of study and instruction in vocational 
subjects. 

When the board deems it advisable such studies, investigations, and 
reports concerning agriculture, for the purposes of agricultural educa- 
tion, may be made in cooperation with or through the department of 
agriculture ; such studies, investigations, and reports concerning 
trades and industries, for the purposes of trade and industrial educa- 
tion, may be made in cooperation with or through the department of 
labor; such studies, investigations, and reports concerning commerce 
and commercial pursuits, for the purposes of commercial education, 
may be made in cooperation with or through the department of com- 
merce ; such studies, investigations and reports concerning the admin- 
istration of vocational schools, courses of study and instruction in 
vocational subjects, may be made in cooperation with or through the 
bureau of education. 

The commissioner of education may make such recommendations 
to the board relative to the administration of this act as he may from 
time to time deem advisable. It shall be the duty of the chairman of 
the board to carry out the rules, regulations, and decisions which the 
board may adopt. The federal board for vocational education shall 
have power to employ such assistants as may be necessary to carry out 
the provisions of this act. 

Sec. 7. That there is hereby appropriated to the federal board 
for vocational education the sum of $200,000 annually, to be avail- 
able from and after the passage of this act, for the purpose of making 
or cooperating in making the studies, investigations, and reports pro- 
vided for in section six of this act, and for the purpose of paying the 
salaries of the officers, the assistants, and such office and other expenses 
as the board may deem necessary to the execution and administration 
of this act. 

Sec. 8. That in order to secure the benefits of the appropriation for 
any purpose specified in this act, the state board shall prepare plans. 



School Laws of Nevada 187 

showing the kinds of vocational education for which it is proposed that 
the appropriation shall be used ; the kinds of schools and equipment ; 
courses of study ; methods of instruction ; qualifications of teachers ; 
and, in the case of agricultural subjects, the qualifications of super- 
visors or directors ; plans for the training of teachers ; and, in the 
case of agricultural subjects, plans for the supervision of agricultural 
education, as provided for in section ten. Such plans shall be sub- 
mitted by the state board to the federal board for vocational edu- 
cation, and if the federal board finds the same to be in conformity 
with the provisions and purposes of this act, the same shall be 
approved. The state board shall make an annual report to the 
federal board for vocational education, on or before September first 
of each year, on the work done in the state and the receipts and 
expenditures of money under the provisions of this act. 

Sec. 9. That the appropriation for the salaries of teachers, super- 
visors, or directors of agricultural subjects, and of teachers of trade, 
home economics, and industrial subjects shall be devoted exclusively 
to the payment of salaries of such teachers, supervisors, or directors 
having the minimum qualifications set up for the state by the state 
board, with the approval of the federal board for vocational edu- 
cation. The cost of instruction supplementary to the instruction in 
agricultural and in trade, home economics, and industrial subjects 
provided for in this act, necessary to build a well-rounded course of 
training, shall be borne by the state and local communities, and no 
part of the cost thereof shall be borne out of the appropriations herein 
made. The moneys expended under the provisions of this act, in 
cooperation with the states, for the salaries of teachers, supervisors, 
or directors of agricultural subjects, or for the salaries of teachers of 
trade, home economics, and industrial subjects, shall be conditioned 
that for each dollar of federal money expended for such salaries the 
state or local community, or both, shall expend an equal amount for 
such salaries ; and that appropriations for the training of teachers of 
vocational subjects, as herein provided, shall be conditioned that such 
money be expended for maintenance of such training and that for 
each dollar of federal money so expended for maintenance, the state 
or local community, or both, shall expend an equal amount for the 
maintenance of such training. 

Sec. 10. That any state may use the appropriation for agricultural 
purposes, or any part thereof allotted to it, under the provisions of this 
act, for the salaries of teachers, supervisors, or directors of agricultural 
subjects, either for the salaries of teachers of such subjects in schools 
or classes or for the salaries of supervisors or directors of such subjects 
under a plan of supervision for the state to be set up by the state 
board, with the approval of the federal board for vocational educa- 
tion. That in order to receive the benefits of such appropriation for 
the salaries of teachers, supervisors, or directors of agricultural sub- 
jects the state board of any state shall provide in its plan for agri- 
cultural education that such education shall be that which is under 
public supervision or control; that the controlling purpose of such 
education shall be to fit for useful employment ; that such education 
shall be of less than college grade and be designed to meet the needs 
of persons over fourteen years of age who have entered upon or who 
are preparing to enter upon the work of the farm or of the farm home ; 



188 School Laws of Nevada 

that the state or local community, or both, shall provide the neces- 
sary plant and equipment determined upon by the state board, with 
the approval of the federal board for vocational education, as the 
minimum requirement for such education in schools and classes in 
the state ; that the amount expended for the maintenance of such 
education in any school or class receiving the benefit of such appro- 
priation shall be not less annually than the amount fixed by the 
state board, with the approval of the federal board as the minimum 
for such schools or classes in the state ; that such schools shall provide 
for directed or supervised practice in agriculture, either on a farm 
provided for by the school or other farm, for at least six months per 
year ; that the teachers, supervisors, or directors of agricultural sub- 
jects shall have at least the minimum qualifications determined for 
the state by the state board, with the approval of the federal board 
for vocational education. 

Sec. 11. That in order to receive the benefits of the appropria- 
tion for the salaries of teachers of trade, home economics, and indus- 
trial subjects, the state board of any state shall provide in its plan 
for trade, home economics, and industrial education that such edu- 
cation shall be given in schools or classes under public supervision 
or control ; that the controlling purpose of such education shall be 
to fit for useful employment ; that such education shall be of less 
than college grade and shall be designed to meet the needs of per- 
sons over fourteen years of age who are preparing for a trade or 
industrial pursuit or who have entered upon the work of a trade or 
industrial pursuit; that the state or local community, or both, shall 
provide the necessary plant and equipment determined upon by the 
state board, with the approval of the federal board for vocational 
education, as the minimum requirement in such state for education 
for any given trade or industrial pursuit; that the total amount 
expended for the maintenance of such education in any school or class 
receiving the benefit of such appropriation shall be not less annually 
than the amount fixed by the state board, with the approval of the 
federal board, as the minimum for such schools or classes in the state ; 
that such schools or classes giving instrviction to persons who have not 
entered upon employment shall require that at least half of the time 
of such instruction be given to practical work on a useful or productive 
basis, such instruction to extend over not less than nine months per 
year and not less than thirty hours per week ; that at least one-third of 
the sum appropriated to any state for the salaries of teachers of trade, 
home economics, and industrial subjects shall, if expended, be applied 
to part-time schools or classes for workers over fourteen years of age 
who have entered upon employment, and such subjects in a part-time 
school or class may mean any subject given to enlarge the civic or 
vocational intelligence of such workers over fourteen and less than 
eighteen years of age ; that such part-time schools or classes shall pro- 
vide for not less than one hundred and forty-four hours of- classroom 
instruction per year; that evening industrial schools shall fix the age 
of sixteen years as a minimum entrance requirement and shall confine 
instruction to that which is supplemental to the daily employment ; 
that the teachers of any trade or industrial subject in any state shall 
have at least the minimum qualifications for teachers of such subject 
determined upon for such state by the state board, with the approval 



School Laws of Nevada 189 

of the federal board for vocational education ; provided, that for 
cities and towns of less than twenty-five thousand population, accord- 
ing to the last preceding United States census, the state board, with the 
approval of the federal board for vocational education, may modify 
the conditions as to the length of course and hours of instruction per 
week for schools and classes giving instruction to those who have not 
entered upon employment, in order to meet the particular needs of such 
cities and towns. 

Sec. 12. That in order for any state to receive the benefits of the 
appropriation in this act for the training of teachers, supervisors, or 
directors of agricultural subjects, or of teachers of trade, industrial or 
home economics subjects, the state board of such state shall provide 
in its plan for such training that the same shall be carried out under 
the supervision of the state board ; that such training shall be given in 
schools or classes under public supervision or control ; that such train- 
ing shall be given only to persons who have had adequate vocational 
experience or contact in the line of work for which they are preparing 
themselves as teachers, supervisors, or directors, or who are acquiring 
such experience or contact as a part of their training ; and that the 
state board, with the approval of the federal board, shall establish 
minimum requirements for such experience or contact for teachers, 
supervisors, or directors of agricultural subjects and for teachers of 
trade, industrial, and home economics subjects; that not more than 
sixty per centum nor less than twenty per centum of the money appro- 
priated under this act for the training of teachers of vocational sub- 
jects to any state for any year shall be expended for any one of the 
following purposes : For the preparation of teachers, supervisors, or 
directors of agricultural subjects, or the preparation of teachers of 
trade and industrial subjects, or the preparation of teachers of home 
economics subjects. 

Sec. 13. That in order to secure the benefits of the appropriations 
for the salaries of teachers, supervisors, or directors of agricultural 
subjects, or for the salaries of teachers of trade, home economics, and 
industrial subjects, or for the training of teachers as herein provided, 
any state shall, through the legislative authority thereof, appoint as 
custodian for said appropriations its state treasurer, who shall receive 
and provide for the proper custody and disbursements of all money 
paid to the state from said appropriations. 

Sec. 14. That the federal board for vocational education shall 
annually ascertain whether the several states are using, or are pre- 
pared to use, the money received by them in accordance with the pro- 
visions of this act. On or before the first day of January of each year 
the federal board for vocational education shall certify to the sec- 
retary of the treasury each state which has accepted the provisions 
of this act and complied therewith, certifying the amounts which each 
state is entitled to receive under the provisions of this act. Upon 
such certification the secretary of the treasury shall pay quarterly to 
the custodian for vocational education of each state the moneys to 
which he is entitled under the provisions of this act. The moneys so 
received by the custodian for vocational education for any state shall 
be paid out on the requisition of the state board as reimbursement for 
expenditures already incurred to such schools as are approved by said 



190 School Laws op Nevada 

state board, and are entitled to receive such moneys under the provi- 
sions of this act. 

Sec. 15. That whenever any portion of the fund annually allotted to 
any state has not been expended for the purpose provided for in this 
act, a sum equal to such portion shall be deducted by the federal 
board from the next succeeding annual allotment from such fund to 
such state. 

Sec. 16. That the federal board for vocational education may 
withhold the allotment of moneys to any state whenever it shall be 
determined that such monej'S are not being- expended for the purposes 
and under the conditions of this act. 

If any allotment is withheld from any state, the state board of such 
state may appeal to the Congress of the United States, and if the Con- 
gress shall not direct such sum to be paid it shall be covered into the 
treasury. 

Sec. 17. That if any portion of the moneys received by the custo- 
dian for vocational education of an,y state under this act, for any 
given purpose named in this act, shall, by any action or contingency, 
be diminished or lost, it shall be replaced by such state, and until so 
replaced no subsequent appropriation for such education shall be paid 
to such state. No portion of any monejs appropriated under this act 
for the benefit of the states shall be applied, directly or indirectly, to 
the purchase, erection, preservation, or repair of any building or build- 
ings or equipment, or for the purchase or rental of lands or for the 
support of any religious or privately owned or conducted school or 
college. 

Sec. 18. That the federal board for vocational education shall make 
an annual report to Congress, on or before December first, on the 
administration of this act and shall include in such report the reports 
made by the state boards on the administration of this act bj^ each 
state and the expenditures of the money allotted to each state. 



INDEX TO SCHOOL LAWS 



This index is arranged alphabetically, as a whole, hy general titles, 
the same extending to the extreme left. Under most of the general 
titles are subtitles, slightly to the right in each case and also in alpha- 
betical order. In a few instances there are divisions of the matter of 
the subtitles, and these too are grouped in alphabetical order and 
slightly to the right of the subtitle under which they respectively 
belong. Attention to these facts of arrangement will enable one readily 
to find any desired subject. 

In the following index p. stands for page or pages, s. for section, and 

small-cap p. for paragraph. 

Act coustriied. p. 75, s. 220. 
Acts repealed, p. 75-77, s. 221. 
Admissious to high school, p. 65, s. 183. 
Aid- 
County aid for schools, p. 81, s. 1. 

District high school, p. 94-9(J. 

Indigeut mothers, p. 1.32-133. 

State aid to counties and districts, p. 53-54. See Relief Apportionment. 
American histoi'y to be taught, p. 148. 
Appeal. See tiiiperiuteiulent of Puhlie Instruction. 
Apportionment of School Funds — j 

Combined state and county, p. 54-55, s. 152. 

County for school districts, p. 54-55, s. 152. 

County for certain district high schools, p. 94-96, 

Emergency, p. 39-40. 

Joint district, p. 55, s. 152(d). 

Relief, p. 53-54. 

State, p. 52-.54. 

See Fiinclf:, ScJiool. 
Apportionment of senators and assemblymen, p. 150. 
Arbor Day — 

Governor's proclamation, p. 42. s. 111. 

Not legal holiday, p. 42, s. 110. 
Attorney-General — 

Legal advisor of deputy superintendents, p. 43, s. 116. 

Legal advisor of state board of finance, p. 166, s. 4. 

Legal advisor superintendent public instruction. Rev. Laws, s. 4130. 

Shall bring action for state text-book commission, when. p. 61, s. 166. 
Bids must be advertised for all contracts over .$500, p. 145. 
Birds, Fish, and Game — 

Instruction as to, p. 42, s. 108. 
Board of Regents of State University. See Constitutional Provisions and Vni- 

rersity of Xerada. 
Bonds, County High School. See County High School. 
Bonds, School District — 

Amount determined by trustees, p. 67, s. 192. 

County treasurer to call in and pay at maturity, p. 69, s. 197. 

Election for issuance, p. 67-71, s. 192-201. 

Election notice must contain what, p. 68, s. 193. 

Election for, how conducted, p. 68, s. 193. 

Issued for what purpose, p. 67, 71, s. 191, 200. 

Issuance of, determined by voters of district, p. 67, s. 192. 

Maturity of. limited to twenty years, p. 68, s. 193. 

Plans of schoolhouses to be approved by deputy superintendent, p, 29, s. 67. 

Redemption of. p. 70, s. 197a. 

Registration of, p. 69, s. 196. 



]92 Index to School Laws 

Bonds, School District (Continned) . 
Sale of, p. 68, s. 194. 
Signing of, p. (J8, s. 195. 
Security of not affected by changes in boundaries of districts, p. TO, 71, s. 198, 

202. 
Sinking fund for payment of, p. 69, s. 197. 
Tax for levied by county commissioners, p. 69, s. 197. 
Tax levy for, lieu on property, p. 70, s. 199. 
Bonds, School, Special Districts — 

Churchill County, high-school building at Fallon, Stats. 1917, 246. 
Churchill County, School District No. 4, Fallon, Stats. 1915, 79. 
Douglas County high school, Gardnerville, Stats. 1915, 336. 
Elko County high-school dormitories, Stats. 1915, 344 ; Stats. 1919. 38. 
Elv high school. Stats. 1915, 91. 
Ely School District No. 1, Stats. 1917, 177. 
Goldfleld School District, Stats. 1917, 80. 
Hawthorne school. Stats. 1917, 207. 
Lander County high school. Stats. 1921, 63. 
LoA^elock high-school manual-training building, Stats. 1919, 10. 
Lund District, White Pine County, Stats. 1915, 131. 
Lvon Countv District No. 18, Stats. 1917, 189. 
Mina School District, Stats. 1917, 76. 
Mineral County, Hawthorne school, Stats. 1917, 207. 
Mineral County, Mina school, Stats. 1917, 76. 
Palisade school. Eureka County, building for, Stats. 1919, 64. 
Preston School District, Stats. 1915, 169. 
Sparks high school, Stats. 1915, 102. 
Twin Springs District, Stats. 1919, 18. 
Wells, high-school gymnasium, Stats. 1919, 38. 

White Pine County, high-school building, Stats. 1915, 91, and Stats. 1921, 292. 
Wiunemucca high-school building. Stats. 1915, 365. 
Wiunemucca high-school manual-training equipment. Stats. 1919, 29. 
Winnemucca School District, Stats. 1915, 160. 
Bonds, University of Nevada — 

Agricultural building, Stats. 1917. 181. 
Engineering experiment station, Stats. 1919, 116. 
Mining experiment station, Stats. 1919, 118. 
Teachers' training building. Stats. 1919, 115. 
Branch county high schools, p. 96-97. 
Budget for school districts, p. 171, s. 9. 
Census Marshals (p. 44-48, s. 122-1.33) — 

Appointed, how and when, eligibility, p. 44, s. 122. 
Appointment of special, p. 37, 39, 47, 106, s. 80, 92, 131. 131a, 5. 
Blanks for, p. 45, s. 123. 

Classification of districts for census, p. 44, s. 122. 
Compensation of — 

Amount (maximum) determined by statute, p. 48, s. 133. 

Cannot be paid till report has been approved by deputv superintendent, 
p. 48, s. 133. 

No compensation, when, p. 44, s. 122. 

Paid by county, p. 48, s. 133. 
Duties of, p. 45-47, s. 124-125, 128-129. 
Report of — 

Certified to and transmitted to deputy superintendent, p. 46, s. 128. 

Completed, when, p. 47, s. 129. 

Contents of, p. 46, s. 126. 

Examined and corrected by deputy superintendent, p. 47, s. 1.30. 

Examined by clerk of school board, p. 46, s. 128. 

Separate for joint districts, p. 40, s. 127. 
Report to county clerk certain facts, p. 46. 
Special census for increase in population, when. p. 47, s. 131a. 
Special census marshal for regular census, p. 47, s. 131. 
Special census to be taken in new districts, p. 37, 39, s. 80, 92. 
Teacher ex oflicio census marshal, when, p. 44, s. 122. 
Certification of Teachers, p. 17-22. See Teachers' Certificates. 
Child Labor Law — 

Boys under 16 years, hours per day, p. 136, s. 8. 



Index to School Laws 193 

Cliild Labor Law (Contuined). 

Cliildreii under 14 years, p. 135, s. 1, 4. 

Children under IG years, p. 135, s. 2, 3. 

Forbidden callings for certain children, p. 135-136, s. 2-6. 

Girls under 18 years, hours per day, p. 136, s. 8. 

Injurious callings, state board of health to decide, p. 135, 136, s. 3, 6. 

Penalties for violation of, p. 136, s. 9. 

Persons under 18 years of age in incorporated cities and towns, p. 136, s. 7. 

Superintendent of public instruction to make demand, when, p. 136, s. 4. 

See Ennjloymeiit of Children, etc.; Parf-Tlme Schools. 
Children must not be employed, when, p. 135-137. 
Children Protected. See Fiohihited Employmenis for Children: Protection of 

Children. 
City Superintendent — 

Administer certain oaths, p. 32, p. 15, s. 67. 

Districts of the first class, p. 35, s. 76. 

Powers and duties of, p. 32, p. 15, s. 67 ; p. 35, s. 74, 76. 

Qualifications of, p. 35, s. 76. 

Term of office of, p. 35, s. 76. 
Civic and Physical Training in High Schools, p. 148-140. 
Clark County Educational Districts, p. 83-86. 

Classification of Funds. See Funds; County Auditor; and County Treasurer. 
Compulsory Attendance (Indian Children) — 

Attendance in government schools, p. 156, s. 1. 

Fine or imprisonment, when, p. 156, s. 4. 

Government school officers to give notice, when, p. 156, s. 2. 

Legal action, when, p. 1.56, s. 3. 

Peace officers to assist, p. 157, s. 5. 

Penalty for guilty parent or guardian, p. 156, s. 4. 

Punishment for intimidation, p. 157, s. 6. 

Runaways may be sent to Nevada School of Industry, p. 157, s. 7. 
Compulsory Education — 

Arrest of truant, p. 73, s. 207. 

Attendance officer appointed by school board, p. 73, s. 207. 

Attendance officer or school officer may investigate, p. 73. s. 209. 

Children between 7 and 18 years of age must attend school, p. 71, s. 203. 
Excused from attendance, p. 71-72, s. 203. 

Child deemed truaiit, p. 72. s. 204. 

Child habitual truant, p. 72, s. 204. 

Fines, disposal of, p. 74, s. 211. 

Habitual truants, special schools for, p. 73, s. 208. 

Punishment for encouraging truancy, p. 73, s. 209. 

Punishment for false statements concerning age, p. 74, s. 210. 

Punishment of parent of truant, p. 72, s. 205. 

Real estate dealers to report certain facts, p. 74, s. 209. 

School officer, peace officer, or attendance officer may arrest, p. 73, s. 207. 

School officer or taxpayer may file criminal complaint, p. 73, s. 206. 

School trustees, clerk to file complaint, p. 72, s. 206. 

School trustees to make investigations, p. 72, s. 206. 

Truancy defined, p. 72, s. 204. 

See Contributory Dependency and Delinquency, and Dependent, Neglected, or 
Delinquent Children. 
Consolidation of schools, p. 36, 38, s. 78, 87. 
Consolidation of schools in adjoining counties, p. 104-105. 
Consolidation of schools and transportation of pupils, p. 101-104. 
Constitutional Provisions — 

Education to be encouraged, p. 5. s. 1. 

Eligibility to office, p. 7, s. 3, art. XV. 

Irreducible School Fund — 

Apportionment of interest on, p. 5, s. 2, 3. 

Escheated estates, appropriated to, p. 5, s. 3. 

Fines appropriated to, p. 5, s. 3. 

How created, p. 5. s. 3. 

Interest only apportioned to schools, p. 6. s. 3. 

Interest on certain portions of, used for university, p. 6, s. 8. 

Investment of, p. 5, s. 3. 

Lands (public) and funds dedicated to support of education, p. 5, s. 3. 



194 Index to School Laws 

Constitutional Provisions (Co)itiiiued). 

Land warrants belong to, p. 5, s. 3. 

Money and property of nontransferable, p. 5, s. 3. 
Legislature and Education^ — 

Different grades of schools to be established, p. G, s. 5. 

Normal school to be established, p. 6, s. 5. 

Public institutions, p. 7, art. XIII. 

Recall of public officer, p. 8, s. 9. 

Special state school tax for university and common schools, p. G, s. G. 

State uniA-ersity to be established, p. G, s. 4. 

Uniform school system to be provided, p. 5, s. 2. 
No funds for sectarian purposes, p. 7, s. 10. 
Normal school, p. 6, s. 5. 
Oath of office, who must take, p. 6, s. 5. 
Penalty for less than six months of school, p. 5, s. 2. 
Sectarian instruction prohibited, p. 7, s. 9. 
Six months of school to be maintained, p. 5, s. 2. 
State iniiversity established, p. 6, s. 4. 
University regents provided for, p. 6, s. 7. 
Contagious diseases in schools, p. 153. 

Contracts, bids must be advertised for, if over $500, p. 145. See Teachers' Con- 
tracts. 
County Aid for School Districts — 
Elementary schools, p. 81, s. 1. 
High schools, p. 81, s. 2. 
County Aid for District High Schools — 

In counties having no county high school, p. 94-9G. 
In other counties, p. 96-97. 
County Auditor — 

Add county school tax to assessment roll, p. 49, s. 139. 
Add special taxes to assessment roll, p. 32, p. 13, s. 67 ; p. 50, s. 141. 
Draw warrants on county treasurer for official organ of state board of educa- 
tion, p. 11, s. 4. 
Draw warrant on order of deputv superintendent, when, p. 30, p. G, s. 67 ; 

p. 31, p. S, s. 67 ; p. 32, p. 14, s. 67. 
Forfeit $100 as penalty, when, p. 52, s. 149 (3). 
Not draw warrant, when, p. 15, p. 1, 2. s. 12 ; p. 29, p. 2, s. 67 ; p. 34. 37, s. 69, 

78 ; p. 153, s. 3. 
Receive no fees for handling school moneys, p. 52, s. 1.50. 
Report to superintendent of public instruction, p. 52, s. 149; p. 56. s. 1.52*. 
Transfer of moneys when notified by deputy superintendent, p. 39, s. 88. 
County Board of Education — 

County commissioners temporary board, p. 64, s. 177. 
Election of, p. 64, s. 178. 
Powers and duties of — 

Certify as to buildings needed, p. 90, s. 1. 

Employ and discharge janitors, p. 65, s. 179. 

Employ teachers holding Nevada high-school certificates, p. 65, s. 179. 

Enforce state courses of study, p. 65, s. 179. 

Estimate money needed for new buildings, p. 90, s. 1. 

Furnish annual estimate of money necessary to run school, p. 65, s. 179. 

Provide for dormitories and dining-halls, when, p. 65, s. 184. 

Same as those of school trustees, p. 35, s. 75. 
Term of office, p. 64, s. 178. 
Vacancies, how filled, p. 64, s. 178. 

Vested with same powers as school trustees, p. 35, s. 75. 
County Commissioners — 
Abolish districts, p. 40, s. 97. 

Act as temporary county board of education, p. 64. s. 177. 
Act on application of deaf, dumb, and blind, p. 109, s. 2 ; Rev. Laws, s. 1703. 
Act on application for feeble-minded, p. 110, s. 2. 
Appropriate money for county institute, p. 13, p. 7. s. 6. 
Authorize temporary loans, when and how, p. 87, s. 5. 
Change boundaries of school districts, p. 36, s. 77 ; p. 100, s. 3. 
Consolidate school districts, when, p. 37, s. 78; p. 101-105. 
Control, rent, etc.. property of abolished districts, p. 40, s. 99. 
Create joint school districts, p. 37, s. 81. 



Index to School Laws 195 

County Commissioners {Continued). 
Create new school districts, p. 36, s. 77. 
Dissolve consolidated school districts, when, p. 105, 107. 
Divide school districts, p. 36, s. 77. 
Enlarge or consolidate school districts, p. 38, s. 87. 
Establish two county high schools, when, p. 63, s. 175. 
Issue short-term notes, when, p. 87, s. 6. 
Join in action to establish county normals, p. 66, s. 185. 
Levy county high-school tax, p. 65, s. 180. 
Levy county school tax, p. 49, 55, s. 1.39, 152. 
Locate county high school, p. 63, s. 175. 
Make annual levy for county high school, p. 65, s. 180. 
Make certain provisions for deaf, dumb, and blind, p. 110, s. 4 ; Rev. Laws, 

s. 1704. 
Make levy for high-school bonds and interest, p. 93, s. 6. 
Make levy for school district tax, p. 31, p. 13, s. 67 ; p. 49-50, s. 140-141. 
Make levy for special bond tax, p. 69, s. 197. 
Make special tax levy for county high school, p. 64, s. 176. 
Not allow bill of census niai'shal, when, p. 48. s. 133. 

Not transfer school funds, special act, p. 81-82, s. 1 ; Rev. Laws, s. 1540. 
Order election on request of county board of education, p. 91, s. 1. 
Provide certain funds for county normal schools, p. 67, p. 3, s. 189. 
Submit question of establishing county high school to voters, p. 62, s. 174. 
Support children sent to state orphans' home, p. 108, s. 13 ; Rev. Laws, s. 4099. 
Transfer money to school funds, when, p. 82-83, s. 1, 2. 
County High Schools — 

Admission, who eligible, p. 65, s. 181. 

Bonding for buildings and dormitories, p. 90-94. 

Branch, p. 96-97. 

Control and management by county board of education, p. 62-65. 

Comity boards of education for — 

Election of, p. 64, s. 178. 

Temporary at first, p. 64, s. 177. 

A'acancies. how filled, p. 64, s. 178. 
County commissioners — 

Estimate cost of grounds, buildings, etc., p. 63, s. 175. 

Levy county tax for, p. 64, s. 176. 

Temporary board of education, p. 64, s. 177. 
Dormitories and dining-halls, p. 65, s. 184. See County Board of Education. 

Bonding for. p. 90-94. 
Election for building, p. 91, s. 2, 3. 
Election to establish, p. 62, s. 173, 174. 
Eligibility of pupils for, p. 65, s. 181. 

Entrance requirements in charge of state board of education, p. 65, s. 181. 
Location of, p. 63, s. 175. 
Money for support of, p. 65, s. 180. 

Principals of. may supervise district schools, p. 65, s. 182. 
Pupils, admission, p. 65, s. 181. 
Tax levy for — 

Annually by county commissioners, p. 65, s. 180. 

Special, p. 64, s. 176. 
Temporary board for, p. 64, s. 177. 
Supervision of, p. 65, s. 183. 
County Normal-Training Schools — 
Control of, p. 66, s. 186. 
Establishment of, p. 66. s. 185. 
Funds for, p. 66, s. 189. 

Graduates to receive second-grade elementary certificates, p. 66, s. 188. 
Powers and duties of normal-training school board, p. 66-67, s. 187, 189-190. 
Purpose of. p. 66, s. 185. 
Restriction as to counties, p. 66, s. 185. 
Salary of teacher, p. 67, p. 2, s. 189. 
County money transferred to district school funds, when, p. 81. s. 1, 2. 
County school funds used for what, p. 50, s. 142; p. 55, s. 152(e). 
County school tax, p. 49, s. 139. 
County Treasurer — 

Call in and pay school bonds at maturity, p. 69, s. 197 ; p. 93, s. 6. 



196 Index to School Laws 

County Treasurer {Continued). 

Duty as to iuterest on school bonds, p. GO, s. 197 ; p. 93, s. 6. 

Forfeit $100 as penalty, when, p. 52. s. 149. 

Notify superintendent of public instruction as to county school money, p. 51, 

s. 149. 
Pay money only on warrants of county auditor, p. 52, s. 149. 
Receive and hold school moneys as special deposits, p. 51, s. 149. 
Receive no fees for handling school moneys, p. 52, s. 150. 
Report to superintendent of public instruction, when, p. 51, s. 149. 
Transfer moneys when notified by deputy superintendent, p. 39, s. 88. 
Crimes and punishments (as to unlawful sales to minors), p. 134. 
Damages on account of minors, p. 134. 
Deaf, dumb, and blind, p. 109-110, s. 1-4. 
Delinquent children, p. 128-131. See Juvenile Delinqiienff:. 
Dependent, neglected, or delinquent children, p. 114-120. 

See, also, Compulsorij Education, p. 11-1'r, Contributorij Dependency and 

Delinquencii, p. lll-ll'i: and Nevada School of Indtixtnj, p. 128-131. 
Deputy Superintendents of Public Instruction — 
Appeal from, p. 44, s. 121. 
Appointment and term of office of, p. 15, s. 9. 
Attorney-general legal advisor of, p. 43, s. 110. 
Compensation of, p. 16, s, 13. 
Powers and duties of — 

Act on appointment of probation officer by district judge, p. 119. 

Administer oaths, p. 22, s. 37. 

Advise with teachers, p. 35, s. 11. 

Appoint census marshals, when, p. 44, s. 122 ; p. 47. s. 131. 

Appoint school trustees, p. 10. p. S. s. 12: p. 28. 37, 39. s. 64, 78, 89. 

Approve appointment of probation officers, p. 119, s. 6. 

Approve plans for schoolhouses. p. 29, s. 67. 

Approve transfer of school children, p. 33, p. 20. s. 67. See Transfer of 
Pupils and School Funds, p. 82, s. 1, 2. 

Approve trustees' order for amount o^-er .$500, when, p. 34, s. 69. 

Assist at state, district, and county institutes, p. 15, s. 11. 

Assist state board of education in preparing courses of study, p. 15, s. 11. 

Attend meetings of state board of education, p. 15. s. 11. 

Cause district school levy to be made. when. p. 32, p. 13, s. 67. 

Cause necessary repairs made to school buildings, when, p. .30, p. 8, s. 67. 

Caiise privies to be built, p. 30, p. 6, s. 67. 

Certify certain facts to school board clerks, p. 31. p. 13, s. 67. 

Confer with trustees and county officers, p. 15. s. 11. 

Deputy examiner, p. 15, s. 11. 

Designate places for holding school in consolidated districts, p. 37, 39, 
s. 78. 89. 

Determine suspension or expulsion of pupils, p. 33, p. 18, s. 67. 

Devote entire time to supervision, p. 15, s. 9. 

Educational examiner, p. 15, s. 11. 

Enforce method of school-board accounts, p. 16, p. 5, s. 12. 

Examine, compare, and revise census marshal's report, p. 47, s. 130. 

Examine records and observe the work of each school, p. 15, s. 11. 

File directorv of teachers and school trustees with county auditor, p. 15, 
p. 1, s. 12. ' 

Furnish information to state board of education, p. 15, s. 11. 

Grade the public schools, p. 16, p. 7, s. 12. 

Hold teachers' meetings, p. 15, s. 11. 

Inspect record books and accounts of school boards, p. 16. p. 5, s. 12. 

Inspect school buildings, libraries and apparatus, p. 15. s. 11. 

Inspect school-fund accounts of county auditor and report thereon, p. 16, 
p. 6, s. 12. 

Investigate claim against school fund. p. 15, p. 2, s. 12. 

Issue temporary certificates, p. 17, 22, s. 17, 34. 

Maintain school six months, p. 31, p. 13, s. 67. 

Maintain school eight months, when, p. 32. p. 14. s. 67. 

Notifv countv commissioners of approval of census marshal's report, 
p. 48, s. 133. 

Provide American flag, when, p. 43, s. 113. 

Report quarterly to state superintendent, p. 14, p. 11, s. 6. 



Index to School Laws 197 

Deputy Siiperinteiiclents of Public lusti-iiction {Coutiiiued). 
Suspend teachers' certificates, when, p. 16, 43, s. 12, 120. 
Visit each school twice a year, p. 15, s. 11. 

Qualifications of, p. 15, s. 9, 10. 

Removal from office, p. 17, s. 16. 

Rules and regulations for, p. 17, s. 15. 

Salary, office and traveling expenses, see Coinpoisation of. 

Vacancy, how filled, p. 15, s. 9. 
Dissolution of consolidated school district, p. 105-107. 
Districts (see Scliool Districts). 
District Attorney — 

Cause arrest and prosecution in connection with school census, p. 47, s. 132. 

Enforce law against houses of ill-fame, p. 75, s. 219. 

Legal advisor of school boards, p. 43, s. 115. 
Domestic Arts for Rural Schools — 

Secured by union of school districts, p. 97-99. 
Dormitories and dining-halls, p. 65, s. 184 ; p. 90-94. 
Education to be uniform, p. 5, s. 2. 
Educational districts, Clark County, p. 83. 
Educational districts, five supervision, p. 14, s. 8. 
Election day, schools not to be closed, p. 42, s. 113. 
Election, recall (see Recall Election). 

Election, to authorize school improvement amounting to $5,000, p. 34, s. 674. 
Elementary and high schools, p. 41, s. 102. 
Eligibility to office, p. 7, s. 3, art. XV. 
Ely School of Mines, p. 176. 
Emergency health fund, p. 154. 
Emergency loan for schools, p. 172, s. 11. 
Emergency school fund, p. 39-40, s. 90-96. 
Emergency tax for school districts, p. 169, 172, s. 7, 13. 
Emeritus positions at state university. Stats. 1915, p. 314. 
Employment of children prohibited, when, p. 135-137 (see Part-Time Act, 

p. 173-176). 
English language must be used, when, p. 151. 

Epidemics, teachers not to forfeit salary on account of, p. 415, s. 104. 
Escheated Estates — 

For state permanent school fund, p. 139, s. 5, 12, 259. 
Estray Animals — 

Proceeds of sale for county school fund. Rev. Laws, s. 2281. 
Evening schools, p. 152. 

Examinations, admission to high school, p. 65, s. 181. 

Examinations, teachers (see Teachers' Certificates), p. -17, s. 18-19; p. 21, s. 32. 
Exemption from jury duty, p. 43, s. 117. 
Exemption from taxation of school property, p. 41, s. 106. 
Expense limits of public officers, p. 149, s. 1-2. 
Farm Mortgages — 

Investment of state permanent school fund in, see State Board of Finance Act, 
p. 165-166. 
Feeble-minded children, p. 110-111, s. 1-4. 

Female teachers, no discrimination against allowed, p. 31, p. 11, s. 67. 
Fines, all go into state permanent school fund. Rev. Laws, s. 3760. 
Firearms, use of prohibited, when, p. 134, s. 345. 
Fiscal management of school districts, p. 167-173. 
Fish and Game Laws — 

Teachers to give instruction in, monthly, p. 42, s. 108. See separate pamphlet 
concerning. 
Flag, American, to be flown on everv school dav, p. 148. 
Flag, National, p. 42. s. 113. 
Flag of Nevada, p. 43, s. 114. 

Frances Willard Day, p. 148. See SeinlJtollclaijs, p. 42, s. 112. 
Free text-book act, p, 137-138. 

Funds apportioned on division of a district, p. 37, s. 80. 
Funds, School (see also p. 1.39-141) — 

Apportionment of — ■ 

Consolidated districts, p. 36, 38, s. 78, 88. 
County (Law of 1921), p. 54-56, s. 1.52. 
Divided district, p. 37, s. 80. 



198 Index to School Laws 

Funds, School {Continued). 

Emergency, p. 39, s. 93-94. 

Joint districts, p. 55(d). 

Relief, p. 53-54. 

Restriction as to state, in certain districts, p. 53, s. 151(a), 

State (Stats. 1919), p. 52-54, s. 151. 
County — 

County treasurer to receive and pay out, p. 51, s. 149. 

Created, p. 51, s. 149. 

Estray animals, proceeds of sale of, to go to, p. 140, s. 8. 

Grazing fees go to. Rev. Laws, s. 3478. 

Profits of franchises, portion of, to go to, p. 140, s. 7. 

Road funds applied to, when, p. 127, s. 5. 

Use of, p. 50, s. 142. 
County High — 

Estimates for, p. 63, 65, s. 175, 179. 

Expenditures of, p. 65, s. 179. 

Tax levy for. p. 64, 65, s. 176, 180. 

Uses of, p. 50, s. 142. 
District — 

Used for what, p. 55, s. 152(e). 
District Library — 

Books to be bought, p. 57, s. 153. 
Emergency — 

Amount of, p. 39, s. 90. 

Amount to district, when, p. 39, s. 93. 

Basis of distribution, p. 39, s. 93. 

But one apportionment to district, p. 39, s. 94. 

Conditions before distribution to school district, p. 39, s. 92. 

Creation of, p. 39, s. 90. 

How used, p. 39, s. 91. 

State board of education to approve, p. 40, s. 95. 

Transfer of, to county treasurer, p. 40, s. 95. 

Unused balance to revert, p. 40, s. 96. 
Normal-training school, p. 66, s. 189. 
Reserve school fund. p. 53. 

Reversion of, when, p. 40, 54-56, s. 98, 152, 152J. 
Shall not be transferred. Rev. Laws, s. 1540. 
State Distributive — 

Apportionment of, p. 52, s. 151. 

Countv treasurer to receive and pay out, p. 51, s. 149. 

Created, p. 48. s. 136. 

Receive 40% of inheritance tax, Stats. 1913, 411. 

Receive one-half surplus from state library fund. Rev. Laws, s. 3952. 

Salary of superintendent of public instriiction paid out of. Rev. Laws, 
s. 3758. 

Toll-roads, penalties to go into. Rev. Laws, s. 3758. 

Transfer of, to counties, p. 48, s. 146. 

Used for what, p. 13, s. 6 ; p. 16, s. 13; p. 18, s. 19; p. 52, s. 151; p. 55, 
s. 152(e) ; p. 62, s. 17L 
State Permanent — 

Created, Rev. Laws. s. 355. 

Custodian of securities for, p. 51. s. 14.5. 

Fines, all go into. Rev. Laws, s. 3760. 

Inheritance taxes for. Stats. 1913. 

Investment of. See mate Board of Finance, p. 165-166. 

Printing expenses of state land office paid from state school fund. Rev. 
Laws, s. 4356-4359. 
Report by state controller, p. 50, s. 144. 

Salaries authorized paid from— 
Deputy surveyor-general. Stats. 1915, p. 224. 
Stenographer in state land office. Rev. Laws, s. 4401. 
Surveyor-general. Rev. Laws, s. 4.394. 
State controller to keep separate account of, p. 50, s. 143. 
Transfer of funds restricted to apportionment for children, p. 82, s. 1. 
Used onlv in support of public schools, p. 48, s. 138. 
Goldfleld School of Mines, p. 176. 



Index to School Laws 199 

Governor of State — 

Act on appointment of probation officer by district judge, Rev. Laws, S; 733. 

Act with superintendent of public instruction in malting contracts for care of 
delinquents, Rev. Laws, s. 756. 

Appoint text-boolv connnission, p. 58, s. 158. 

Appoint board of visitors for University of Nevada, Stats. 1895. 

Designate Arbor Day by proclamation, p. 42, s. 110. 

Fill vacancies in state text-book commission, p. 58, s. 158. 

Member of state board of finance, p. 165-166. 

President of state board of education, p. 11, s. 2. 

President of state text-book commission, p. 58, s. 1.58. 

Salary of, p. 77, s. 1. 
Grazing fees, 10 per cent of, apportioned to county scbool fund. Rev. Laws, 

s. 3478. 
Health inspection, p. 153-154. 
Health, public, emergency fund for, p. 1.54. 

Health officer, duty of, in connection with contagious diseases, p. 153. 
High school defined, p. 41, s. 102. 
High-school districts, special, p. S3, 86, p. 86-90. 
High-school dormitories, p. 65, s. 184. 
Holidays — 

Schools closed, when, p. 42, s. 112. 

Schools open, when. p. 42, s. 112. 

See, also, Frances WiJlnrd Day. p. 148. 
Home Economics Education, p. 181. 
Hospital near schoolhouse unlawful. Rev. Laws, s. 6.534. 
Houses of ill-fame, p. 75, s. 217-219. 
Hygiene to be taiight, p. 41, s. 107. 
Indigent Mothers — 

Receive coimty help, p. 132-133. 
Institutes. See Teachers" Institutes. 
Interest-bearing notes, p. 169. 172, s. 6, 12. 
Investment of permanent school fund in farm mortgages. See State Board of 

Finance, p. 165-166. 
Irredeemable state school bonds, p. 79-81. 
Irredeemable school fund. See Constitutional Provisions, p. 5, 6. 

All fines to go into. Rev. Laws, s. 3760. 

Investment of, p. 163-166. 
Joint School Districts — 

Apportionment of funds for, p. 55(d). 

Created how, p. 37, s. 81. 
Jury Duty — 

Teachers and college professors exempt, when, p. 43, s. 117. 
Juvenile court law, p. 114-128 ; p. 128-131. 
Juvenile Delinquents — 

School of industry for, p. 128-131. 

Special tax for, p. 131, s. 15. 
K indergax'tens^ — • 

Part of public-school s.vstem, p. 32, p. 17, s. 67. 

Special provisions for, p. 99. 
Land-grant moneys and university fund. Stats. 1915, p. .327. 
Legal Advisors of School Officers — 

Attorney-general, p. 43. s. 116. 

District attorne.v, p. 43, s. 115. 
Legislature and Education. See Constitutional Provisions. 
Libraries, District School- 
Amount of mone.v for, p. 57, s. 153. 

Books, for, approved by superintendent of public instruction, p. 57, s. 153. 

Rules and regulations for purchase of books, p. 57, s. 153. 
Libraries, Free Public — 

Act establishing. Rev. Laws, s. 794 ; 3227-3231. 
Library books loaned, p. 155. 
Liens and Executions — 

School property exempt from, p. 41, s. 106. 
Life diplomas or certificates, p. 20-21. s. 28-29. 
Loan of books from state library, p. 155. 
Lyon County high-school bonds, etc., p. 86-90. 



200 Index to School Laws 

Manual Training and Domestic Arts for Rural Schools — 

Secured by union of school districts, p. 97-99. 
Medical or physical examination, p. 153-154. 

Military information by census, p. 46, s. 126 ; Rev. Laws, s. 3981. 
Mining schools, p. 176-177. 

Minors must not be sold liquors, etc., or allowed in certain places, p. 134-135. 
Minor convicts, placed in Nevada School of Industry, p. 132. 
Mothers' pensions and aid for dependent children, p. 132-133. 
Nevada School of Industry, p. 128-132. 

Courts to commit boys to, p. 131, s. 14. 

Education and training of inmates, p. 130, s. 11. 

Established at Elko, p. 129, s. 3. 

Girls, how cared for, p. 129, s. 2. 

Governing board, p. 130, s. 9. 

Minor convicts may be placed in, p. 132. 

Pay for inmates of, p. 131, s. 13. 

Sheriff to deliver boys to suiDerintendent, p. 131, s. 14. 

Superintendent of, p. 130, 131, s. 9, 12, 14. 

Support of, how provided, p. 131, s. 15. 
Night schools, p. 152-153. 
Nonpartisan officers and offices, p. 150. 

Normal school. See Constitutional Provisions, and Vniversiti/ of Nevada. 
Normal-training schools, Countv, p. 60-67, s. 185-190. 
Oath of Office- 
Form of, p. 23, 146, s. 38, 1. 

Taken when term begins, bondl Rev. Laws, s. 2786. 

Who shall take, ]>. 23, s. 38 ; p. 146. 
Office deputv for superintendent of public instruction, p. 78. 
Official oath, p. 146. 
Orphans' Home, p. 107-109. 
Part-time schools, p. 173-176. 

Penalty for uonfulfihnent of contract by teacher, p. 16, 43, s. 12, 120. 
Pensions for teachers, p. 157-161. 
Physical and Civic Training — 

Required in all four-year high schools, p. 148-149. 
Physiology and hygiene, p. 41, s. 107. 
Plans, rural schoolhouses, p. 145. 
President of University ^ — 

Member of state board of education, p. 11, s. 1. 

Member of state text-book commission, p. 58, s. 158. 

See University of Nevada. 
Principal of Schools — 

Has concurrent power with peace officers, when, p. 35, s. 72. 

Must hold certificate of highest grade taught, p. 31, p. 11, s. 67. 

Notify health officer of contagious diseases in school, p. 153, s. 32. 

Vested with certain powers, when, p. 35, s. 74. 

See Sehool Trustees; Teachers; and Teachers' Certificates. 
Probation committee, p. 119, s. 7. 
Probation officers, p. 117-119. 
Prohibited employments for children, p. 135-137. 
Protection of children, p. 135-137. 
Protection of School Children — 

Disturbance of school prohibited, p. 74, s. 21.3. 

Interference with school children prohibited, when, p. 74, s. 212. 

Penalty for interference or disturbance, p. 74, s. 214. 
Protection of School Property — 

Injuring and defacing of, prohibited, p. 74. s. 215. 

Penalty for injuring or defacing, p. 75, s. 216. 

Trustees charged with, p. 31, p. 9, s. 67. 
Public officers' expense accounts, p. 149. 
Public schools defined, p. 41, s. 101-102. 
Real estate dealers to report certain facts, p. 74, s. 209. 
Recall election of officers, p. 8, s. 9 : p. 27, s. 59. 
Records or documents, penalty for altering, defacing, forging, or stealing. Rev. 

Laws, s. 2817. 
Reform school, p. 128-131. 
Regents of University. See Constitutional Provisions and XJniversity of Nevada. 



Index to School Laws 201 

Relief apportionment of scliool funds, p. 53, 5Jr. 

Reserve school fund, p. 53. 

Resident children defined, p. 45, s. 124. 

Resignation and vacancies, Rev. Laws, s. 2797-2799, 2801-2806, 2812; also, p. 

78-79 of School Code. 
Restriction of use of school funds, p. 48, s. 138. 
Retirement salaries for teachers, p. 157-161. 
Rural schoolhouses, plans for, p. 145. 
Sagebrush, state emblem, p. 147. 
Salary provisos, p. 41, s. 104. 
Salary, Teachers' — 
First claim against school finids, p. 57, s. 154. 
Not to be forfeited, when, p. 41, s. 104. 
Salary, governor's, p. 77, s. 1. 

Salary of superintendent of public instruction, p. 77, s. 1. 
School-books for elementary schools, p. 00, s. 163. 
School consolidation, p. 37, s. 78 ; p. 38, s. 87 ; p. 101-105. 
School Districts — 
Abolished, when, p. 40, s. 97. 

Property of, to be sold, p. 40, s. 99. 
Apportionment of funds for, not made, when. p. 37, s. 80. 
Bonds of, p. 67-71, s. 191-202. 
Boundaries of — 

Commissioners to reestablish, p. 100, s. 1. 
Commissioners to xise discretion, p. 100, s. 4. 
Conform to U. S. surveys, p. 100, s. 2. 
How changed on general petition, p. 36, s. 77. 
How changed on individual petition, p. 36, s. 77. 
New, to include same property as old, p. 100, s. 3. 
No property to escape taxation, p. 100, s. 5. 
Petition of heads of families and taxpayers, p. 100, s. 3. 
Budget for, p. 171, s. 9. 
But one, when, p. 36, s. 78. 

Certain districts not to receive school moneys, p. 37, s. 80. 
Classes of, p. 35, s. 76. 

Consolidation of, p. 37, s. 78 ; p. 38, s. 87 ; p. 101-105. 
Dissolution of consolidated district, p. 105-107. 
Division of a district, p. 37, s. 80. 
p]ach town, village, or city one district, p. .35. s. 75a. 
Emergency fund for, p. .39-40, s. 90-95. 
First-class may have city superintendent, p. 35, s. 76. 
Fiscal management of, p. 167-173. 
Joint School Districts — 

Apportionment of funds for, p. .55, s. 152 (d). 
Established, when and how, p. 37, s. 81. 
Formed of parts of two or more counties, p. 37, s. 81. 
State superintendent to appoint first trustees, p. 37, s. 81. 
New Districts — 

But one, when, p. 36, s. 78. 
Creation of, p. 36, s. 77. 
Lapse, when, p. 36, s. 77. 

Preliminary conditions for participation in school funds, p. 39, s. 92, 94. 
Receive part of funds of old district, when, p. 37, s. 80. 
One district only in each town, village, or city, p. 35, s. 75a. 
Union school, p. 38, s. 83-86. 
School funds, p. .37, s. 80; p. 48-57; p. 139-141. See Funds, School. 
Schoolhouses, rural, plans for, to be provided, p. 145. 
Schoolhouses, location of, p. .30, p. 3, s. 67. 
School libraries, p. 57, s. 15.3. 
School month, p. 41, s. 104. 
School of Industry, p. 128-131. 

School property, exempt from taxation, p. 41, s. 106. 
School tax, county, p. 49, s. 139. 
School text-books, p. 58-62. 
School Trustees — 

Appointed by deputy superintendent, p. 16, p. 8, s. 12 ; p. 28, 37, .39, s. 64, 78, 89. 
Appointed by state superintendent, p. 37, s. 81. 



202 Index to School Laws 

School Trustees {Continued). 
Body corporate, p. 24. s. 40. 
District attorney advisor of, p. 43, s. 115. 
Duties of clerlv of — 

Accompany orders witli itemized bills, p. 34, s. 70. 

Draw orders on county auditor, p. 34, s. 69. 

Hold records subject to inspection, p. 29, s. 65. 

Keep record of proceedings, p. 28, s. 65. 

Not issue order, when, p. 35, s. 70. 

Receive salary, when. p. 29, s. 65. 

Sign records, p. 28, s. 65. 
Election of (p. 24-28, s. 43-61) — 

Ballots must specify what, p. 26, s. 52. 

Ballots printed, when, p. 26. s. 53. 

Candidates to file na'ue with county clerk, when, p. 27, s. 59. 

Challenge of voter allowed, p. 27, s. 58. 

Dut.v of election board, p. 28, s. 60, 61. 

Election officers, p. 24, s. 45. 

Illegal voting, penalty, p. 27, s. 56-58. 

Instructions as to voting, p. 26. s. 55. 

Judge of election not authorized to administer oath of office to school 
trustee, Rev. Laws (note), s. 3296. 

List of voters prepared and deli-^ered to inspectors, p. 26, s. 49-51. 

Manner of voting, p. 26, s. 54; p. 27, s. 58. 

Not allowed at polls, who, p. 26, s. 56. 

Notice to be posted, p. 25, s. 46. 

Pay for preparing list of voters, when. p. 26, s. 50. 

Penalty for showing ballot, p. 27, s. 56. 

Polling places, number of, p. 24, 25. s. 45, 46. 

Qualifications for voting, p. 25. s. 47. 

Recall election, p. 8, s. 9 ; p. 27, s. 59. 

Registration regulations, p. 25, s. 48. 

Voters may have assistance, when, p. 27, s. 57. 

Voting to be by ballot, p. 26, s. 52. 
First meeting of new board, p. 28, s. 65. 
Majority vote of, to legalize action, p. 29, s. 66. 
Members liable for illegal order drawn by clerk, p. 35, s. 70. 
Monthly meeting of, required in certain districts, p. 29, s. 66. 
No discrimination against female teachers, p. 31, p. 11, s. 67. 
Notice of meeting must be given by clerk, p. 29, s. 66. 
Number of and how determined, p. 24. s. 42. 
Officers of, p. 28, s. 65. 
Orders of. p. 34, s. 69-70. 
Organization of board, p. 28, s. 65. 

Penalty for presenting fraudulent claims, Rev. Laws, s. 6715. 
Powers and duties — 

Advertise for bids, when, p. 145. 

Authorize temporary loan, how and when. p. 172, s. 11. 

Administer certain oaths, p. 32, p. 15, s. 67. 

Arrange for transfer of children, when, p. 82, s. 1, 2. 

Bviild, purchase, rent, or repair, p. 29, p. 2, s. 67. 

Buy or sell pro]ierty, when, p. 29, p. 1, s. 67. 

Call meetings of heads of families, p. 30, p. 4, s. 67 ; p. 34, s. 67*. 

Cause official price-list of text-books to be posted, p. 6L 

Cause suitable privies to be built, p. 30, p. 6, s. 67. 

Change location of schools, when, p. 30, p. 3, s. 67. 

Define powers and duties of city superintendent, p. 35. s. 76. 

Delegate their powers to principals and teachers, p. 35, s. 74. 

Divide schools into departments, p. 32. p. 17. s. 67. 

Employ legally qualified teachers, p. 31. p. 11, s. 67 ; p. 146, s. 2. 

Employ teachers qualified for all grades, p. 31, p. 11, s. 67. ' 

Enforce order and discipline, p. 35, s. 72. 

Enforce sanitary regulations, p. 33, p. 24. s. 67. 

Enforce use of course of study, p. 33, p. 19, s. 67. 

Establish kindergarten department, when, p. 32, p. 17, s. 67. 

Execute written contract with teacher, p. 31, p. 11, s. 67. 

File budget with county auditor, p. 89, s. 9. 



Index to School Laws . 203 

School Trustees (Continued) . 

Furnish supplies for pupils and schools, p. 33, p. 22, s. 67. 

Have custody of property, ]5. 31, p. 9, s. 67. 

Hold property for district, p. 24, s. 41. 

Insure schoolhouses, p, 31, p. 10, s. 67. 

Issue short-time notes for emergency loans, p. 172, s. 12. 

Maintain all schools equal length of time, p. 34, s. 68. 

Maintain departments in certain order, p. 32, p. 17, s. 67. 

Maintain eight months of school, \Yhen, p. 32, p. 14, s. 67. 

Maintain school in dlfterent places in district, when, p. 34, s. 68. 

Maintain six months of school, p. 31, p. 13, s. 67. 

Manage and control school property, p. 28, p. 5, s. 67. 

Not be pecuniarily interested in contracts, p. 35, s. 71. 

Not employ noncitizens as teachers, p. 146, s. 2. 

Not erect schoolhouses without approval of plans, p. 29, p. 2, s. 67. 

Not make repairs without election, when, p. 29, p. 2, s. 67 ; p. 34, s. 67J. 

Not pay teachers, when, p. 22, s. 36. 

Notify county commissioners and deputy superintendent, when, p. 31, p. 13. 
s. 67. 

Pay for children attending in another district, when, p. 82, s. 1, 2. 

Pay in all moneys collected, p. 30, p. 5, s. 67. 

Pay salaries of teachers, p. 31, p. 12, s. 67. 

Pay transportation of pupils, when, p. 50, s. 142 ; p. 102, s. 6. 

Pay transportation of teachers to institutes, p. 151. 

Prescribe and enforce rules, p. 30, p. 7, s. 67. 

Provide desk-books for teachers, p. 138, s. 5. 

Provide free text-books and supplies for district, p. 137, s. 1. 

Provide flag for schools, p. 42. s. 113 : p. 148, s. 3. 

Provide record-book for district, p. 28, s. 65. 

Publish budget in newspaper, when, p. 171, s. 9. 

Recall of, p. 8, s. 9 ; p. 27, s. 59. 

Repair school buildings, etc., p. 30, p. 8, s. 67. 

Report annually to deputy superintendent, p. 33. p. 23, s. 67. 

Sell or purchase schoolhouses, when value less than $5,000, p. 34, s. 67*. 

Suspend or expel pupils from school, v^hen, p. 33, p. 18, s. 67. 

Visit schools once in each term, p. 33, p. 21, s. 67. 
Salary of clerk in certain districts, p. 28, s. 65. 
Term of office, p. 28, s. 62. 
Vacancies, how filled, p. 28, s. 63-64. 
Vested with necessary power, p. 35, s. 73. 
School year, p. 41, s. 103. 
Schools of mines, p. 176-177. 
Schools, part-time, p. 173-176. 

Sectarian literature and instruction prohibited, p. 7, s. 9, 10 ; p. 41, s. 105. 
Senators and assemblymen, p. 150. 

Sheriff, shall enforce laws against houses of ill-fame, p. 75, s. 219. 
Smith-Hughes Vocational Education Act, p. 182-190. 
Special school tax, when, p. 49, s. 140-141. 
State aid for school districts, p. 53-54. 
State Board of Education — 

County normal-training school board, p. 06, s. 186. 

How composed, p. 11, s. 1. 

Members of state text-book commission, p. 58, s. 158. 

Organization of, p. 11, s. 2. 

Powers and duties of — 

Adopt books for district libraries, p. 11. p. 2, s. 4. 

Adopt courses of study and enforce use in schools, p. 11, p. 1, s. 4. 

Adopt seal, p. 11. p. 5, s. 4. 

Appoint deputy superintendents, p. 15, s. 9. 

Appoint public library trustees. Rev. Laws, s. 3228. 

Designate official organ, p. 11-12, p. 7, s. 4. 

Examine and certificate teachers, p. 17-22, s. 17-35 ; p. 61, s. 188. 

Fix date of holding teachers' examination, p. 17, s. 18. 

Have charge of county normal-training schools, p. 66, s. 186. 

Have printing done by state printer, p. 11. p. 4, s. 4. 

Keep record of proceedings, p. 11, p. 6, s. 4. 

Remove deputy superintendents, p. 17, s. 16. 



204 Index to School Laws 

state Board of Education (Conliniied). 

Revoke or suspend teachers' certificates, p. 11, p. 3, s. 4. 
Supply plaus for rural schoolhouses, p. 145. 
State board for vocatioual education, p. 179, s. 3. 
State board of finance, p. KiS-KSG. 
State board of health, p. 153. 

State board of investment (superseded by state board of finance), p. 163-166. 
State Controller — 
Draw warrants on state treasurer, p. 40, 51, s. 95, 145. 
Member state board of finance, p. 165, s. 2. 
Must not draw warrant for noncitizen as teacher, p. 147, s. 3. 
Notify state board of finance quarterly, p. 163, s. 2. 
Render statement to superintendent of public instruction, p. 50, s. 144. 
Report on securities to state board of education, p. 50, s. 144. 
Report to university regents, Stats. 1913. 

Set aside money for salary of normal-training school teacher, p. 67, s. 189. 
State distributive school fimd. See Fiiinls, HcJiooL 
State emblem, p. 147. 
State flag, p. 43, s. 114. 
State library loan act, p. 155. 

State museum, given to Nevada Historical Society, Stats. 1915, p. 137. 
State Orphans' Home — 

Board of directors to manage, Re^-. Laws, s. 4089. 
Membership of board. Rev. Iia^^'s, s. 4090. 
I'owers and duties — 

Appoint superintendent and matron. Rev. Laws, s. 4090. 
Dispose of gifts. Rev. Laws, s. 4104. 
Employ necessary help. Rev. Laws. s. 4090. 
Keep record of proceedings. Rev. Laws, s. 4090. 
Make by-laws for government of home, s. 4090. 
Receive and manage gifts, Rev. Laws, s. 4104. 
Report to legislature. Rev. Laws, s. 4090. 
Children in — 

Educated in Carson City schools, p. 107. s. 1. 
Instructed in manual and domestic arts. p. 107, s. 1. 
Taught commercial branches in high school, p. 107, s. 1. 
Trained and educated for useful citizenship. Rev. Laws, s. 4092. 
Wards of the state, Rev. Laws, s. 4092. 
Children mentally or physically deformed not admitted. Rev. Laws, s. 4095. 
Dependent or neglected children admitted, how, p. 108-109, s. 12-13. 
Nonorphan children, wards of state, p. 108, s. 13. 
State permanent school fund. See FhikIs, School. 
State school reserve fund, p. 53. 

State superintendent. See Siiperinteiuleni of Piihlic Instruction. 
State tax levy, p. 167. 
State Treasurer — 

Custodian of school securities, p. 51, s. 145. 
Member of state board of finance, p. 165, s. 2. 
Negotiate for investment of state school moneys, p. 163. s. 2. 
Pay school money on warrant of controller, p. 51, s. 145. 
Pay state school moneys to county treasurers semiannually, p. 51, s. 146. 
Turn interest into state distributive school fund, p. 51, s. 147. 
State University. See Constitutional Provisions, and University of Neva<Ia. 
State veterinary control service at University, Stats. 1915, p. 113. 
Stimulants and narcotics, p. 42, s. 107. 
Student loan fund, p. 162, s. 1-3. 

Subjects must be taught in English language, p. 151. 
Superintendent of Public Instruction — 
Appeal to, p. 44, s. 121. 
Decision on appeal, final, p. 44, s. 121. 
Director of state orphans' home. Rev. Laws, s. 4089, 4090. 
Elected quadrennially, p. 12, s. 5. 
Member of state text-book commission, p. 58, s. 158. 
Office deputy for. p. 78. 
Office nonpartisan, p. 150. 
Powers and duties of — 

Act on appointment of probation officer by district judge. Rev. Laws. s. 733. 



Index to School Laws 205 

Superintendent of Pu'alic Instruction (Continued) . 

Act with governor in making contracts for care of delinquents, Rev. Laws, 
s. 756. 

Administer oaths, p. 22. s. 37. 

Address public assemblies, p. 12, p. 1, s. G. 

Appoint census marshals in new districts, p. 37, 30, s. 80, 92. 

Appoint members of county board of education, p. 64, s. 178. 

Appoint otfice deputy, p. 78. 

Appoint school trustees in joint districts, p. 37, s. 81. 

Apportion combined state and countv distributive school fund, p. 54, 55, 
s. 152. 

Apportion county school fund, p. 12, p. 3, s. 6. 

Apportion for special census, when. p. 47, s. 131a. 

Apportion state distributive school fund, p. 12, p. 2, s. 6; p. 52, s. 151. 

Approve school library books, p. 57, s. 153. 

Call county institutes, p. 13, p. 7, s". 6. 

Call meetings of state board of education, p. 14, p. 8, s. 6. 

Call meetings of state text-book commission, p. .58, s. 160. 

Conduct institutes, p. 13, p. 1, s. 6. 

Confer authority on deputy superintendents, p. 17, s. 14. 

Consult with school officers, p. 12, p. 1, s. 6. 

Convene and preside over state and district institutes, p. 13, s. 6. 

Decide appeals from teachers and school boards, p. 44, s. 121. 

Deliver to successor in office property of office, p. 14, p. 13, s. 6. 

Determine county school tax, when. p. 49, s. 139. 

Determine amount of surplus funds to revert, p. 56, s. 152i. 

Draw order on count.v auditor, p. 11-12, s. 4. 

Employ stenographic clerk, p. 78, s. 1, 2. 

Engage institute lecturers and teachers, p. 13, p. 6, s. 6. 

Enter into contracts for 'care of deaf, dumb, and blind, p. 93, s. 1. 

Enter into contracts for care of feeble-minded, p. 109, s. 1. 

Fill vacancies in county boards of education, p. 64, s. 178. 

Have required printing done at state printing office, p. 14, s. 6. 

Notify count.v auditor, county treasurer, and school-board clerk, p. 56, s. 4. 

Notify state controller and state treasurer as to emergency school fund, 
p. 39, s. 90. 

Prepare school registers, teachers' contracts, etc., p. 14, s. 6. 
• Prepare pamphlet copies of school laws, p. 13, s. 6. 

Prescribe rules and regulations for reports, p. 13, s. 6. 

Promulgate prices of text-books, p. 01, s. 169. 

Report apportionment of school moneys, p. 56, p. 4. 
Report to governor bienniall.v, p. 12, p. 4, s. 6. 

Require teachers to attend institutes, p. 13, s. 6. 

Set aside money for emergency school fund, p. 39, s. 90. 

Set aside state school reserve fund, p. 53, s. 151. 

Transfer school money, and children, p. 82, s. 1,2. 

Visit schools in each count.v of state, p. 12, p. 1, s. 6. 

Visit state university quarterly. Rev. Laws, s. 4649. 
Salary of. p. 77, s. 1. 
Salary of clerk in office of, p. 78. 
Term of office of, p. 12, s. 5. 
Traveling expenses of, p. 12. p. 1, s. 6. 
Supervision districts, p. 14, s. 8. 
Taxes — 

Annual county, p. 49, s. 139. 

Annual county high school, p. 65, s. 180. 

Emergency, p. 169, s. 7 ; p. 172, s. 13. 

Exemption of school property from, p, 41, s. 106. 

Special county high school, p. 64, s. 176. 

Special, determined l>y election, p. 49, s. 141. 

Special, determined by school trustees or deputy superintendents, p. 31, s. 67. 

Special, determined by school trustees, p. 49, s. 140, 

Special, district bond, p. 69, s. 197. 

State levy for physical training, p. 149, s. 3. 

State levy for teachers" pension fund, p. 157, s. 1. 

State school levy, p. 167, s. 1. 



206 Index to School Lx\ws 

Teachers — 

Certificates of, may be siispeudecT or revoked, p. 11, p. 3, s. 4. 
Contracts for — 

Contain agreement as to salary, etc., p. 31, p. 11, s. GT. 

Penalty for violation of, p. 43, s. 120. 

Signed by, p. 31, p. 11. s. 67. 
Exempt from jnry dnty, when, p. 43, s. 117. 
Must be legally employed, p. 22, s. 36. 
Must be United States citizens, p. 146. 
Must have valid certificate, p. 22, s. 36. 
Oath of office of — 

Before whom taken, p. 22. s. 37 ; p. 32, v. 15, s. 67. 

Form of, p. 23, s. 38. 

Filing of. necessary, p. 23, p. 1, s. 39. 
Powers and duties of — 

Attend institute, p. 13, p. 6, 7, s. 6 ; p. 16, p. 3, s. 12. 

Be legally employed, p. 22, s. 36. 

Enforce course of study, p. 24, p. 4, s. 39. 

Enforce rules and regulations, p. 24. s. 39. 

File legal certificate, p. 23, p. 1, s. 39. 

File official oath and letter, p. 24, s. 38. 

Fulfil contract under penalty, p. 43, s. 120. 

Give instruction in physiology and hygiene, p. 41, s. 107. 

Give oral instruction as to birds, fish, and game, p. 42, s. 108. 

Have valid certificate, p. 22, s. 36. 

Hold certificate for highest grade taught, p. 31, p. 11, s. 67. 

Hold pupils to account on way to and from school, p. 24, p. 5, s. 39. 

Keep school register, p. 23. p. 3, s. 39. 

Make final reports, p. 23, p. 2, s. 39. 

Make full and correct reports, p. 22, s. 36. 

Suspend or expel pupils, p. 24, p. 5, s. 39. 
Retirement salaries for, p. 148-152. 

Salary of, p. 15, p. 1. s. 12 ; p. 22, s. 36 ; p. 41, s. 104 ; p. 153, s. 3. 
Transportation of, to institiites, p. 155. 
Vested by trustees with powers, p. 35, s. 74. 
Vested with power to protect children, p. 35, s. 72. 
Teachers' Certificates — 

Age requirements, p. 19, 22, s. 24, 25, 35. 

County normal elementary, p. 20, 66, s. 26, 188. 

Elementary, first-grade, to whom issued, p. 19. 21, s. 23. 25, 29. 

Elementary, second-grade, to whom issued, p. 20, 66, s. 26, 188. 

Elementar.v, third-grade, p. 20, s. 27. 

Examination questions for — 

By whom prepared and sent out, p. 18, s. 20. 

Penalty for unlawful use of, p. 18, s. 21-22. 
Examinations for — 

When given, p. 17, s. 18. 

Who conducts, p. 17, s. 19. 

Who grades papers, p. 21, s. 32. 
Grades of, p. 19-22, s. 23-34. 
Granted by whom, p. 17, s. 17. 
Granted, how — 

On credentials, p. 21. s. 29-31. 

On examination, p. 19-20. s. 24-27. 
High school, p. 19. 21, s. 24, 29, 30. 
Life diplomas, p. 20, s. 28. . 

Renewals of, p. 17, 19, s. 17. 2-1, 25. 

Revocation and suspension of, p. 11, p. 3, s. 4 ; p. 43, s. 120. 
Special, p. 22, s. 33. 

Suspension of, p. 16, p. 3, 4, s. 12 ; p. 43, s. 120. 
Temporary, p. 22. s. 34. 
Teachers' Contracts — 

Contain agreement as to salaiy. p. 31-32. p. 11-14. s. 67. 
Form prepared by superintendent of public instruction, p. 14, p. 12. s. 6. 
Penalty for violation of. p. 43, s. 120. 
Signed, p. 31, p. 11. s. 67. 
Teachers' institutes, p. 31, p. 6-7, s. 6; p. 16, p. 3, s. 12; p. 155. 



Index to School Laws 207 

Teachers" salary, not forfeited, when, p. 41, s. 104. 

Teachers' salary, prior claim, p. 57, s. 154. 

Text-book commission, p. 58-G2. 

Thrift to l)e taught, p. 147. 

Tobacco, liquors, firearms, resorts, unlawful as to minors, p. 113-114. 

Toll-roads, penalties to go to state distributive school fund. Rev. Laws, s. 3758. 

Tonopah School of Mines, p. 17(j. 

Transfer of school funds, p. 81, s. 1-2 ; p. 82, s. 1. 

Transfer of pupils and school funds, p. 82-83, s. 1-3. 

Transportation of pupils, p. 50, s. 142; p. 102. s. 5-6. 

Transportation of teachers to institutes, p. 151. 

Truants and truanc.v. p. 71-74. 

Trustees. See School Trustee.'^. 

Tuition. University of Nevada, p. 144. s. 10. 

Union manual-training schools, p. 97-09. 

Union of school districts, p. 38, s. 83-86 ; p. 97-99. 

Universit.v of Nevada — 

Acts of Congress in aid of agricultural college, Rev. Laws, s. 4655. 

Affairs of, president to manage, p. 144, s. 8. 

Agricultural college established. Rev. Laws. s. 4656. 

Agricultural experiment station established. Rev. Laws, s. 4655. 

Analysis of ores to be made b.v. Stats. 1867. p. 91. 

Assistant teachers, president to employ, p. 144, s. 8. 

Board of Regents — - 

Compensation of, none, p. 143, s. 4. 

Election of. p. 141, s. 2. 

Expenses of, p. 143, s. 4. 

Number of. p. 141, s. 2. 

Record of proceedings of, open. p. 143. s. 4. 

Reports to governor, p. 142, s. 3. 

Term of oflice, p. 132, s. 2. 

Trustees of university funds, p. 142, s. 3. 

Vacancy in, governor to fill. p. 141, s. 2. 

Board of visitors, Stats. 1895, as amended. 1913. 

Branches of learning required to be taught, p. 141, s. 1. 

Color, no discrimination as to. p. 144, s. 9. 

Constitutional provisions. Rev. Laws, s. 251, 355-362. 

General laws relating to, p. 141-145. 

Honorary board of visitors. Stats. 1913, p. 158-159. 

Irreducible university fund, land grant, sale of, Rev. Laws, s. 4653. 

Land grants accepted. Rev. Laws. s. 4659. 

Land grants, proceeds of. Rev. Laws. s. 4657. 

Land-grant moneys and emeritus positions. Stats. 1915, p. 327. 

Library, transfer of books from state library, Rev. Laws, s. 3961. 

Location of. Rev. Laws, 4652. 

Mechanic arts, school of, established. Rev. Laws, s. 356. 

Mining school established. Rev. Laws, s. 356. 

Nevada State Normal School, p. 141, s. 1. 

Normal-school graduates, teachers' certificates, p. 143, s. 7. 

Permanent establishment of. Rev. Laws, s. 4654. 

President of — 

Manage affairs of luiiversitv, p. 144, s. S. 
Member state board of education, p. 11, s. 1. 
Member state text-book commission, p. 58. s. 158. 
Normal graduates to report to. p. 143, s. 7. 

Public moneys dedicated, Stats. 1913. 

Regents of. See Board of Rcr/ciitH. 

Report of president, p. 143, s. 6. 

Report to govemior by regents, p. 142. s. 3. 

Revolving fund. Stats. 1915. ]x 225. 

Sex. no discrimination on account of. p. 144, s. 9. 

State controller to report to regents. Stats. 1913. 

State hygienic laboratory. Rev. Laws, s. 3941-3945. 

State veterinary control service. Stats. 1915, p. 113. 

Superintendent of public instruction to report to regents, p. 144, s. 11. 

Tax levy for. Rev. Laws, s. 3617. 

Teachers' certificates issued to graduates, p. 143, s. 7. 



208 Index to School Laws 

University of Nevada (Confiuiied). 

Teacliers, normal seliool for, Rev. Laws, s. 357. 

Tuition free, wlien, p. 144, s. 10. 

Vacancy in board of regents, filled how, p. 142, s. 2. 
Unlawful stock, proceeds of sale of. Rev. Laws, s. 22.51. 
Vacancies in office, when, p. 78-79. 
Virginia City School of Mines, p. 176, 
Vocational Education — Smith-Hughes Act, p. 182-190. 
Vocational Education — State Acts, p. 178-180. 
Vocational Rehabilitation, p. 181-182. 






LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 



,™ 



020 312 117 9 



